月修订版全国各地中考英语试题分类汇编专题完形填空选择型

月修订版全国各地中考英语试题分类汇编专题完形填空选择型

‎（一）选择型 ‎【2011连云港】二、完形填空(共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分)‎ ‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。‎ ‎ One day, a boy found the cocoon(茧) of a butterfly and brought it home. A few days later, the boy saw a small ‎16 in the cocoon. He sat and watched for several hours as a butterfly struggled to make 17 body through that little hole. Suddenly it stopped.‎ ‎ So the boy 18 to help the butterfly, thinking the butterfly might be 19 .He took a pair of scissors(剪刀) and cut the hole 20 .The butterfly came out of the cocoon but it 21 ‎ a little different. It had a weak body and small, thin 22 .The butterfly didn’t start to fly. In fact, the butterfly spent the rest of its life crawling(爬行) around with a weak body and thin wings. It was never able to fly.‎ ‎ The boy acted with 23 but he didn’t understand why it could be like this. When a butterfly crawls out of the cocoon, it must struggle. The hard work of 24 out of the cocoon makes the fluid(液体) from the butterfly’s body into its wings. It helps the butterfly be 25 to fly. If the butterfly never has to squeeze(挤压) itself out of the cocoon, its wings will never get the fluid and it can never fly.‎ ‎ 26 struggles are what we need in our lives. If we lived our lives without any problems, we would never learn or grow. We would not be __27__ we could have been and we would never fly.‎ ‎ In our lives, pain and suffering is the key to all windows, and sometimes even 28 growth, without it , there’s no way of life. We can’t avoid 29 or problems. So, next time you are ‎30 a problem or difficulty, remember the butterfly. Struggle a little—then fly!‎ ‎ 16. A. hole B. worm C. tall D. snake ‎ 17. A. it B. it’s C. itself D. its ‎ 18. A. decided B. asked C. showed D. ordered ‎ 19. A. afraid B. interested C. surprised D. grateful ‎ 20. A. slimmer B. bigger C. shorter ‎ ‎ D. smaller ‎ 21. A. touched B. sounded C. looked D. smelt ‎ 22. A. wings B. feet C. eyes D. head ‎ 23. A. success B. excitement C. kindness D. humour ‎ 24. A. get B. getting C. to get D. got ‎ 25. A. ready B. quiet C. glad D. used ‎ 26. A. Somewhere B. Something C. Some time D. Sometimes ‎ 27. A. as helpful as B. as weak as C. as strong as D. as creative as ‎ 28. A. repeats B. recommends C. requires D. represents ‎ 29. A. happiness B. difficulties C. pleasure D. hope ‎ 30. A. served with B. growing into C. bringing in D. faced with ‎【主旨大意】本文通过一只蝴蝶遇到困难时少挣扎了一点，而是通过小男孩的帮助从茧里出来的故事。告诉我们一个道理：当我们遇到问题或困难时，多挣扎一下，就能起飞。‎ ‎16.A 根据上下文意思，句意：那小男孩发现茧子上有一个小洞。以及第一段的最后一行“through that little hole”。‎ ‎17.D 代词的用法。句意：让它的身体通过那个小洞。在这里要修饰“body”，用形容词性物主代词。‎ ‎18.A 句意：它停止了，因此小男孩决定帮助它。根据后一句：他拿出剪刀剪开洞。故选A。‎ ‎19.D 句意：小男孩决定帮助它，他认为蝴蝶会感激他。故选D。‎ ‎20.B 因为一开始那洞太小，蝴蝶才半天没爬出来，所以小男孩用剪刀把洞剪大来。‎ ‎21.C 句意：蝴蝶出来了，它看起来有点不同。“It had a weak body and small, thin”都是用眼睛看出来的。故选C。‎ ‎22.A 根据后一句“a weak body and thin wings”，前后照应。故选A。‎ ‎23.C ‎ ‎ 句意：虽然小男孩不理解为何会这样，但他还是用好心行动。故选C。‎ ‎24.B work of中“of”是介词，介词后加动名词。故选B。‎ ‎25.A 根据上下文意思：努力地离开茧子让蝴蝶身体的液体进入他的翅膀。它帮助蝴蝶准备飞行。be ready to “准备”，故选A。‎ ‎26.D 句意：有的时候奋斗/挣扎是我们生活中必须的。some time 表示"一些时间"或“一段时间”，可以用作名词或副词短语。sometimes用作副词，表示“有的时候”，可以把它放在句首，句尾或句中。故选D。‎ ‎27.C 根据句意：我们将没有原本有的强大，我们将永远不会飞。上下文：如果我们挣扎了，我们就会有原本的能力，没有挣扎，反倒落后了。故选C。‎ ‎28.D 句意：疼痛和苦难是所有窗户的钥匙，有时，甚至代表着成长。没有它，生活没有路。repeat“重复”， recommend“介绍，推荐”， require“要求”， represent“象征，代表”。‎ ‎29.B 根据下一行“problem or difficulty”，故选B。‎ ‎30.D 句意：下次你面对一个难题或困难时，记得那只蝴蝶。根据意思，故选D。‎ ‎【2011内蒙古包头】A Two brothers worked together on a farm. One was married and had a large 36 .The other had no wife yet. Although they lived in different houses, they shared everything they got from their farm.‎ One day, the single brother said to himself, “It’s not 37 that we share all the rice. I’m 38 and I need less than my brother.” So, every night he took a bag of rice from his store-room and 39 across the field 40 their houses, putting it into his brother’s store-room.‎ At the same time, the married brother thought, “It’s not fair to share all the rice. I’m married and I have my wife and children to 41 me when I am 42 . However, my brother has no one to take care of his 43 .” So, each night he also took a bag of rice and put it into his brother’s store-room.‎ Several months passed by. They found 44 strange that their rice never became less. Then, one dark night the two brothers ran into each other. Slowly they began to understand what was happening. Their bags fell onto the ground and tears 45 their eyes at once. ‎ ‎（ ）36. A. group B. family C. class D. team ‎（ ）37. A. right B. popular C. interesting D. wrong ‎（ ）38. A. poor B. happy C. alone D. rich ‎（ ）39. A. jumped B. played C. went D. rode ‎（ ）40. A. from B. through C. off D. between ‎（ ）41. A. look after B. look for C. look out D. look at ‎（ ）42. A. worried B. old C. healthy D. dead ‎（ ）43. A. hope B. children C. farm D. future ‎（ ）44. A. them B. this C. it D. that ‎（ ）45. A. appeared B. filled C. dropped D. rose ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述的是在农场做工两兄弟。其中一个娶妻生子，另一个独身。由于他们为对方着想，就相互地每晚对方送一袋大米。几个月后，他们奇怪地发现大米的袋数没有少。直到一个漆黑的夜里他们相遇，才明白了一切，他们的眼里立刻充满的泪水。真是情谊无价。‎ ‎36. B解析：由于一个结婚可知他有一个大的家庭，故选B。‎ ‎37. A解析：由语境可知此空应填right, 意为“是不正确的，我们分享所有的大米”。 ‎ ‎38. C解析：由句“The other had no wife yet”可知他是“独自一人”，故选C。‎ ‎39. C解析：go across 意为“穿过”。‎ ‎40. D解析：由句“they lived in different houses”可知，他们居住在不同房子里。也就是两个房子之间有一定的距离。故此空应填between.‎ ‎41. A解析：look after意为“照顾，关心”。‎ ‎42. B解析：由句意应为“当我老了的时候，我有妻子和孩子照顾”，故此空应填old.‎ ‎43. D解析：句意为“我哥哥没有照顾他的未来”。故选D。‎ ‎44. C解析：it代替上文的“这件事”。‎ ‎45. B解析： 根据语意可知“眼里充满泪水”，故用fill.‎ ‎【2011内蒙古包头】B When I was about 12, a girl in my class liked to point out my problems. I was too thin; I wasn't a good student; I talked too much; I was too __46__, and so on. At last, I became very angry and ran to my father.‎ He listened to me 47 . Then he asked, "Are these things true or not? Do you know what you are really like? Go and make a 48 of what she said and find the __49__ that are true. "‎ I did as he told me. To my great __50_ . 1 discovered that about half of the things were true. Some of them I couldn't change (like being very thin). But there were things 1 could and wanted to change. For the _51__ time, I got a clear 52 of myself.‎ I brought the list back to Dad. He refused to take it. "That's just for you." he said. "You know the truth about _53_ better than anyone else. When people say something that is true about you, you should find it helpful. "‎ Our world is full of people who think they know your business. Don't _54_ and feel 55 . Listen to them.‎ ‎( )46. A. beautiful B. proud C smart D. rich ‎( )47. A. bravely H. happily C. quickly D. quietly ‎( )48. A. joke B. programme C.list D. record ‎( )49. A. secrets B. mistakes C. lessons D. points ‎( )50. A. surprise B. interest C. opinion D. fact ‎( )51. A. first B. second C. next D. last ‎( )52. A. book B. picture C. drawing D. notice ‎( )53. A. yourselves B. myself C. herself D. yourself ‎( )54. A. clean B. open C. close D. wash ‎( )55. A. hurt B.safe C. pretty D.cheap B ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述的我被一同学指出一些缺点后，心里很不服气，最后在爸爸的帮助下，我意识到自己的缺点，同时也明白了，在生活中要多听取意见，接受批评，认真改正，才能健康的成长。‎ ‎46. B解析：由句意可知在我的缺点中有“我太自负”这一条，故选B。‎ ‎47. D解析：根据语境A（勇敢地）、B（高兴地）、C（迅速地）可知不符合句意，故选D。‎ ‎48. C解析：a list of…意为“……的清单”。‎ ‎49. D解析：根据句意可知，此处应表达为“要点”，应用points表示。故选D。‎ ‎50. A解析：联系上下可知，应表示为“让我吃惊的是……”。故选A。‎ ‎51. A解析：for the first time 意为“第一次；首次”。 ‎ ‎52. B解析：句意为“第一次,我对自己有了一个清楚的描绘。”picture在此意为“描绘”。‎ ‎53. D解析：yourself意为“你自己的…”。‎ ‎54. C解析：由句意为“不要听不进去”，可知此处应为close.‎ ‎55. A解析：feel hurt意为“感觉受伤害”。‎ ‎【2011江苏徐州】二、完形填空（共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 根据短文内容，从各题所给的ABＣＤ四个选项中选出最佳选项。‎ When Amy wrote her first novel in secondary school, she never imagined that she would become a writer one day. Like many 16 writers on the Internet, the 17 woman got into this online world accidentally(偶然地).‎ Three years ago, Amy worked in a medical industry. Her job kept her busy for six months and left her almost 18 to do for the rest of the year. To fill the time, she started writing 19 on the Internet. Her first novel was about her neighbours and their life 20 she is familiar with.‎ Amy has been interested in writing 21 she was a child. At first, she just ‎ wanted to share her novels 22 people she knew. Then one day an editor of a famous website emailed her, asking her 23 she would like to sell the electronic copyright(授权) of one of her novels. She 24 immediately and the novel was moved to the VIP section of the website. She got $ 1,500 for that.‎ Now Amy is a full-time 25 . So far her eight novels have come out online, and five of them 26 .‎ ‎“The Internet made me famous and brought me 27 ,” she said. “I earn much more money now— about $‎60,000 a year. I am 28 with my career, but there is one problem — that my talent might run out after five years and I’ll have to 29 to work in the medical industry.”‎ ‎“ Before that day comes, I’ll keep 30 for the readers with my light and close-to-everyday-life writing style,” said Amy with a smile.‎ ‎16. A. other B. others C. another D. the other ‎17. A. 28-year-old B. 28-years-old C. 28 years old D. 28-year old ‎18. A. something B. anything C. everything D. nothing ‎19. A. reports B. novels C. diaries D. plays ‎20. A. who B. which C. that D. whom ‎21. A. when B. while C. since D. until ‎22. A. about B. of C. to D. with ‎23. A. that B. if C. why D. how often ‎24. A. agreed B. disagreed C. refused D. left ‎25. A. housewife B. editor C. saleswoman D. writer ‎26. A. will print B. were printing C. printed D. were printed ‎27. A. success B. succeed C. successful D. successfully ‎28. A. unhappy B. angry C. satisfied D. proud ‎29. A. come B. go C. return D. get ‎30. A. to write B. writing C. write D. written ‎【文章大意】本文介绍了一名网络作家Amy的成名过程，以及她功成名退的良好心态。‎ ‎【解析】16. A。other后可跟可数名词复数，others不可。句意“像许多别的互联网作家一样”。‎ ‎17. A。考查复合形容词作定语。28-year-old作定语，中间要加连字符，且year不加s。故选A。‎ ‎18. D。由上文可知，她忙了6个月，而剩下的没什么什么事。‎ ‎19. B。由下文可知，她是在写小说。‎ ‎20. C。考查定语从句。先行词包含人和物时，用that。‎ ‎21. C。句意为“自从她是个孩子的时候，就已经对写小说感兴趣了”。‎ ‎22. D。考查固定搭配。Share...with...意为“和……分享”。‎ ‎23. B。句意为“……问她是否出售电子版权（授权）……”‎ ‎24. A。由下文可知，她只有同意，才得到了$ 1,500。‎ ‎25. D。由上文可知，她的职业是个作家。‎ ‎26. D。考查过去时的被动语态。句意为“……其中五部被印刷”。‎ ‎27. A。句意为“互联网使我出名并带给我成功”。Success为名词。‎ ‎28. C。be satisfied with意为“对……满意”。‎ ‎29. C。由上文可知，她以前在医疗行业工作，以后要做以前的工作。用return。‎ ‎30. B。keep后跟v-ing形式。‎ ‎【河北省2011】Ⅵ.完形填空。‎ Beautiful pictures of mountains and forests, clear skies, flying birds, wild animals, silly faces — you can find them all in one place. 46 ? On a postcard! Have people always sent postcards? No! Before postcards, people 47 sealed (密封的) letters.‎ The 48 for the first decorated (装饰的) postcard came to John P. Charlton in 1861. He thought a simple card ‎49 a border would be a great way to send a note. Then in the late 1800s, postcards which had pictures on them 50 . By law, people had to write their note on the front—on the picture! The back was 51 for the address. Several years later, England allowed a divided-back (背面隔开的) postcard. Then people could write their 52 on the back left side. And they put the address 53 . During the early 1900s, the golden age of postcards, people around the world were more and more 54 picture postcards. In 1908, Americans alone mailed over 677 million postcards.‎ Today, postcards are the 55 most popular collection in the world after stamps and coins. You can always see or get a lot of newly-designed postcards, especially on New Year's Day.‎ ‎46. A. How B. When C. Why D. Where ‎47. A. liked B. hated C. found D. lost ‎48. A. advice B. picture C. idea D. card ‎49. A. above B. with C. under D. for ‎50. A. happened B. changed C. ended D. appeared ‎51. A. even B. only C. still D. ever ‎52. A. note B. word C. address D. letter ‎53. A. on the front B. on the back C. on the left D. on the right ‎54. A. surprised at B. interested in C. expected by D. worried about ‎55. A. first B. second C. third D. fourth ‎【文章大意】本文主要介绍了明信片的发展史。‎ ‎46.D【解析】由后文“on a postcard”可知：是询问在哪里能够找到这些山脉、森林等。‎ ‎47.A【解析】由前后文内容可知：以前人们喜欢用密封的信件。‎ ‎48.C【解析】由文意可知：首次想出装饰卡片主意的是John。‎ ‎49.B【解析】a simple card with a border 带有饰边的简单卡片。‎ ‎50.D【解析】由文意可知：带有图画的卡片是19世纪后期出现的。‎ ‎51.B【解析】由前后文内容可知：那时卡片的背面仅仅是用来写地址。‎ ‎52.A【解析】随着卡片的发展，到后来人们可在卡片的左侧写留言了，故选A。‎ ‎53.D【解析】由上文内容可知：左侧写留言，那么右侧可以写地址。‎ ‎54.B【解析】由后文“In 1908, Americans...postcard”可推知：人们对图画卡片很感兴趣了。‎ ‎55.C【解析】由文中的“stamps and coins”可知：是第三个最受欢迎的收藏品。‎ ‎【2011黑龙江绥化市】II. Close test (本题共15分，每小题1分)‎ Choose the best answer to complete the passage.‎ Every child has his own dream. Every child hopes to be an adult. 31 is it really like what they imagine? As a boy 32 lives in modern times and in a modern city, 1 feel 33 pressure (压力) on me with the city's development. Although we 34 worry about money, we still have some 35 problems, such as competition among classmates and expectation (期望) from parents. These experiences are very 36 to our future. But 37 they really give me a lot of pressure. I still clearly 38 the happiness of my childhood. 39 . we had to face the fact with time passing by. We began to 40 this invisible (无形的) pressure come upon us. We get up before sunrise and 41 after sunset We work and study 42 an adult, even harder, 43 we do is in order to get an excellent 44 Growing up is very boring, but we 45 try to find happiness while growing up. I think friendship among our friends, the support from our parents and the encouragement from our teachers can help us. Why not enjoy the pleasure of growing up and its delicious taste?‎ ‎ ( )31. A. However B. And C. So ‎( )32. A. which B. who C. whom ‎( )33. A. less B. fewer C. greater ‎( )34. A. always B. often C. seldom ‎( )35, A. other B. another C. others ‎( )36. A. helpful B. happy C. bad ‎( )37. A. at first B. for example C. in fact ‎( )38. A. think B. remember C. forget ‎( )39. A. Luckily B. Unluckily C. Impossibly ‎( )40. A. see B. touch C. feel ‎( )41. A. come out B. come down C. come back ‎( )42.A.as B. like C. alike ‎( )43. A. What B. That C. How ‎( )44. A. progress B. mark C, success ‎( )45. A, should B, shouldn't C. mustn't ‎【主旨大意】 人们在成长的过程中面临很多压力和挫折，我们应积极面对，在克服困难的同时，感受人间关爱生活的美好。‎ ‎31、A表转折，根据句意：成年人就像他们想象的那样吗？‎ ‎32、B定语从句。先行词是人，引导词用who。‎ ‎33、C根据句意：面临更大的压力。用比较级。‎ ‎34、C根据下文：我们任然有困惑，可以看出我们对金钱的压力很小。‎ ‎35、A根据句意：还有别的困难，Other后跟名词。‎ ‎36、A根据上文：比赛以及父母的期望对我们的将来有帮助。‎ ‎37、C此处表示转折，在肯定有帮助的同时，也给我们带来了压力。‎ ‎38、B根据上文：由于压力的存在，因此对童年的幸福生活记忆犹新。‎ ‎39、B根据下文可知：我们不得不面对这样的事实。‎ ‎40、C感到无形的压力，故用feel。‎ ‎41、C此处与上文中的get up对应，即：在太阳升起前起床，在在日落后回家。‎ ‎42、B像一个成年人那样努力工作。Like此处是像-----一样的意思。‎ ‎43、A what引导的从句作主语。‎ ‎44、B目的是取得良好的成绩。Mark是可数名词。‎ ‎45、A尽管有曲折，我们还是应该在成长的过程中努力寻找幸福。‎ ‎（2011桂林）四、完形填空 （每小题1分，共10分）‎ 请阅读下面短文，选择最佳答案，将其标号在答题卡上涂黑。‎ Li Dong is a farmer. He has a very big 46 . On the farm, he grows oranges, grapes and bananas. Many people come to 47 his farm. He is a successful young man and becomes very famous.‎ In 2003, he went back to his hometown 48 he finished middle school. “What work can I do?” he said to himself. Then he had an idea. “I’m interested ‎ ‎49 farming. I can grow fruit!” He began to watch many 50 on TV about growing fruit. He also read a lot of books about it. Then he went to 51 on Mr Wang’s farm for two years. He learned a lot there. ‎ In 2005, he started his own fruit farm. 52 , Li Dong’s farm was small. But now, his farm is much 53 . His fruits are very good. He sends them to many big ‎54 in China, such as Shanghai, Beijing and Guangzhou. He also grows vegetables and raises chickens on his farm. His family eats very 55 food. He has a very happy family.‎ ‎46. A. farm B. park C. school D. shop ‎47. A. look B. take C. visit D. notice ‎48. A. since B. after C. though D. so ‎49. A. in B. on C. at D. for ‎50. A. games B. concerts C. programmes D. plays ‎51. A. see B. play C. eat D. work ‎52. A. At last B. At that time C. At this moment D. At once ‎ ‎53. A. big B. bigger C. the biggest D. biggest ‎ ‎54. A. villages B. schools C. cities D. farms ‎55. A. healthy B. bad C. terrible D. unhealthy ‎【主旨大意】本文主要介绍了一个成功农民李东的故事。在他初中毕业后，他选择了种植水果，经过几年的打拼他获得了成功。‎ ‎46. A 【解析】根据上下文可知他是一个农民，因此他有一个大的农场。‎ ‎47. C 【解析】根据句意“许多人来参观他的农场”，可知选C。‎ ‎48. B【解析】根据句意“在2003年，他初中毕业之后返回他的家乡”，after表示“在…之后”。‎ ‎49. A【解析】be interested in为固定搭配意为“对…感兴趣”。‎ ‎50. C【解析】根据句意“他开始在电视上观看有关种植水果的节目”，可知选C。‎ ‎51. D【解析】根据下文“在那里他学到了很多”，可知他在王先生的农场里工作了两年。因此选D。‎ ‎52. B【解析】at last意为“最后”， at that time意为“在那时”，at this moment意为“此刻”，at once 意为“立刻”。根据句意“在那时，李东的农场是小的”。因此选B。‎ ‎53. B 【解析】much后加形容词的比较级表示“…的多”。‎ ‎54. C【解析】根据下文举例可知为许多大的城市。‎ ‎55. A【解析】根据句意“他的家人吃非常健康的食物”。可知选A。‎ ‎【2011清远】Ⅲ. 完形填空(共10小题，每小题1分，共10分)‎ ‎ 请认真阅读短文，从所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该选项涂黑。‎ A new supermarket put on a notice at the entrance. It said, "Remember, once a week, one of our customers will get __ 41 goods. This may be your lucky day. " All the housewives_42 went to the supermarket wanted to be the lucky customer.‎ In the following several weeks, Mrs. Black _43__ did shopping in the same supermarket. Unlike many other customers, she never __44 hope. Her kitchen was full of things that she did not need. She dreamed of the __45__ when the manager of the supermarket would come and say to her. “Madam, this is your lucky day and __46__ in your basket is free."‎ One Friday morning, after she finished her shopping and had taken all the things _47 her car, she realized that she had forgotten to buy some tea. She went back to the __48__ to buy the tea. As she was waiting at the cashier(收银台), the manager of the supermarket came to __49 _ and said, “Congratulations. Madam! You are our lucky customer and all that you __50__ in your basket is free!"‎ ‎41. A. bad B. heavy C. free D. big ‎42. A. who B. which C. whose D. whom ‎43. A. never B. always C. sometimes D. seldom ‎44. A. gave out B. gave up C. gave in D. gave off ‎45. A. day B. week C. month D. year ‎46. A. thing B. something C. nothing D. everything ‎47. A from B. on C. to D. for ‎48. A. school B. supermarket C. car D. home ‎49. A. him B. she C. hers D her ‎50. A. put B. putted C. putting D. puts ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述了Mrs. Black常去超市购物，而有一天Mrs. Black最终成为了超市的幸运顾客。‎ ‎41.C 根据句意：每周一次，有一个顾客将得到免费的物品。故选C。‎ ‎42.A 考定语从句引导词。先行词housewives“家庭主妇”是指人，排除B和C。同时本题中引导词在句中作主语，故选A。‎ ‎43.B 根据上下意思，Mrs. Black在超市推出每周免费一名活动后，在接下的几个星期里，她经常去同样的超市。故选B。‎ ‎44.B 动词词组辨析。句意：她永远不会放弃希望。故选B。‎ ‎45.A 句意：她梦想有那么一天超市的经理将会和她说她是幸运顾客。故选A。‎ ‎46.D 不定代词的用法。句意：这是你的幸运日，你篮子里的一切都是免费。故选D。‎ ‎47.C 句意：她把全部的东西带到车上。take sth to 把什么带到哪。故选C。‎ ‎48.B 句意：她返回去买茶。以及下句的“the manager of the supermarket came to”‎ 说明她返回的是超市。‎ ‎49.D 根据第二段的“the manager of the supermarket would come and say to her.”推出 “came to her”来到她身边。‎ ‎50.A 根据that you __50__ in your basket作定语从句修饰all，空白处作谓语，排除C和D。句意：你现在放在篮子里的东西。时间跟现在有关，故选A。‎ ‎【2011北京】五、完型填空（12分，每小题1分）‎ ‎"I can't believe what I’m hearing!" I thought to myself. Jeff was the last candidate (候选人) for president of Student Council. My best friend Tony came to me and said, “I’m sorry, Mike, I really thought you should be _ 36_ ."‎ Later that day, I happened to pass Jeff in the dining room. I offered him a 37 "congratulations" and walked to my usual table. To my surprise, Jeff put his plate beside mine.‎ ‎"I'm, er—I'm just wandering if you would … consider coming to work on my team," he said 38 . "You are really smart, and you would he a great manager."‎ ‎“I don't think so," I replied, feeling unsure.‎ ‎"Well, if you change your mind, we are meeting tomorrow,” he said before moving to another table.‎ My next step was to 43 which new activities students would like to have at our school. Many of them wanted a chess club and. a volleyball team.‎ With tile information I had collected, Jeff met with the headmaster. The headmaster 44 to add these activities to our school program.‎ With my help, Jeff and our ideas were well 45 at school.‎ An eighth grader said, "It'll be like attending a new school with Jeff as president.‎ Hearing these words made my heart filled with 46 I had wanted to become president of Student Council to make a difference. I achieved that and more by working as a member of Jeff's team. He became the most popular candidate and I was a large part of his 47 . The fact that it has made a difference in other people's lives is the real prize. What a great feeling!‎ ‎36. A. beard B. chosen C. invited D. followed ‎37. A. polite B. loud C. warm D. cheerful ‎38. A. proudly B. quickly C. nervously D. regretfully ‎39. A. advice B. chance C. message. D. offer ‎40. A. them B. him C. me D. us ‎41. A. print B. invent C. create C. send ‎42. A. for B. from C. with D. without ‎43. A. carry out B. try out C. work out D. find out ‎44. A. agreed B. wanted C. expected D. asked ‎45. A. allowed B. received C. introduced D. required ‎46. A. pride B. surprise C. patience D. hope ‎47. A. hick B. spirit C. life D. success ‎【主旨大意】本文主要讲述了体验幸福的三个秘密。‎ ‎36. 答案：B解析:词义辨析，动词联系上下文，上文给出the last candidate(候选人) ，下文对应的动词应该是 be chosen，：你应该被“当选”。‎ ‎37. 答案：A解析: 形容词感情色彩+联系上下文。由本段出现的第一个形容词usual 来判断作者的感情色彩是平淡的，故排除B. loud和D. cheerful选项，由 第二个形容词surprise 来判断，作者与Jeff的关系不是非常亲密所以排除C warm选项，跟Jeff说“祝贺”的时候自然是“礼貌”地说。‎ ‎38. 答案：C解析:根据前文的“er-，wondering，would...”，都是紧张的表现，可推断是有点紧张，所以答案选择C nervously。‎ ‎39. 答案：D解析: 考查名词的辨析，Jeff希望“我”能加入他的团队，对“我”来讲，这是给“我”提供了一个工作岗位，并非机会chance，选offer。‎ ‎40. 答案：C解析: 根据上文主语都是I，所以答案选择C. me所以是给予我机会。‎ ‎41. 答案：C解析: :词义辨析，根据句意：是想方设法创造有吸引力的广告，而不是发明或印刷，迷惑项是print；广告也不一定非要印刷，这是其实是“设计”的意思，只有create一词可以表示“创作、设计”的意思。‎ ‎42. 答案：D解析: 介词搭配 最能凸显出 poster 效果的介词是without 否定介词与前面的no 相呼应，双重否定表肯定，构成：人人都常经过的走廊里贴满了Jeff笑脸的广告。‎ ‎43. 答案：D解析: 短语辨析，carry out 实施， try out 尝试， work out 解决 find out 找出+事实，真相 ，结合上下文，wanted a chess club and a volleyball team,下文的 collect information，空后是宾语从句：“学生在学校里喜欢玩那些活动”，不是“算出，执行，实验”，而是“找出”得出答案为 D。‎ ‎44. 答案：A解析:根据上下文，Jeff带着这些信息去见校长，校长也就“同意”把这些活动加上了。‎ ‎45. 答案：B 解析: receive 在此表示的是接纳并不是我们熟悉的收到，所以此题为难题。‎ ‎46. 答案：A解析: 我和Jeff的工作得到了他人的认可，心中感到自豪和满足，故答案选择A。‎ ‎47. 答案：D 解析: 此题考查句意分析能力。前文说他成了最受欢迎的候选人，接着有连词and，也就意味着要填的空即是He became the most popular candidate，这样看来，是Jeff的成功，所以选success。‎ ‎【2011陕西】Ⅴ. 完形填空。‎ In a small town in France, there was a farmer who lived alone. Every day he ‎31 a pound of butter to his neighbour, who was a baker, One day the baker decided to 32 the butter to see if he was getting a pound. After he weighed it, he found that he wasn't. The baker then took 33 farmer to the judge (法官).‎ The judge asked the farmer if he had any way to weigh the butler. The farmer replied. "I am so 34 that I do not have enough money to buy anything to weigh it, 35 I do have a kind of scale(天平). " The judge asked, "Then how do you weigh ‎ the buttery" The farmer replied, "Before the baker started buying butler from 36 , I had bought bread from him. So now every time when I bring home the bread from the baker, I put it On the scale and give him the butter of the same weight,"‎ We 37 what we give to Others in life. Whenever you take action, ask yourself this 38 , "Am I honest?"‎ Honesty or dishonesty can become a 39 . Some dishonest people can lie(说谎) without a red face. Others lie so much that they do not even 40 what the truth is any more. But who is it bad for? As a matter of fact, those who lie will hurt themselves by their own dishonest behaviour.‎ ‎31. A. gave B. fed C. threw D. sold ‎ ‎32. A. weigh B. watch C. cut D. use ‎ ‎33. A. / B. a C. an D. the ‎ ‎34. A. rich B. poor C. honest D. quiet ‎ ‎35. A. and B. so C. but D. or ‎ ‎36. A. I B. my C. me D. mine ‎ ‎37. A. get back B. look back C. give back D. turn back ‎ ‎38. A. answer B. question C. help D. idea ‎ ‎39. A. difference B. habit C. mistake D. difficulty ‎ ‎40. A. Study B. mean C. imagine D. know ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文通过一个买肉和买面包不给足斤两的故事，告诉我们诚信的重要性。同时指出其实诚实或者不诚实会成为一种习惯。‎ ‎31. D 解析: gave “给”；fed“喂养”；threw“扔”；sold“卖”。根据后边面包师称肉的重量，可知是卖给他的肉。‎ ‎32. A 解析: 句意为“他决定称肉的重量”。根据下句的weigh也可以选择。‎ ‎33. D 解析:前边提到了农民，再次提到用the。‎ ‎34. B解析: 农民说自己因为穷而不能买到称。‎ ‎35. A 解析: 没有钱买能称重量的东西，也没有天平。‎ ‎36. C 解析: from为介词，后加宾格代词。‎ ‎37. A 解析: get back“回来；得到回报”；look back“往回看”；give back“归还”；turn back“转身”。句意为“生活中我们给予别人什么，也会从给别人那里得到什么”。‎ ‎38. B 解析: 问自己这个问题。‎ ‎39. B解析:根据下一句“Some dishonest people can lie(说谎) without a red face.” 可知诚实与不诚实都会成为习惯。‎ ‎40. D 解析:句意为：其他人说谎太多，以至于不知道真正的事情是什么了。‎ ‎【2011广西百色】 One day, two friends were walking through the ‎ desert.__36__ the journey they had a quarrel, and one friend hit __37__ one in the face.‎ ‎ The one who was hit was hurt,__38__ he didn’t say anything. Instead, he wrote in the sand,“Today my best friend hit me in the face.”‎ ‎ They kept on __39__ until they found an oasis(绿洲).They decided to get some water. The one who had been hit fell into the mire(泥潭) and was in danger, but the friend __40__ him.‎ ‎ When he felt all right, he wrote on __41__.“Today my best friend saved my life.”‎ ‎ The one who had hit and saved his best friend asked him,“After I __42__ you, you wrote in the sand and now you write on a stone.__43__”‎ ‎ The other friend replied,“When someone hurts us, we should write it down in sand where winds of forgiveness(宽恕) can blow __44__ away. Bt when someone does something __45__ for us, we must write it in stone where no wind can ever blow it away.”‎ ‎( ) 36. A. After B. During C. For D. Before ‎( ) 37.A. some B. each C. another D. the other ‎( ) 38. A. and B. so C. but D. or ‎( ) 39.A. walking B. jumping C. singing D. running ‎( ) 40.A. hurt B. left C. hit D. saved ‎( ) 41.A. the desert B. a stone C. a tree D. the sand ‎( ) 42. A. killed B. helped C. hurt D. quarreled with ‎( ) 43 .A. When B. What C. How D. Why ‎( ) 44.A.it B. these C. them D. this ‎( ) 45.A.interesting B. good C. dangerous D. harmful ‎36-40 BDCAD 41-45BCDAB ‎【主旨大意】‎ 文章通过两个朋友之间发生的故事，讲述了如何处理朋友之间发生的矛盾及当别人给予了帮助该如何感恩。‎ ‎36.B 由文章的第三段第一句可知，他们是在穿过沙漠期间吵架的。故选B。‎ ‎37.D 表示两者之间的另一个用the other。‎ ‎38.C 由前句和后句可知，应表示转折，“但是他什么也没有说”。‎ ‎39.A由文章第一段的第一句“有一天，两个朋友在穿过一个沙漠”可知此处应是“他们继续走”。‎ ‎40.D 由下文“我的朋友救了我”可知。‎ ‎41.B 由下文“and now you wrote on a stone”可知是写在一块石头上。‎ ‎42.C根据前文的意思应是“在我伤害你之后，你写在沙子上。”，故选C。‎ ‎43.D根据句子的意思，他的朋友想要知道写在不同地方的原因，故选D。‎ ‎44.A前面用了it，此处也要用it代替。‎ ‎45.B根据文章的意思应是“当有人对我们做了有益的事”，故选B。‎ ‎【2011•河南省】I like all kinds of chocolate, especially bitter chocolate. So when Mother had bought one, i couldn't help thinking about 36 .‎ I was helping Father in the yard when suddenly I got an idea. I could cut a piece 37 that chocolate without anyone knowing it.‎ I waited 38 Mother went outside feeding the chickens. Then I told Father I wanted to go for a drink of water. I went into the room and got the 39 down. Just when I had the knife ready to cut, I heard Mother coming. So I had to put the chocolate 40 into my shirt, went to my room and 41 the chocolate there. And then I went back to 42 Father.‎ All the rest of the afternoon, I didn't dare to look at Father. Every time he spoke, it made me jump. My hands began shaking and my heart started 43 fast. I didn't want the chocolate any more. I 44 wanted to get a chance to put it back.‎ Have you ever had a similar 45 ?‎ ‎36. a. him b. her C. it D. this ‎37. a. off b. into C.on D. along ‎38. a. while b. after c. since D. until ‎39. a. water b. chocolate c. chicken D. shirt ‎40. a. silently b. easily c. slowly D. quickly ‎41. a. hid b. ate C. held D. returned ‎42. a. tell b. help C. find D. call ‎43. a. falling b. breaking c. beating D. jumping ‎44.a. still b. hardly c. just D. never ‎45. A. experience b. excuse c. mistake D. moment ‎【主旨大意】作者讲述了自己一次经历：因爱吃巧克力而在父母不知的情况下切下一块进而产生恐惧的心理。‎ ‎【解析】36.答案：C.上文提到“当母亲买了一个巧克力时”，故第二次再提到用it代替。‎ ‎37.答案：A.由上下文知作者切下一块巧克力，故用cut..off.‎ ‎38.答案：D.为了不让母亲知道，一直等到她去外面....“wait until”等到......时。‎ ‎39.答案：B.由上下文知作者拿的是巧克力。‎ ‎40.答案：D.正要用刀切巧克力的时候，听到母亲进来，于是就“迅速”放进衬衫里。‎ ‎41.答案：A.从下文“...wanted to get a chance to put it back”知作者走到自己的房间没有吃掉巧克力，而是“藏”了起来。‎ ‎42.答案：B.由第二段 “I was helping Father in the yard ”可知。‎ ‎43.答案：C.前文提到，作者不敢看父亲，......手开始颤抖，“心跳”加快。heart beat心跳 ‎44.答案：C. just=only.句意:我只想找机会把它放回去。‎ ‎45.答案：A.全篇讲的是一次经历。句意：你有类似的经历吗。‎ 三、【2011•广西柳州】完形填空（本大题共10小题，每小题1分，共10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，选择最佳的答案。‎ ‎ Last year my dad got a new job in a small town,__51__ my family moved there. On my first __52__ at the new school I was really worried. The teachers were friendly, but the __53__ was the other students. They didn’t seem friendly. I knew ‎ nobody and I couldn’t __54__ understand what they said.‎ ‎ During the break all the other students went out. I didn’t know where to go, so I ___55___ in the classroom. After a while, a ___56___ came back in and came up to me. I ___57___ what he wanted to do. He took ___58___ out of his bag and said to me, “Would you like something to ___59___?”It was an apple. Suddenly I felt really ___60___ and we began to talk.‎ ‎ It was Tony who gave me the apple and now he is my best friend. I am thankful to the apple, which started our friendship.‎ ‎51. A. or B. so C. but ‎52. A. day B. spring C. winter ‎53. A. project B. custom C. problem ‎54. A. hardly B. ever C. even ‎55. A. danced B. stayed C. sang ‎56. A. woman B. girl C. boy ‎57. A. knew B. wondered C. thought ‎58. A. something B. anything C. nothing ‎59. A. eat B. drink C. read ‎60. A. shy B. happy C. lonely ‎【文章大意】“一个苹果”带来的友谊。本文介绍了一名学生因父亲在小城镇得到份工作而全家搬迁。在新的学校，作者首先感到孤独，后来一名男生送给他一个苹果而开始新的友谊。‎ ‎【解析】51. B.根据句意：去年我的爸爸在小城镇得到份新工作，因此我的家搬到那里。故选B。‎ ‎52. A on my first day at the new school意为“在我的新学校的第一天”，语意通顺合理，其他选项语意不对。故选A。‎ ‎53.C 。根据句意：老师是友好的，但是麻烦的问题是其他的学生。Project课程， custom风俗，所以A,B选项语意不通。故选C。‎ ‎54. C 句意：我一个人也不认识，甚至不能理解他们说什么。Hardly“几乎不”，与couldn’t不能同时使用。Ever曾经，even甚至。故选C。‎ ‎55. B 句意：我不知道去哪，所以只能呆在教室。故选B。‎ ‎56. C 考查上下文的联系。根据下文提到he,可知是一个男孩。故选C。‎ ‎57. B knew知道， wondered 疑惑，thought想。句意：我想知道他想做什么。故选B。‎ ‎58. A something“某物”用在肯定句中，anything用在否定句或疑问句中，nothing“什么也没有”。根据句意：他从书包里拿出某物并对我说。故选A。‎ ‎59. A 根据下文提到的apple,可知是something to eat一些吃的东西。故选A。‎ ‎60.B ‎ 根据上文可知作者来到新的环境没有朋友而感到孤独，突然有同学送苹果给他，可知作者应该感到高兴。 故选B。‎ ‎【2011湖南湘潭】阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳选项（共10小题，每小题1分）‎ ‎ More and more people are becoming interested in the internet. They have formed a bad habit. In fact, the bad habit has become a (31) —Internet Addiction Disorder (IAD网络综合症）. Staying (32） for more than six hours a day (33) working or studying, and feeling very upset from not being able to get online, are the two major symptoms (症状)of IAD ‎ Internet addiction(上瘾) is （34） in China now. A recent research （35） that 42% Of Chinese young people get quite interested in the web, while only 18% of Americans feel in the same (36) .‎ ‎ What causes IAD? Some people believe that It's the lack(缺乏) of family care. Most children in China are the (37) ones in their families. They are only told to (38) hard, but few really care about their personal interest .So some children would like to keep (39) away from the real world ‎ How can people stay away from IAD? Don t get online any more, go back to the real world and if it doesn't work, go to see the (40)___,‎ ‎31 A‎. disease B. task C. rule ‎32 A‎ .home B. online C. in school ‎33. A. because of B. Out of C. instead of ‎34. A. changing B. increasing C .becoming less ‎35 A‎. shows B. notices C knows ‎36 A‎. road B. way C. country ‎37 A‎. best B .worst C. only ‎ ‎38. A. study B. play C. think ‎39 A‎. themselves B. their parents C. their teachers ‎40 A‎. friend B. teacher C. doctor ‎【文章大意】本文主要讲述的是越来越多的中国年轻人迷恋上网络，得了网络综合症。一些人认为那是因为中国的孩子大多是独生子女，父母只顾让他们好好学习，并没有考虑到他们的兴趣，所以很多孩子与现实世界脱离。‎ ‎31.A【解析】根据下文“Internet Addiction Disorder”可见坏习惯已经变成一种病。故本题选A。‎ ‎32.B【解析】根据下文“and…to get online”此处填online。故本题选B。‎ ‎33.C【解析】根据题意，一天上超过6小时网而不是学习和工作，或者不上网就感觉很低落是网络综合症的两种主要症状。instead of working or studying表示而不是学习和工作。故本题选C。‎ ‎34.B【解析】根据题意，现在，网络上瘾在中国呈上升趋势。increasing表示上升。故本题选B。‎ ‎35.A【解析】本题考查动词的辨析。show表示显示，notice表示通知，know表示知道。根据题意，最近调查显示，42%的中国年轻人对网络非常感兴趣。故本题选A。‎ ‎36.B【解析】本题考查词组的含义。in the same road在相同的路上，in the same way表示同样地，in the same country表示在相同的国家。根据题意，18%的美国人同样地也这样觉得。故本题选B。‎ ‎37.C【解析】根据下文“They are only told…”再结合句意，中国的大多数孩子都是独生子女。the only ones表示独生子女。故本题选C。‎ ‎38.A【解析】根据题意，他们只会被告知好好学习，很少人关心他们的个人兴趣。故本题选A。‎ ‎39.A【解析】根据上下文意思，所以一些孩子想把他们自己隔离在真实世界之外。keep themselves from表示把他们自己与……隔离。故本题选A。‎ ‎40.C【解析】由上文中提到，网络综合症是一种疾病可知，如果孩子们不能回到现实生活中，那就去看医生。故本题选C。‎ ‎【2011乌鲁木齐】 完形填空（共10小题，每小题1分，满分10分）‎ 阅读短文，从41-50各题所给的ABC四个选项中，选出一个可以填入空白处的选项。‎ Mary and Donald Smith lived in the same building. Donald ‎41 a toy company. One day Donald gave Mary. the 4-year-old girl. a new toy. She played with it and said. "This is fun! A few weeks later Donald gave her 42 toy. She played with it and then said. "I'm not ‎43 in this toy. It doesn't work." For years Donald gave Mary new toys. and she gave him very good 44 about the toys.‎ When Mary was 13 years old. Donald showed her a new ball. Mary wanted to 45 the ball with small stones to make it 46 .The company made this change. Mary's idea was a great success! The company sold thousands of the balls. ‎ ‎ That Christmas. Donald gave Mary an 47 gift. He made her vice-president(副总裁) of the toy company. She made $‎200,000 a year. Her job was lo see 48 the new toys were fun. She worked 49 three or four hours a day at her job, then she had to do her homework.‎ Today Mary works at a college. The little vice-president with bright ideas helps students think about their 50.‎ ‎4I. A. owned B. rioted c. owns D. closes ‎42 A‎. other B. other C. the other D. another ‎43. A. excited B. interested C. relaxed D. bored ‎44. A. ways B. designs C. questions D. ideas ‎ ‎45 ‎‎ A‎. fill B. full C. add D. pour ‎46. A. noisy B. quiet C. light D. future ‎47. A. special B. awful C. amazing D. useful ‎48. A. when B. if C. as D. since ‎49. A.BI B. in C. for D. with ‎50. A. company B. toys C. homework D. future ‎【主旨大意】拥有玩具公司的Donald Smith，经常给邻居Mary礼物，Mary对礼物的评价帮助Donald Smith把自己的公司越做越好。‎ ‎41. A 句意为“拥有一家玩具公司”，本片故事是用过去时讲述的。‎ ‎42. D 代词的辨析，“几周后Donald Smith给了她另一个玩具”，another，“另一个”，表泛指。‎ ‎43. B 动词短语 由“It doesn’t work。”可知“我对这个礼物不感兴趣，”。‎ ‎44. D 她（Mary）对玩具的做出了很好的评价或看法。‎ ‎45. A “她想往球里面装小石子”，be filled with 装满，盛满 ‎46. A “球里面装上石子让它发出声音。”quiet 安静；light 轻；future未来，将来都讲不通。‎ ‎47. C 根据下文，可知Donald Smith给了Mary一份特殊的礼物。‎ ‎48. B 考察宾语从句的引导词。“她的工作是看看新玩具是不是很有趣。”‎ ‎49.C 介词的考察，“她一天工作三四个小时”‎ ‎50.D 名词辨析 “这个有聪明想法的女孩帮助学生们考虑他们的未来。”‎ ‎【2011天津】三、完形填空（本大题共10小题，每小题1分，共10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。‎ Norman Bethune is one of China’s most famous heroes, but he wasn’t Chinese—he was Canadian. He gave his life to helping the Chinese people.‎ Norman Bethune 46 born in 1890. He became a ‎47 in 1916, and he went to the front to look after injured soldiers in the First World War. He saw many soldiers die in the war. Later he invented new treatments to 48 soldiers, and medical tools to use outside hospital. ‎ In 1938 he came to treat the Chinese soldiers in the mountains north of Yan’an. There were 49 doctors, so he had to work very hard. He opened hospitals to give treatment to local people and soldiers, and to train doctors and nurses. He also wrote books so that doctors could learn about new treatments.‎ Dr Bethune worked very hard without stopping to 50 . Once, he preformed operations 51 69 hours without stopping, and saved 112people. He 52 working in spite of cutting his hand during an operation. In the end, ‎ he died because he did not take care of his 53 .‎ Dr Bethune’s work with the Chinese soldiers made ‎54 a hero in China. There are books and films about him, and he is 55 remembered in both Canada and China.‎ ‎46. A. is B. was C. has been D. be ‎47. A. doctor B. nurse C. teacher D. worker ‎48. A. understand B. believe C. help D. count ‎49. A. little B. few C. much D. many ‎50. A. rest B. act C. agree D. think ‎51. A. from B. since C. with D. for ‎52. A. allowed B. continued C. forgot D. stopped ‎53. A. face B. leg C. foot D. hand ‎54. A. his B. he C. him D. one ‎55. A. still B. never C. hardly D. Regularly 文章大意：本文是一片记叙文，讲述了白求恩大夫的经历。他为中国人民的抗战作出了巨大贡献，并为此献出了生命，成为中国人民的英雄。‎ ‎46. B 【解析】出生在1890年，应该用过去式。‎ ‎47. A 解析：根据下文对他的描述，可以判断他是一名医生。‎ ‎48. C 解析：他发明了新的医疗方法来帮助士兵。‎ ‎49. B 解析：他必须努力工作，应该是医生很少，医生是可数名词，因此用few。‎ ‎50. A 解析： 白求恩大夫工作很努力，没有停下来休息。‎ ‎51. D 解析：一段时间之前用介词for。‎ ‎52. B 解析：尽管在一次手术中伤了手，他还是继续工作。Continue，继续。‎ ‎53. D 解析：从前文可以看出他伤了手，因此这应该是hand。‎ ‎54. C 解析：对中国士兵的工作使他成为中国人民的英雄，在动词后面用宾格作宾语。‎ ‎55. A 解析：在中和加拿大，他仍然被人们怀念。Still，仍然。‎ ‎（2011四川资阳）第二节 完形填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C、D）中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎ A farmer had some little dogs to sell. As he was putting up an advertisement on the fence of his yard, a __31__ happened to pass by.‎ ‎ “I want to __32__ one of your dogs, sir .”‎ ‎ “Well,”said the farmer,“these dogs come from fine parents and cost a lot of __33__.”‎ ‎ The boy __34__ his head for a moment. Then he reached deep into his __35__ and pulled out some change. “I’ve got thirty-nine cents(美分). Is that __36__ to take a look? ”‎ ‎ “__37__,”said the farmer. And with that he let out a whistle(口哨),“Here, Dolly!”‎ ‎ Dolly ran out of the doghouse ___38___ by four little dogs. The boy’s eyes danced with joy.‎ ‎ As the dogs made their way to the fence, the little boy noticed something else moving inside the __39__.Slowly another little dog __40__; this one much smaller. It was doing its best to __41__...‎ ‎ “I want that one,”the little boy said.‎ ‎ The farmer said,“Son, don’t want that dog. He will __42__ be able to run and play with you like the other dogs would.”‎ ‎ The boy rolled up(卷起) one leg of his pants and showed a steel(钢) __43__.Looking back up at the farmer, he said,“You see, sir ,I don’t __44__ too well myself ,and he will need someone who __45__.”‎ ‎31. A. boy B. dog C. farmer D. son ‎32. A .sell B. see C. buy D. feed ‎33. A. time B. money C. work D. study ‎34. A. shook B. covered C. knocked D. dropped ‎35. A. pocket B. yard C. heart D. mouth ‎36. A. enough B. easy C. necessary D. simple ‎37. A. No B. Sure C. Sorry D. Thanks ‎38. A. sent B. driven C. followed D. taught ‎39. A. farm B. fence C. advertisement D. doghouse ‎40. A. died B. shouted C. appeared D. watched ‎41. A. catch up B. go away C. give up D.‎ ‎ look out ‎42. A. sometimes B. always C. often D. never ‎43. A. hand B. back C. arm D. leg ‎44. A. speak B. run C. walk D. swim ‎45. A. asks B. understands C. thinks D. succeeds ‎【主旨大意】   本文作者讲述了一个残疾儿童买一只残疾小狗的事情。在平时的语言中，你会感到一种人性的美，和世间的浓浓温情。‎ ‎31. A 【解析】 由下文的“boy”可知。‎ ‎32. C 【解析】句意为“我想要买你的小狗”。‎ ‎33. B 【解析】由下文小男孩掏出了一些零花钱，可知小狗是要花费一些钱的。‎ ‎34. D 【解析】shook“摇头”；covered“覆盖”；knocked “敲打”；dropped“放下；低下”。‎ ‎35. A 【解析】由下文掏出钱来，可知是把手伸进口袋。。‎ ‎36. A 【解析】句意为“这些钱够吗？”‎ ‎37. B 【解析】由他把小狗们叫出来，可知这些钱是够的。‎ ‎38. A 【解析】sent“派；送”；driven“驾驶”；followed“跟着”；taught“教”。句意为“多利跑出来，身边跟着一群小狗”。‎ ‎39. D 【解析】根据上句别的小狗已经从狗窝中跑了出来，可知这只小狗还在狗窝里。‎ ‎40. C 【解析】died “死”；shouted“叫”；appeared“出现”；watched“观看”。句意为“另一只小狗出现了”。‎ ‎41. D 【解析】小狗尽力的向外张望。‎ ‎42. D 【解析】它永远不会像其他的小狗那样和你跑和玩耍。‎ ‎43.D 【解析】男孩卷起裤腿，可知露出了腿。‎ ‎44. C 【解析】男孩说“我跑的也不快”。‎ ‎45. B 【解析】小狗也需要一个人理解他啊。‎ ‎(2011四川宜宾) 第二节：完形填空。 (共10个小题，每小题1分，计10分)‎ 认真阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳答案，并将其字母代号填入题前括号内。‎ My dad was a fisherman. He worked hard and stayed out until he caught enough 36 to feed the family nearly every day. When the weather was bad he would 37 me to school. An old truck was used in his fishing business.‎ ‎ When we got to the school, he would give me a big 38 on the face and tell me to be a good 39 . It was so embarrassing for me. I was 12 years old, and my dad would still kiss me goodbye!‎ I remember the day when I decided I was too 40 for a goodbye kiss. When we got to the school and came to a stop, he had his usual big smile. He started to lean (倾斜) toward me, but I put my hand up and 41 , “No, Dad.” It was the first time I had ever talked to him that way. He had a surprised look on his face for a long time, and his 42 started to be wet. He turned and looked out of the windshield (挡风玻璃). “You’re 43 ,” he said.“You are a big boy—a man. I won’t kiss you any more.”‎ It wasn’t long after that when my dad went out to 44 and never came back. It was a day when most of the fishermen stayed at home except Dad. He had a big family to feed How I wish I had been a man then. If I had been a man, I would 45 have told my dad I was too old for a goodbye kiss.‎ ‎（ ）36. A. food B. birds C. animals D. fish ‎（ ）37. A. ride B. carry C. drive D. bring ‎（ ）38. A. kiss B. laugh C. look D. hand ‎（ ）39. A. man B. boy C. teacher D. fisherman ‎（ ）40. A. old B. young C. excited D. moved ‎（ ）41. A. spoke B. said C. repeated D. answered ‎（ ）42. A. hands B. feet C. eyes D. face ‎（ ）43. A. kind B. clever C. wrong D. right ‎（ ）44. A. school B. sea C. boat D. river ‎（ ）45. A. still B. ever C. never D. only ‎ ‎36-40 DCABA 41-45 BCDBC ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文讲述了渔夫爸爸每天辛苦捕鱼来维持一家的生计，天气糟糕时，他会开车送我上学。临别时，他经常会吻我的脸，但我感觉不好意思。后来我拒绝了，他理解了，但在我拒绝他后的不久，爸爸却永远地消失在大海里。‎ 解析：‎ ‎36. D 由上文，我的爸爸是个渔夫，可推测是抓到更多的鱼。故选D。‎ ‎37. C 由下文可知，一辆用来做鱼生意的旧卡车。 可知是开车送我。故选C。‎ ‎38. A由下文可知。我12岁了，爸爸依然要用吻我的脸说再见。故选A。‎ ‎39.B由上下文可知。我上学，我12岁了，爸爸让我做一个好孩子，而不是别的。故选B。‎ ‎40. A ‎ 根据句意：我记得我下定决心的那天，年龄大不能用吻脸来分别了。故选A。‎ ‎41. B 由句意：我把手举起来说，只是一般的说话，A：spoke 后通常接语言English等，比较正式，C：重复说，只是第一次说，显然不对，D：回答的意思，爸爸还没说。故选B。21世纪教育网 ‎42. C 由句意：他的双眼开始湿润了，由孩子的话，虽然有些失落，但父亲心理更多的是欣慰与自豪感。其它的选项显然不符。故选C。‎ ‎43. D由下文可知，你是一个男子汉，以后我不会再吻你的脸了。可知父母认可了孩子的做法，“你做得对！”故选D。‎ ‎44. B由下文可知，全村大多数渔夫都呆在家，除了父亲。可知前面是出海打鱼了。故选B。‎ ‎45. C由句意：要是我早长大多好，就从来不会与父亲说长大了不能吻脸了。故选C。‎ ‎【2011•四川南充】第二节 完形填空（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ 先通途下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后面各题所给的选项中选出最佳答案，并将其字母代号填入提前括号内。‎ Yesterday when my son and I were eating dinner, I saw a policewoman walking past our house. A woman with a 36 look was following her.‎ I opened the 37 , went out and asked if everything was OK. The policewoman said that the woman's 38 had gone missing(失踪) an hour earlier. I said that we hadn't seen the girl, but we could 39 .1 explained to my son that we couldn't finish our 40 right then. He said,” Be a kind person, Dad. "We got in our car and 41 the girl all over the town. Along the way, a group of children were playing. 42 they heard what had happened, they said they would help 43 . They rode their bikes and joined us.‎ ‎44 the little girl was found safe a few miles away. I was so 45 to see many people help a stranger. It is a nice world.‎ ‎36. A. worried B. laughing C. surprised ‎37. A. mouth B. car C. door ‎38. A. son B. daughter C. mother ‎39. A. succeed B. eat C. help ‎40. A. housework B. dinner C. games ‎41. A. looked for B. looked at C. looked after ‎42. A. Before B. After C. Although ‎43.A. them B. you C. us ‎44. A. Luckily B. Possibly C. Sadly ‎45. A. proud B. strange C. happy ‎【主旨大意】文章讲述了作者和儿子帮助寻找失踪的女孩，后来又有些孩子自愿加入他们的寻找行列之中。女孩找到后，作者为有那么多人去寻找一个不认识的人而高兴。感到世界的美好。‎ ‎36.答案：A。有下文知，the woman 丢了孩子，故表情焦虑（worried）‎ ‎37.答案：C。与第一段知道作者和儿子正在家吃饭。故本题选C.‎ ‎38.答案：B。由下句“I said that we hadn't seen the girl,...”可知。‎ ‎39.答案：由下文知，作者去帮助寻找失踪的孩子，故说“...we could help.”‎ ‎40.答案：B.因为要去帮助寻找失踪的孩子，所以作者无法吃完晚饭（dinner）了 ‎41.答案：A。去寻找（look for）失踪的女孩。‎ ‎42.答案：B.寻找的过程中，作者要先讲述缘由，那些在路上玩耍的孩子听了“之后”才会明白发生了什么事情。故选B。‎ ‎43.答案：C .由下句的“joined us”可知。‎ ‎44.答案：A.幸运的是（luckily）小女孩被找到了。‎ ‎45.答案：C 看到那么多人帮助一个陌生人，我是那么的高兴（happy）‎ ‎【2011•四川广元】（A）‎ Everyone has his dream. ＿21＿do I .In ten years, I think I will be a reporter. I’ll live in Shanghai, because I want to Shanghai and ＿22＿in love with it last year. I think it’s a really beautiful city. ＿23＿ a reporter, I think I’ll meet lots of interesting ＿24＿.I think I’ll live in 25 apartment with my best friends, because I don’t like living 26 . I will have pets. I can’t have 27 pets now because my mother hates them and our apartment is too small. So in ten years, I’ll have many different pets. I might even keep a pet parrot. I’ll probably go skating and swimming 28 . During the week, I’ll look smart, and probably will ‎29 a suit. On weekends, I’ll dress more casually. That’s my dream. I’ll work 30 to make it come true.‎ ‎21. A. Neither B. So C. Nor ‎ ‎22. A. were B. fell C. fall ‎ ‎23. A. As B. For C. Like ‎ ‎24. A. men B. women C. people ‎ ‎25. A. an B. a C. the ‎ ‎26. A. alone B. together C. lonely ‎ ‎27. A. some B. no C. any ‎ ‎28. A. all day B. every day C. everyday ‎29. A. dress B. wear C. put on ‎ ‎30. A. hardly B. freely C. hard ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述了作者10年后的梦想。‎ ‎21. B ‎ 句意：每个人都有梦想，我也是如此。这是So+助动词+主语的倒装句，表示与上文不同的人或物做同一件事情。‎ ‎22. B fall in love with为固定搭配，意为“爱上了……”，由last year可知，fall要用过去式形式fell。‎ ‎23. A as为介词，意为“作为”。‎ ‎24. C 作为记者，要约见很多人。‎ ‎25. A 句意：我要和朋友住在一所公寓里面。根据句意要用不定冠词，apartment是以元音音素开头的单词，故用an。‎ ‎26. C 结合上文“我要和朋友住在一起”，故“不喜欢独住”。‎ ‎27. A 根据上下文可知“有一些宠物”。‎ ‎28. B 根据题意选B。A和C不是修饰人的。‎ ‎29. B all day整天；every day每天；everyday为形容词，意为“日常的”。根据句意选B。‎ ‎30. C work hard 努力学习；努力工作。‎ ‎ ‎ ‎【2011•四川广元】（B）‎ Today people can use the phone to talk with others almost anywhere on the earth. But 31 you use the phone, you can’t see the person you are talking with. That 32 change in the future.‎ Now some people are using a kind of telephone called the picture phone or a vision phone(视频电话). Two people 33 are talking can see each other with it.‎ Picture phones can be useful when you have 34 to show the person you are calling. They may have other uses in the future. One day you may be able to ring up a 35 and ask to see a book. Then you’ll be able to 36 the book over your picture phone. Also you may be able to do shopping through your picture phone. If you see something 37 the newspaper that you want to buy, you can 38 the shop. People at the shop will show you the thing you’re ‎29 in over the phone. You’ll be able to shop all over the town and never even leave your room.‎ The picture phone is really a 40 phone. More and more people will use it.‎ ‎31. A. if B. when C. before ‎ ‎32. A. can’t B. must C. may ‎ ‎33. A. whom B. who C. which ‎ ‎34. A. something B. nothing C. everything ‎ ‎35. A. shop B. school C. library ‎ ‎36. A. read B. see C. watch ‎ ‎37. A. in B. about C. on ‎ ‎38. A. visit B. go C. call ‎39. A. interested B. bored C. interesting ‎ ‎40. A. useless B. helpless C. helpful ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文介绍了可视电话不仅能在打电话时，互相看到对方，而且还能通过它阅读书籍，购物等。在将来它的用处一定非常广泛。‎ ‎31. B 当你打电话时，你不能看到与你交谈的人。‎ ‎32. B 根据下文作者表达的意图可推测“10年后一定会有所改变”。‎ ‎33. B 这是一个定语从句，先行词为people指人，在定语从句中作主语，故用who。‎ ‎34. A 当你有东西要给你在通话的那个人看时，可视电话是非常有用的。‎ ‎35. C 由下文book可推测是打电话给“图书馆”。‎ ‎36. A 根据常识可知，在可视电话上读书。‎ ‎37. A 在报纸上用介词in。‎ ‎38. C 电话购物当然是“打电话”。‎ ‎39. A be interested in为固定搭配，意为“对……感兴趣”。‎ ‎40.A 由全文可知，可视电话是非常有用的。‎ ‎【2011四川达州】A The largest earthquake in Japanese history ‎31 in northern Japan at 2:46 pm of March 11, 2011. A tsunami (海啸) followed, causing major flooding in 32 areas of Japan, as well as many strong aftershocks(余震). So far more than 13,000 people ‎33 with about 14,000 people missing. When news of this disaster(灾难) 34 China, many Chinese people expressed their35 for Japan and the Japanese, remembering that Japan helped the Chinese during China’s 2008 Sichuan Earthquake. ‎ 31. A. was happened B. happened C. had happened D. happening 32. A. many B. much C. a lot D. lots ‎ 33. A. lost their life B. lose their lives ‎ ‎ C. have lost their lives D. have been died ‎ 34. A. reaches B. is reached C. got D. reached ‎ 35. A. support B. pride C. pleasure D. prediction ‎ ‎【文章大意】本文主要讲述的是日本发生了历史上最大的地震，地震伴随着海啸，至今已有13,000人死亡，14,000人失踪。当消息传到中国时，中国人民对其表示极大的支持，在2008年汶川地震时，日本也帮助了中国。‎ ‎31.B【解析】根据文章可知，全文使用过去时态，所以用“happened”表示发生。故本题选B。‎ ‎32.A【解析】根据题意：随之而来的洪水跟很多余震一样造成了日本很多地方的洪水。文中“as well as many strong aftershocks”表明此处填“many”故本题选A。‎ ‎33.C【解析】根据上下文，到目前为止，13000人死亡，14000失踪。故本题选C。‎ ‎34.D【解析】本题考查动词的辨析。reached表示到达，get为不及物动词，后面加to也表示到达。故本题选D。‎ ‎35.A【解析】本题考查名词的辨析。support表示支持，pride表示自豪，pleasure表示乐事、乐趣，prediction表示预言。根据题意：很多中国人对日本及日本人表达了支持。故本题选A。‎ ‎【2011四川达州】B Tom is the son of a farm owner. One New Year’s Day, when he was 15, his father asked him 36 on the farm for one year when he was free. Tom was 37 with his father’s idea. “That isn’t my job. I have 38 school work to do.” Hearing this, his father said, “I promise to give you the best present if you 39 finish one year’s work.” Tom thought for a while and 40 .‎ Starting one Saturday, the boy got up early and worked hard until evening, just like 41 farmer. Time passed quickly. Tom’s crops(庄稼) grew well. 42 the last day of the year, the father called his son to him. “I’m happy to see that you have worked very hard the whole year,” said the father. “Now, tell me 43 you want.”‎ The boy smiled and showed his father a big piece of bread 44 his wheat. I’ve already got the best present: No pain, no gain. I think this is what you wanted me to know.” His father was 45 to hear that. ‎ 36. A. works B. work C. to work D. working 37. A. happy B. excited C. exciting D. unhappy ‎ 38. A. much too B. too much C. a lot D. many 39. A. can B. need C. must D. should 40. A. said B. answered C. agreed D. asked 41. A. other B. the others C. any else D. any other 42. A. On B. At C. In D. From 43. A. where B. what C. which D. why 44. A. made by B. made of C. made in D. made from 45. A. pleased B. unpleased C. unsatisfied D. sad ‎【文章大意】本文主要讲述的是Tom的爸爸答应Tom，如果他能帮着干一年的农活，就会给他一件礼物。Tom像其他农夫一样在地里干活，他的庄稼长得很好。一年过去了，爸爸问他要什么礼物，他认为他懂得了没有付出就没有回报是他要的礼物，爸爸听了很高兴。‎ ‎36.C【解析】本题考查动词不定式的用法。ask sb. to do sth.表示让某人去做某事。故本题选C。‎ ‎37.D【解析】从后文“That isn’t my job.”可以看出Tom并不乐意接这个工作。故本题选D。‎ ‎38.B【解析】本题考查词组的意思，much too表示太，too much表示太多，a lot表示很多，后接of可修饰名词，many表示许多，修饰可数名词。文中school work是不可数名词，故本题选B。‎ ‎39.A【解析】本题考查情态动词的用法。can表示能，need表示需要，must表示必须，should表示应该。根据题意：如果你能完成一年的工作，我可以给你一个礼物。故本题选A。‎ ‎40.C【解析】根据上下文意思，Tom想了一会儿同意了。agreed表示同意。故本题选C。‎ ‎41.D【解析】备选答案中the others和any else为名词，不能修饰名词，other修饰复数名词，any other修饰单数名词，表示任何其他的。故本题选D。‎ ‎42.A【解析】本题考查介词的意思。on表示某一具体时间，at表示在某一时刻，in表示在，from表示从，根据题意，在那年的最后一天。这里表示具体时间，故本题选A。‎ ‎43.B【解析】根据上下文，现在告诉我想要什么。what表示什么。故本题选B。‎ ‎44.D【解析】本题考查词组意思的辨析。made by表示由某人制造，made of表示由…制造，能看出原材料，made from表示由…制造，看不出原材料，made in表示在…制造。本题面包由小麦制造，看不出原材料，故本题选D。‎ ‎45.A【解析】根据题 意，我已经得到了最好的礼物，没有付出就没有回报，我想这就是你想告诉我的吧，爸爸听了这番话很高兴。pleased表示高兴的，故本题选A。‎ ‎【2011呼和浩特】II. 完形填空（共20小题，每小题1分，满分20分）‎ ‎【2011呼和浩特】(A)‎ Do you often think of your parents? You may say, “Of course, I 16 . I buy a present for my mother on Mother’s Day and on Father’s day I give my father 17 , too.” But what about the other days of the year?‎ I have a friend whose parents live in another city. One day I went to see her. We had a nice talk. Then she wanted to 18 . So she dialed the number, but then she put down the phone. After about fifteen 19 , she dialed the number again, “Hi, Mom …” ‎ Later I asked, “ 20 did you dial the number twice?” She smiled, “My parents are old and 21 . They can’t get close to the telephone quickly. I always do so when I call them. I just want to give them 22 time to answer the call. ”‎ My friend is a good girl. She is 23 thinking about her parents. You also want to be a 24 child, right? Please remember to 25 your parents in every situation, not just on some important days.‎ ‎16. A. do B. will C. won’t D. don’t ‎17. A. a cake B. a kiss C. a present D. some money ‎18. A. have a rest B. make a call C. pay a visit D. go gor a walk ‎19. A.hours B. minutes C. seconds D. days ‎20. A. Why B. What C. How D. When ‎ ‎21. A. fast B. careless C. healthy D. slow ‎22. A. enough B. quick C. no D. little ‎23. A. never B. always C. seldom D. sometimes ‎24. A. bad B. clever C. sick D. good ‎25. A. protect B. look after C. think of D. listen to ‎【主旨大意】关爱父母不仅在于给了父母多少钱，买了什么礼物，还在于从小处时时想到父母。“我”的朋友考虑到妈妈年迈，不能很快地走到电话旁，而第一次拨号提醒，第二次再与妈妈通话。多么可亲可爱的人。‎ ‎16. A 此处为了避免重复，而使用了do 来代替“I think of my parents”‎ ‎17. C 根据上下文，可知“”母亲节我给妈妈买礼物，父亲节我也给爸爸买礼物。‎ ‎18. B 由下文“拨号”可知是打电话。‎ ‎19. C 由下文可知“我”的朋友考虑到妈妈年迈，不能很快走到电话旁。所以此处应为，大约15分钟后，其它不符合常理。‎ ‎20. A ‎ 由后面朋友的介绍，可知此处作者对朋友的做法感到不解，想问她“为什么拨两次号”。‎ ‎21. D “我的父母年迈，反应慢”。‎ ‎22. A “我想给他们足够的时间来接电话”‎ ‎23. B “她总是时时处处考虑到她的父母”‎ ‎24. D “你想成为一个好孩子吗”‎ ‎25.C “请从每一个处境考虑你的父母，而不要指在特殊的日子想到”‎ ‎【2011呼和浩特】(B)‎ Scientist Without Laboratories When you hear the word “scitentist”, what do you think of? Many people think scientist are people in clean white coats who work in labs. And some scientists do work in labs. But there are 26 scientist who work in woods and jungles. These scientists are called “animal behavior (行为) scientists”, and they study animals as they live in nature.‎ Why don’t these scientists catch animals and study them in zoos? The 27 is in the word “behavior”. Animals behavior scientists want to learn 28 animal behave in their wild homes. When animals live in cages (笼子) or in zoos, they do not act the same as they do when they are 29 . They may fight 30 each other, or they may not eat, or they may not raise (抚养) their babies as they usually would. To see real animal behavior, scitentists must go where the animals 31 .‎ So animal behavior scientists go into the jungles, the woods or the desert. There , their most important 32 are their eyes and ears. They watch and listen to the animals very 33 . They write down everything that happened in notebook. 34 ‎ they live near the animals, the scientists are careful not to frighten them. If the scientists are luncky, the animals will 35 no attention to them. Then the scientists can see how the animals really live.‎ The behavior scientists hope what they’ve learned about animal behavoir can provide clues (提供线索) to help people learn to live together more happily.‎ ‎26. A. another B. other C. others D. the other ‎ ‎27. A. answer B. question C. problem D. text ‎28. A. when B. where C. how D. why ‎29. A. happy B. free C. sad D. angry ‎30. A. of B.among C. for D. with ‎31. A. live B. run C. play D. eat ‎32. A. machines B. tools C. thoughts D. ways ‎33. A. truly B. carefully C. woderfully D. nicely ‎34. A. But B. Unless C. Though D. As if ‎ ‎35. A. pay B. spend C. take D. cost ‎【主旨大意】文章介绍了人们所不熟知的另一种科学家---研究动物行为的科学家。文章介绍了他们为什么生活在森林里、丛林里的原因及他们的工作特点。‎ ‎26. B another表示“再，又” other“另外的，其它的，别的” others“表示除去一部分以后的另一些，二不是剩下的全体” the other“表示一定范围内出去一部分后其余的全体”‎ ‎27. A 由上文“为什么这些科学家不把动物捉回来在动物园里研究”可知答案是。‎ ‎28. C “科学家想了解动物在自然的家里是如何表现的。”‎ ‎29. B “当动物们生活在笼子里或动物园里，他们与在无拘无束情况下的表现是不一样的。”‎ ‎30. D 与……打架，fight …with ‎31. A “想了解动物真正的行为，科学家必须去动物生活的地方”‎ ‎32. B 由下文的“听、看动物”可知“他们最重要的工具是眼睛和耳朵”‎ ‎33. B 为了了解动物的行为，必须“认真地观察和听动物。”‎ ‎34. C “尽管科学家生活在动物附近，但他们尽量小心认真而不去吓到动物们。”‎ ‎35. A 固定短语pay attention to “注意”‎ ‎【2011哈尔滨】完形填空 Have you ever complained (抱怨) why life is so tiring? Does the sky sometimes 36 dark to you? Are your lessons sometimes not successful? Well, friends, cheer up and 37 all the time. If you see the world with your warm heart, you will find the whole world smiling to you.‎ On a sunny morning, you plan to have a walk to relax yourself. Just before you go out, it 38 starts to rain. Maybe you would feel very sad and start to complain about the weather. But dear friends, why 39 sit down and listen to the free concert that the nature brings you? And with the timely rain, crops(庄稼) in the fields will grow better and farmers will have a good harvest (收成).‎ ‎ 40 everyone wants to succeed in what he tries to do, life isn’t a bed of roses. It’s very common to meet difficulties on the way to success. 41 difficulty isn't terrible. The real terrible thing is that we are afraid of it. Difficulty is ‎42 a spring (弹簧). If you are 43 , it will be strong. So when you meet difficulties, don't give up. Instead, you should face them with a smile.‎ Attitude 44 everything. With an optimistic (乐观的) attitude, life is easy and 45 _. If you want to be happy, try to remember these five easy rules. Free ‎ your heart from hate; Free your mind from worries; Live an easy life; Give more; Expect less. The quickest way to receive happiness is to smile, the fastest way to lose it is to complain.‎ ‎36. A. seem B. seems C. seemed ‎37. A. cry B. smile C. complain ‎ ‎38. A. suddenly B. finally C. hardly ‎39. A. don't B. not C. didn’t ‎40. A. But B. For C. Although ‎4l‎. A. In fact B. From early on C. For example ‎42. A. unlike B. likes C. like ‎43. A. powerful B. weak C. confident ‎44. A. decides B. deciding C. to decide ‎ ‎45 A‎. please B. pleased C. pleasant 主旨大意：本文是一篇富含哲理的文章，要求人们面对困难不要退缩，知难而上，再大的困难也会被克服。‎ ‎36. 答案：A【解析】动词时态，由上下文同为一般现在时，句子主语是the sky，谓语动词用单数。故选A ‎37. 答案：B【解析】动词辨析。根据and前后的顺承，由上文中的“cheer up”，此空填smile。‎ ‎38. 答案：A【解析】描述早晨的假设状况，早晨下雨是突然的一件事，用suddenly。‎ ‎39. 答案：B【解析】考查特殊句式。Why not + 动词原形？表示提建议。‎ ‎40. 答案：C【解析】考查让步状语从句。根据句意：虽然人人都想成功，但是，生活并非安乐窝。‎ ‎41. 答案：A【解析】考查短语辨析，in fact“事实上”,句意：事实上，困难并不可怕。‎ ‎42. 答案：C【解析】这里是打比喻，困难就像弹簧，like在这里是介词。‎ ‎43. 答案：B【解析】词义辨析， 根据上句中把困难比作弹簧，本句结合比喻说明人和困难的关系：你弱它就强。‎ ‎44. 答案：A【解析】考查动词时态。attitude为不可数名词，谓语也要用单数。‎ ‎45. 答案：C【解析】考查词性，并列连词and前后词性一致, pleased用来形容人，故用pleasant。‎ ‎（一）选择型【2011凉山】‎ ‎ Do you know the 3-year-old girl named Dong Xinyi? She has a bright ‎ nickname(绰号)“Little Strong Girl”who looked after her disabled father. And many people all over China were moved by her.‎ ‎ When she was several months old, her father had an accident on his way home while riding his motorcycle and 38 his legs. Two years later, her mother left her father 39 the poor life. As an old saying goes,“The children of poor people do housework early.”Little Xinyi had to do family chores, such as cooking noodles, carrying water, cleaning rooms and washing clothes. She took good care of her father alone. The little girl brings happiness and hope to her poor family. And luckily, the local government has 40 medical treatment for her father. At the same time, the government is 41 planning to raise money for the girl’s 42 .Now, Dong Xinyi has got a chance to go to school like other kids.‎ ‎( ) 38.A.loses B. lost C. lose ‎( ) 39.A.because of B. instead C. because ‎( ) 40.A.provided B. noticed C. offered ‎( ) 41.A.too B. either C. also ‎( )42. A. information B. question C. education ‎ ‎ ‎【文章主旨】本文介绍了德州女孩董心怡的故事，这位三岁女童悉心照顾高位截瘫的父亲，通过网络等渠道快速流传，网友看后连呼感动：“穷人的孩子早当家，这孩子真是太坚强。”董心怡也被网友亲切地称为“坚强妞”。‎ ‎【解析】38. B。考查一般过去时态。由her father had an accident on his way home可知，事情发生在过去。‎ ‎39. A。because of后跟名词或名词短语；because引导原因状语从句，instead不能表原因。故选A。 ‎ ‎40. A。考查短语provide sth. for sb.意为“为某人提供某物”。‎ ‎41. C。考查词语辨析。Too一般用于肯定句，位于句末；either用于否定句，位于句末; also通常位于句中，且靠近动词。‎ ‎42. C。由下句句意她和别的孩子一样有机会上学可知，是政府将资助她的教育。‎ ‎ B【2011凉山】‎ ‎ Mosquitoes(蚊子)can be seen everywhere all over the world, especially in summer. And there are more than 2,500 kinds of them.‎ ‎__43_likes the mosquito, but the mosquito may like you. She thinks your blood is delicious.‎ She? Yes, she. It’s true that the male(雄性)mosquito doesn’t bite(咬)and only the female mosquito bites because she 44 blood(血液)to lay eggs. She is always ‎ ‎45 things or people she wants to bite. If she likes what she finds, she will bite. But if she doesn’t like your blood, she 46 to someone else for more delicious blood. Next time a mosquito bites you, just remember you’re different from others.‎ ‎ If the mosquito likes you, she will land on your body 47 letting you know. She bites you ‎ ‎ 48 quickly and quietly that you may feel nothing. After she bites, you will have an itch(痒)on your body because she puts something from her mouth together with your blood. By the time the itch begins, she has 49 .‎ ‎ And then what happens? Well, after her delicious 50 ,it’s dark. The mosquito feels 51 .‎ She just wants to find a place to have a good rest. There, on a leaf or a wall, she begins to lay eggs, 52 eggs.‎ ‎( ) 43.A.Everyone B. No one C. Someone ‎( ) 44.A.needs B. need C. want ‎( ) 45.A.finding B. wants C. looking for ‎( ) 46.A.will turn B. turns to C. turn ‎( ) 47.A.with B. without C. after ‎( ) 48.A.so B. such C. very ‎( ) 49.A.flies away B. flew away C. flown away ‎( ) 50.A.breakfast B. dinner C. lunch ‎( ) 51.A.tiring B. tired C. relaxing ‎( ) 52.A.3 hundreds B. hundred of C. hundreds of ‎【文章主旨】本文介绍了四大害虫之一“蚊子”。当夜晚来临，她是如何完成吸血过程呢？‎ ‎【解析】43. B。由下句句意“但是蚊子喜欢你”，可知，上句意为“没有人喜欢蚊子”。‎ ‎44. A。need在此为行为动词“需要”。主语为第三人称，故用needs。‎ ‎45. C。考查词语辨析。Find意为“找到”强调结果；look for意为“寻找”，强调找的过程。‎ ‎46. A。if引导的条件状语从句，从句用一般现在时表将来，主句用将来时态。‎ ‎47. B。由句意：她会停在你身上，不让你知道。‎ ‎48. A。so…that…意为“如此……以致……”，so后用形容词或副词。‎ ‎49. C。考查时态。By the time通常和现在完成时连用。‎ ‎50. B。由下句It’s dark可知是晚饭后。故用dinner。‎ ‎51. B。feel tired意为“感到疲倦”。‎ ‎52. C。hundreds of意为“成千上百的”‎ ‎。表示不确切的数字时，用数词的复数+of。‎ ‎【2011本溪】During my second year of middle school, our teacher gave us a test. I studied hard and 36 well in all the subjects, so the questions were not difficult for me. 37 I stopped when I read the last one：“What is the 38 of the woman that cleans the school?”‎ Of course this was a joke. I saw the cleaning woman every day. She was short and about 60 years old. She had dark hair. But 39 would I know her name? I had never talked with her before. In fact, I had never even thought 40 talking to her. I started to feel rather guilty(惭愧的).Finally, I 41 my paper, without finishing the last question.‎ Before the class ended, one student asked,“Will be last question count(计入) toward 42 grade?”“Of course,”the teacher said,“In your life, you will meet many people. All are important. They deserve(值得) your attention and care, even if you just 43 and say hello to them.”‎ I’ve 44 forgotten that lesson. I should get to know all of the people who work and live around me. That was, perhaps, the most 45 lesson of my life. Later, I learned that the cleaning woman’s name was Dorothy.‎ ‎36. A. became B. made C. got D. did ‎37. A. So B. But C. Or D. And ‎38. A. address B. number C. name D. hobby ‎39. A. where B. how C. what D. when ‎40. A. about B. over C. for D. back ‎41. A. gave away B. took away C. handed in D. handed out ‎42. A. we B. us C. ours D. our ‎43. A. shout B. smile C. cry D. laugh ‎44. A. never B. ever C. already D. just ‎45. A. difficult B. interesting C. important D. exciting ‎(A)36-40 DBCBA 41-45 CDBAC ‎【2011广西崇左】A woman saw three old men sitting outside the door. She said, “I don’t think I know you, but you must be very hungry. Please come in and have something ___66_____.”‎ ‎“We don’t go into a house ___67_____ ”they replied.‎ ‎“Why is that?” she asked.‎ One of the old men answered, “His name is Wealth(财富), this is Success, and I am Love.” Then he said, “Now go in and ___68_____ with your family which one of us you want in your house.”‎ The woman went in and told her family what had happened, she said, “Let’s ‎ invite Wealth. We have been so ____69____.” Her husband disagreed, “My dear, why don’t we invite Success? Don’t you want me to be a successful man? Then her daughter asked, “Would it be ___70_____ to invite Love? Our life will then be filled with love!”‎ In the end the family decided to take the ___71_____ advice. The woman went out and asked, “____72____ one of you is Love? Please come in and be our guest.” Love got up and started walking to the house. The other two also got up and ____73____ him. Surprised, the lady asked Wealth and Success, “ I ___74_____ invite Love. Why are you coming along? The two old men answered, “If you had invited Wealth or Success, the other two would have to stay out, but since you have invited Love. ____75____ he goes, we go with him. Where there is Love, there is Wealth and Success.”‎ ‎66. A. to say B. to eat C. to use D. to drink ‎67. A. together B. alone C. crowdedly D. lonely ‎68. A. play B. exercise C. agree D. discuss ‎69. A. poor B. rich C. lucky D. happy ‎70. A. worse B. better C. less D. more ‎71. A. father’s B. mother’s C. daughter’s D. parents’‎ ‎72. A. which B. who C. what D. whom ‎73. A. left B. followed C. stopped D. pulled ‎74. A. only B. hardly C. never D. almost ‎75. A. whenever B. whatever C. however D. wherever ‎【主旨大意】：文章大意：本文介绍了一家人在爱、成功、财富中三者中选择，他们最终选择了爱，同时，爱带来了成功和财富。有爱就有成功和财富，财富和成功总是伴随着爱发生。‎ ‎66．B【解析】由题中hungry可知后面应是something to eat，故选B。‎ ‎67．A【解析】由第三段最后一句...which one of us you want in your house. 可知他们三人不能同时进入，所以应选A。‎ ‎68．C【解析】play with“和某人玩”；exercise “做锻炼”不符合题意；discuss with sb “和某人讨论”，通过第五段内容可知：一家人在讨论因该邀请谁。 选C。‎ ‎69．A【解析】poor“贫穷的”，rich“富有的”，lucky“幸运的”，由let’s invite Wealth可知他们想要邀请财富，渴望财富，所以他们的生活应该一直很穷。故选A。‎ ‎70．B【解析】根据下文：我们的生活将会充满爱。可知女儿希望邀请爱。故此句意：邀请爱不是……‎ 吗？幸福，成功，爱三者可供选择，所以选最高级。故选B。‎ ‎71．C【解析】从Our life will then be filled with love! 与下文Love got up and started walking to the house可知，采纳了女儿的建议，邀请了“爱”。故选C。‎ ‎72．A【解析】根据上文内容开始是妻子出去的，所以丈夫不知道哪一个是“爱”，所以当他出去邀请“爱”的时候要问“你们哪一个是爱？”故选A。 ‎ ‎73．B【解析】left “离开”，follow“跟随”，stop “停止”，pull “拉，托”，根据下文女主人的表现以及“we go with him”可知Wealth和Success“跟着”幸福进来了。故选B。21世纪教育网 ‎74．A【解析】only “仅仅”，hardly “几乎不”，never “从不，绝不”almost “大多数”从上文可知主人只邀请了“爱”。故选A ‎75．D【解析】根据下文：那里有成功与爱，那里就有成功与幸福。可知：无论他（爱）去那里，我们（幸福与成功）都会跟着他。故选D。‎ ‎【2011广西贵港】Nick is a 14-year-old school boy. His life is full of exams and studies on weekday. He has 46 free time. He thinks playing computer games 47 the best way to make him relax. When he has free time, he sits in front of the computer. Just 48 that way, he doesn’t eat or drink for several hours.‎ Last weekend, he played games on the computer again. He was too 49 and didn’t want to move. He didn’t have 50 for six hours. When he had to go to the bathroom, he found he could not move. He 51 to the hospital. The doctor told him he should have a good rest and ‎ ‎ 52 exercise.‎ After coming back from the hospital. Nick follows the doctor’s 53 .He often plays soccer with his friends. 54 sometimes he still plays computer games on weekends, he 55 ‎ does it for long. Now he lives a happy and healthy life.‎ ‎46. A. few B. a few C. much D. little ‎47. A. is B. are C. be D. was ‎48. A. on B. for C. like D. since ‎49. A. excite B. excites C. exciting D. excited ‎50. A. something B. anything C. nothing D. everything ‎51. A. is taken B. was taken C. was taking D. took ‎52. A. pay attention to B. paid attention to C. take care of D. take out ‎53. A. dreams B. advices C. advice D. hobbies ‎54. A. Unless B. And C. Because D. Although ‎55. A. ever B. often C. never D. always ‎【主旨大意】：本文是记叙文。讲述了一个平时学习压力大，周末迷恋电脑的男孩。由于他玩电脑的时间太长，被送进了医院，而后他遵照医生的建议注意休息、锻炼，最终快乐的生活。‎ ‎46.D 【解析】few 修饰可数名次，much “很多”，little “没有”，根据上文“周末的生活中充满了考试与学习”。故“他没有空闲的时间”。故选D。‎ ‎47.A 【解析】句意陈述的是事实，主句用一般现在时态，从句也应该用一般现在时态，playing computer games 是一种动作，故选A。 ‎ ‎48.C 【解析】on “关于，在……上”，for “为了”，like“像”， since “自从”，根据句意：正如这种方式，他能好几个小时不吃不喝。故选C 。‎ ‎49.D 【解析】根据句意：他太兴奋了。空格中需要一形容词，exciting修饰物，excited修饰人。故选D。 ‎ ‎50.B 【解析】something “一些东西”用于肯定句中，anything “任何事情”用于否定句或者疑问句中，nothing “没有东西”，everything “每件事”。根据句意：六个小时他没有吃东西了。故选B。‎ ‎51.B 【解析】根据上文可知用一般过去时态，根据句意：他被送到了医院。主语与动词是被动关系。故选B。 ‎ ‎52.A 【解析】pay attention to “注意”， take care of“照顾，照看”， take out“取出”，根据句意：医生建议他应该好好休息并且注意锻炼。故选A。 ‎ ‎53.A 【解析】dream “梦想”， advice“建议”是不可数名词，故排除B 选项，hobby “爱好”根据上文可知：医生给出了建议。故选C。 ‎ ‎54.D 【解析】unless“除非”表示递进关系, and “并且”并列关系，because “因为”表示因果，although “虽然”表示转折关系。 根据句意：他经常与朋友去打球，……有时候他依然在周末玩电脑游戏。前后句是转折关系。故选D。‎ ‎55.C 【解析】ever“除非”表示递进关系,often“经常”，never “绝不”，always“经常”。根据句意：现在他生活的健康快乐。所以上文“：他绝不（玩电脑）很长时间了。故选C。 ‎ ‎【2011广西贺州】Ⅱ.完形填空。（每小题1分，共10分）‎ ‎ 阅读下面短文，从各题所给的四个选项中选出最佳答案，并将答案的对应标号在答题卡上涂黑。‎ Once there was a father and a son. They were ill-tempered(坏脾气的) and never gave way to others.‎ One day the father decided to _46___some friends to dinner in his house. He __47____ his son to buy some meat in town. When the son got _48____his father wanted, he turned back and walked towards the town gate. Just then a man was coming from the outside. The gate wasn’t __49___enough to let two men in and out at the same time. But __ 50 of them would give way to the other. They___51___ straight face to face inside the gate hour after hour. But the father was worried. " What shall I do? My son hasn’t____52___ yet. I can’t wait any longer.” He wanted to know what the ___53____ with his son was. So he left his friends at home, and he himself went to the town to look for his son.‎ ‎“You may first take the ___54_____ home for my friends. Let me stand here against him ____55____.” He said to his son when he knew what had happened. ‎ ‎46. A. speak B. answer C. say D. ask ‎47. A. hoped B. told C. let D. wished ‎48. A. why B. where C. what D. which ‎49. A. long B. wide C. high D. narrow ‎50. A. either B. all C. both D. neither ‎51. A. stood B. went C. lay D. walked ‎52. A. gone B. bought C. returned D. been ‎53. A. wrong B. accident C. thing D. matter ‎54. A. meat B. dinner C. bread D. money ‎55. A. politely B. instead C. safely D. kindly ‎【主旨大意】：本文是一篇记叙文。父亲请朋友吃饭让儿子去买肉，当儿子买完出门时遇到了另一个人，他们谁都不肯让路，后来父亲找来，让儿子把肉送回家，自己替儿子继续站着对势的幽默故事。 ‎ ‎46.D 【解析】speak“说”其后跟语言；answer“回答”，say“说”其后跟内容；ask“叫，请”其后跟to do不定式。根据句意：一天他的父亲决定请一些朋友在家吃饭。故选D。‎ ‎47.B 【解析】hope“希望”，不能用hope sb to do sth这种形式；tell“告诉”，其后跟to do不定式，let“使，让”，其后跟动词原形；wished“希望”一般其后跟不能实现的愿望。故选B。‎ ‎48.C【解析】why “为什么”，where “哪里”，what“什么”， which “‎ 哪一个”，根据句意：当他买到他父亲想要的东西。空格中的词作want的宾语。故选C。 ‎ ‎49. B 【解析】long“长”；wide“宽”；high“高”，narrow“狭窄”。根据句意：这个门让两个人同时进来或者出去不足够宽。故选B。 ‎ ‎50. D 【解析】either表示“或者”，all表示“（三者或者三者以上）都”，both表示“（两者）都”，neither 表示“（两者）不”，根据句中but表示转折关系，其前后的句意相反或者相对，可知此处句意：“两人都不让路”。故选D。 ‎ ‎51. A 【解析】stood 表示“站立”，went表示“去”，lay表示“躺”，walked 表示“走”。根据上文可知句意：他们面对面站了一个小时有一个小时。故选A。 ‎ ‎52. C 【解析】gone 表示“去”，bought表示“买”，returned表示“回来”，been表示“去”。根据上文“父亲很着急”可知：“儿子还没有回来”。故选C。‎ ‎53.D 【解析】What’s the matter with…?表示“……怎么了？”固定句型。‎ ‎54.A 【解析】根据上文可知父亲让儿子去买肉。故选A。 ‎ ‎54.B 【解析】politely 表示“礼貌的”，instead表示“代替”，safely表示“安全的”，kindly表示“和蔼的，可亲的”。根据句意：让我在这里代替你站着反对他。故选B。 ‎ ‎【2011郴州】B) 完形填空（10小题， 共10分）‎ ‎"Eyes are windows of the soul." Everyone knows the 36 of the eyes. 37 more and more students are becoming near-sighted(近视). So how to protect the eyes is still a serious problem. Here is some advice on 38 protect your eyesight(视力).‎ You should not keep your eyes 39 for a long time. When reading, you should keep the books about a foot away from you. After reading for an hour 40 two, you 'd better have a 41 by looking into the distance(远处).‎ You must remember not to read in dark light or in 42, not to read on a moving bus or in bed. Doing eye exercises will help 43 to protect your eyesight. ‎ In a 44 , to keep 45 eyesight, we must have good studying habits.[来源:21世纪教育网]‎ ‎36. A. importance B. experience C. difference ‎37. A. So B. Because C. But ‎38. A. what to B. how to C. when to ‎39. A. working B. walking C. waking ‎40. A. and B. or C. as ‎41. A. talk B. rest C. by ‎42. A. the earth B. the star C. the sun ‎43. A. him B. us C. you ‎44. A. word B. sentence C. letter ‎45. A. bad B. good C. weak ‎【主旨大意】眼睛是心灵的窗户。我们应该怎样来保护眼睛呢？本文介绍了科学用眼的方法。‎ ‎36. A 考查名词的用法。每个人都知道眼睛的“重要性”； 37. C 考查连词的用法。前句和后句意义发生转折，所以用but； 38. B 考查动词不定式的用法。“如何”保护你的视力； 39. A 考查keep的用法。句意理解：你不应该使你的眼睛长时间“工作”； 40. B 考查连词的用法。一小时“或”两小时； 41. B 考查名词的用法和固定搭配。have a rest 固定词组； 42. C 考查名词的意义。in the sun 在阳光下； 43. C 考查代词的用法。前文中的主语一直是you，所以承接下来也应用you; 44．A 考查名词的用法。in a word 一句话； 45. B 考查形容词的用法。保持“好”的视力，用good。‎ ‎ 【2011河源】When I was young, I liked to play jokes on people I knew, especially on my parents and friends. One day my mother was 46 and I was playing with my younger brother Tony.‎ Suddenly I ran to my mother and said,“Tony fell from the open window!”She was very 47 and ran out of the kitchen. Then I said,“Don’t worry, I’m just 48 .”And my mother shouted at me,“If you do it 49 ,I’ll hit you.”‎ ‎ One day I went swimming with my ‎50 in the sea. I wanted to play a joke on them. In the beginning, I went swimming 51 ,and I called out,“Help!”All my friends came to help me, only to 52 that I was joking. But the next time I wasn’t joking .I was so 53 that I swam in deep water. I tried my best to call my frineds for help, but this time nobody came to help me.‎ ‎ 54 ,They found I was telling the truth.They came and saved my life.They took me to the hospital.This is the best ‎55 in my life.From then on,I haven’t joked on anyone.‎ ‎ 46.A.writing B.sleeping C.cooking D.running ‎ 47.A.angry B.worried C.sorry D.excited ‎ 48.A.smiling B.saying C.playing D.joking ‎ 49.A.now B.then C.again D.once ‎ 50.A.friends B.classmates C.brothers D.parents ‎ 51.A.fast B.slowly C.well D.alone ‎ 52.A.find B.understand C.say D.think ‎ 53.A.careful B.careless C.fast D.slow ‎ 54.A.In the end B.At first C.Since then D.At that time ‎ 55.A.time B.sport C.lesson D.day ‎ 46—50 CBDCA 51—55 AACAC ‎ 【2011遵义】The question was once asked of a highly successful businessman,“How have you done so much in your lifetime?”‎ ‎ He replied,“I have 41 .I have turned my mind free to imagine 42 I wanted to do.Then I have gone to bed and thought about my dreams.In the night I dreamt about my dreams.‎ And when I awoke in the morning,I saw the way 43 my dreams real.White 44 people were saying,‘You can’t do that,it is 45 ,’I was well on my way to achieving what I wanted,”As Woodrow Wilson,28th President of the U.S.,said:“We grow great by dreams.All big men are ‎ ‎ 46 .”‎ ‎ They see things in the soft fog of a spring day,or in the red fire ‎47 a long winter’s evening.Some of us 48 these dreams die,but others feed,protect and look after them;keep them through bad days until they bring them to the sunshine and light,it comes 49 to the people who sincerely hope that their dreams will come true.‎ ‎ So please,don’t let anyone steal you dreams, 50 try to tell you they are too impossible.‎ ‎ “Sing your songs,dream your dreams,and hope your hope.”‎ ‎41.A.dreamed B.changed C.learned ‎42.A.how B.what C.which ‎43.A.to make B.to realize C.to achieve ‎44.A.another B.the other C.other ‎45.A.possible B.impossible C.important ‎46.A.dreams B.dreamer C.dreamers ‎47.A.on B.in C.at ‎48.A.had B.let C.kept ‎49.A.never B.sometimes C.always ‎50.A.or B.and C.but ‎41、A 42、B 43、A 44、C 45、B 46、C 47、A 48、B 49、C 50、B ‎ Every child has his own dream. Every child hopes to be an adult. 36 , is it really like what they imagine? As a boy 37 lives in modern times and in a modern city, I feel 38 ‎ pressure (压力) on me with the city’s development. Although we 39 worry about money, we still have some 40 problems, such as competition among classmates and expectation (期望) from parents. These experiences are very 41 to our future. But 42 , they really give me a lot of pressure. I still clearly 43 the happiness of my childhood. 44 , we had to face the fact with time passing by. We began to 45 this invisible (无形的) pressure come upon us. We get up before sunrise and 46 after sunset. We work and study 47 an adult, even harder. ‎ ‎ 48 we do is in order to get an excellent 49 . Growing up is very boring, but we 50 try to find happiness while growing up. I think friendship among our friends, the support from our parents and the encouragement from our teachers can help us. Why not enjoy the pleasure of growing up and its delicious taste?‎ ‎( )36. A. However B. And C. So ‎( )37. A. which B. who C. whom ‎( )38. A. less B. fewer C. greater ‎( )39. A. always B. often C. seldom ‎( )40. A. other B. another C. others ‎( )41. A. helpful B. happy C. bad21世纪教育网 ‎( )42. A. at first B. for example C. in fact ‎( )43. A. think B. remember C. forget ‎( )44. A. Luckily B. Unluckily C. Impossibly ‎( )45. A. see B. touch C. feel ‎( )46. A. come out B. come down C. come back ‎( )47. A. as B. like C. alike ‎( )48. A. What B. That C. How ‎( )49. A. progress B. mark C. success ‎( )50. A. should B. shouldn’t C. mustn’t ‎36—40 ABCCA 41—45 ACBBC 46—50 CBABA ‎ The boy did as his grandfather 20 ,but all the water ran 21 he got home. The grandfather laughed,“You’ll have to move faster next time.”‎ ‎ This time the boy 22 faster, but again the basket was empty. He told his grandfather that is was 23 to carry water in a basket. He wanted to use a bottle instead, but the old man said,“I just want a basket of water. You’re not 24 hard enough.”‎ ‎ The boy wanted to show his grandfather that the water would surely run. He again put the 25 into the river and ran hard. But there wasn’t anything in it again. He said 26 ,“Look, grandpa, it’s useless!”‎ ‎ “Watch the basket.”said the grandfather.‎ ‎ For the first time the boy 27 the basket was different. It had changed from a dirty old coal basket into a 28 one, inside and out.‎ ‎ “Boy, you might not understand or remember 29 when you read the book, but when you read it, you will be 30 ,inside and out. That’s what you got from it.”‎ ‎16. A. son B. father C. grandfather D. grandmother ‎17. A. so B. but C. or D. and ‎18. A. time B. place C. use D. habit ‎19. A. house B. beach C. lake D. river ‎20. A. said B. saw C. liked D. did ‎21. A. as B. after C. until D. before ‎22. A. ran B. rode C. drove D. flew ‎23. A. difficult B. interesting C. impossible D. unimportant ‎24. A. hitting B. trying C. holding D. studying ‎25. A. hand B. bottle C. basket D. coal ‎26. A. sadly B. hopefully C. excitedly D. happily ‎27. A. forgot B. realized C. believed D. remembered ‎28. A. white B. clean C. new D. black ‎29. A. nothing B. something C. anything D. everything ‎30. A. different B. relaxed C. curious D. worried 答案：16‎-20 C B CＤＡ　21-25 ＢAAＢＣ 26‎-30 AＢBＤＡ ‎ 【2011重庆江津】Almost 41 child in cities has the chance to go to school, but not all children in the countryside 42 so lucky.‎ ‎ There is a boy called Xiao Hua. He is eight 43 old and lives in a small village in Sichuan. When he was young, he wanted 44 to school. But he could not. Because his family was 45 poor to pay the school fees(学费) for him, 46 his parents wanted to keep him at home. Instead of studying, Xiao Hua worked in the fields with his parents every day. Then the Hope Project(希望工程) heard about Xiao Hua. It agreed to help him to go to school. His wish of study came true, and now he is studying in a school.‎ ‎ Unluckily there are many thousands of children who can not go to 47 .You can join in the Hope Project and help these children. You know all the good 48 needs money. This project needs your help.‎ ‎ If you give the Hope Project ￥300 each year, it can 49 for one child to go to school for a whole year. 50 more money, the Hope Project can build new schools, buy good desks, chairs, blackboards and books .Let’s help the children together and give them a chance to have a good start in life.‎ ‎( ) 41.A.all B. both C. every D. no ‎( ) 42.A.is B. are C. am D. feels ‎( ) 43.A.days B. weeks C. months D. years ‎( ) 44.A.go B. goes C. to go D. going ‎( ) 45.A.to B. too C. so D. very ‎( ) 46.A./ B. so C. but D. and ‎( ) 47.A.park B. school C. factory D. post office ‎( ) 48.A.things B. works C. work D. jobs ‎( ) 49.A.pay B. cost C. take D. spend ‎( ) 50. A. In B. With C. On D. Under ‎41-45. CBDCB 46-50. BBCAB ‎【2011福建莆田】Ⅲ. 完形填空 从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出能填入相应空白处的最佳答案。（10分）‎ The lady with the white fence（篱笆）taught me to leave the gale to life open.. .‎ My husband died in an accident and I became very angry. I hated being alone. One day, as I was 43 down a busy street, I suddenly noticed a new fence around a house. I pulled off to really watch it. It was such a good 44 that I was deeply touched. I could not send 45 away. The fence still smelled of fresh paint.‎ ‎“Hello!" I came up and said to a lady in the back garden, “I came to see the fence. It's so beautiful!"‎ ‎“Oh! The fence is not there for me," the lady explained to me in a calm voice, “I live alone. _ 46_ so many people pass by every day, and I think they may be pleased to see something really attractive. 47 stop like you and come up to have a chat. "‎ ‎"But weren't you sad when they expanded (拓宽) the road and everything changed so much?"‎ ‎"Change is part of life and takes part in 48 us who we are. When something we do not like happens to us, we have two choices—to become a 49 person or to ‎ become a better person."‎ Her reply changed my life. I carefully left the gate open and drove on ‎50 ‎‎ a new feeling inside me. I could not tell 51 it was, but I could feel the thick stone wall around my angry heart breaking off. And ‎52 ‎‎ a pretty white fence was built. I decided that I would keep the gate open for everything and everyone that came my way.‎ ‎( ) 43. A. walking B. riding C. driving D. running ‎( ) ‎44. A. street B.‎ paint C. house D. job ‎( ) 45. A. it B. them C. myself D. her ‎( ) 46. A. But B. Thus C. And D. As ‎( ) 47. A. Few B. A few C. Everyone D. None ‎{ ) 48. A. finding B. telling C. catching D. making ‎( ) 49. A. fitter B. bitter C. smarter D. sweeter ‎( ) 50. A. with B. for C. to D. by ‎( ) 51. A. when B. where C. who D. what ‎( ) 52. A. beyond B. once C. instead D. though 文章大意：在“我”经历了丧夫之痛后，对生活失去了信心。但一个妇女的话给了我很大的启迪，让“我”明白了：只要你敞开心扉，人人都可以走进你的生活。‎ ‎43.C 【解析】从文章中最后一段的第一句话可知“我”在开车。‎ ‎44. D【解析】句意是“那是如此好的一项工作以至于我被深深地打动了”。‎ ‎45.C【解析】根据上一句的意思，“我”有点乐不思蜀了。Send sb, away把某人送走。‎ ‎46.A【解析】根据句意应该是转折关系。‎ ‎47. B【解析】肯定句应用a few意为“有一些人”。‎ ‎48. D【解析】句意为“改变是生活中的一部分，并使我们明白我们是谁。”‎ ‎49.B【解析】对比关系，由后面的better推测它的反义词bitter.‎ ‎50. A【解析】带有，具有用with.‎ ‎51. D【解析】句意是“我说不出它是什么”。应该用what.‎ ‎52. C【解析】句意是“相反，建立了一个漂亮的白色的栅栏”。‎ ‎【2011广东深圳】完形填空 It was a Saturday afternoon. Mr. Green was reading a newspaper. Suddenly he heard his wife ‎16 in the next room. He hurried to her and asked, "What happened to you. my dear?”‎ ‎“Oh, dear!” his wife cried out, "My head hurts! ‎17 a doctor. Hurry up!” Their two children were both 18 at that moment and something was ‎ wrong with the telephone. Mr. Green 19 go to a hospital himself. Bad luck! All the hospitals in the town were 20 that day. Mr. Green didn't know 21 . Just then his friend, Mr. Brown, saw him and asked. "What is 22 ?" ‎ Mr. Green told him everything. The man .said. "Why not turn to 23 ? He can help you." ‎ Mr. Green remembered his friend, Mr. Black was a good doctor. He hurried to Mr. Black's.‎ When he got there, Mr. and Mr. Black were having their 24 meal . The doctor asked Mr. Green to drink with him. He was happy and sat 25 . After that they began to chat. And when Mrs. Black asked, “How is you wife?” “She is fine, thanks…” Mr. Green stopped at once — he remembered his wife was waiting for a doctor at home. ︿‎ ‎ 16. A. crying B. laughing C. whispering D. singing ‎17. A. Look for B. Wait for C. Send for D. Ask for ‎18. A. in B. out C. up D. down ‎19. A. should B. could C. had to D. was able lo ‎20. A. expensive B. open C. free D. closed ‎21. A. when to go B. how to do C. where to go d. what to deal with ‎22. A. the matter B. the wrong C. trouble D. problem ‎23. A. Mr. Brown B. Mr. Black C. Mr. Green D. Mrs. Green ‎ ‎24. A. lunch B. supper C. morning D. evening ‎ ‎25. A. in bed B. on floor C. at the table D. at home ‎【主旨大意】格林夫人生病，格林先生去请医生，但是医院关门了。后来格林先生想到他的朋友布莱克先生也是一名医生，他就去了布莱克家。但到了布莱克家，他却忘了请医生的事，和布莱克先生喝起酒来。‎ ‎16. A 由下文：his wife cried out，可知应是“叫喊”。故选A。‎ ‎17. C look for寻找；wait for等候；send for派人去请；ask for请求。由句意：我头疼，快点派人去请医生。可以应选C。‎ ‎18. B 由下文：格林先生不得不自己去请医生。可见应该是两个孩子不在家，故选C。‎ ‎19.C 由上文：他们的两个个孩子那时不在家，电话出了故障。可见格林先生不得不亲自去请医生，故选C。‎ ‎20. D 由下文 “Mr. Green remembered his friend, Mr. Black was a good doctor. He hurried to Mr. Black's.”可知，格林先生在医院里没请到医生，应是医院关门了，故选D。‎ ‎21. C 由下文，他的朋友建议他去找布莱克先生。可见应是他不知道该去哪里找医生。故此选C。‎ ‎22. A What’s the matter是固定搭配，其他三个选项都不对。故选A。‎ ‎23. B 由下文：Mr. Green remembered his friend, Mr. Black was a good doctor.可知应是建议他去找布莱克先生。故选B。‎ ‎24 D 由本文的第一句话：It was a Saturday afternoon.可知故事发生在下午，应是吃晚饭，故此选D。‎ ‎25 C‎ 句意：医生邀请格林先生和他一起喝酒，他很高兴，然后坐在桌子旁。故选C。‎ ‎（2011广西南宁市）阅读下面两篇短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳答案，并在答题卡上按要求作答。‎ ‎（2011广西南宁市）A ‎ YoYo Ma was born in 1955 to Chinese parents living in Paris. He began to study the cello with his father at four. A year later, when he was 36 years old, he gave his first concert. The family soon moved to New York‎, ‎America. Later he joined Julliard‎ ‎School, a school 37 gifted musicians. He went to Harvard‎ ‎University to study music and graduated in 1976.‎ ‎ YoYo soon became famous for his concerts. He always tries to play the cello with music from different countries like Brazil and China. He wrote 38 for the film Crouching Tiger, Hidden Dragon. It sounds brilliant.‎ ‎ YoYo is sometimes forgetful. He once 39 his cello in a taxi in New York. He was really ‎ 40 because it’s worth US $2,000,000.The taxi driver took it to a police station. YoYo was very thankful.‎ ‎36. A. four B. five C. six D. seven ‎37. A. for B. as C. by D. with ‎38. A. a story B. an article C. music D. a poem ‎39. A. forgot B. remembered C. missed D. left ‎40. A. excited B. worried C. lonely D. bored ‎【主旨大意】本文主要介绍了大提琴家Yo Yo Ma四岁开始学琴，5岁开始开音乐会，在1976年哈佛大学毕业，他变的非常出名。他有时是健忘的。‎ ‎36. A 【解析】根据上文他四岁开始学大提琴，一年之后为五岁，因此选A。‎ ‎37.D 【解析】根据句意“一个有才华音乐家的学校”，可知选D。‎ ‎38. C【解析】根据句意“他为电影crouching Tiger, Hidden Dragon写了音乐”，可知选C。‎ ‎39. D【解析】leave sth in place意为“把某物忘在某地”，forget意为“忘记某事或忘记做某事”。根据句意“他把他的大提琴忘到了出租车上”。因此选D。‎ ‎40. B【解析】根据根据下文“他的大提琴值两百万美元”可知他非常的着急，因此选worried。‎ ‎（2011广西南宁市）B ‎ ‎ I heard a story about a famous scientist who had made several very important achievements.‎ What made him 41 from others?‎ ‎ He said it all came from 42 that happened when he was two years old. He tried to 43 ‎ a bottle of milk away from the fridge, but the slippery(光滑的) bottle fell, spilling its milk all over the 44 floor.‎ ‎ When his mother came in, 45 shouting at him, she said, “Robert, what a great mess(一团糟) you have made! I have never seen such a big puddle(水坑) of milk. Would you like to get down and play in the milk for a few minutes 46 we clean it up?”‎ ‎ Indeed, he did. After a few minutes, his mother said, “Robert, when you make a mess like this, you have to clean it up at last. So, 47 would you like to do that? We would use a towel or a mop. Which do you prefer?” He chose the towel and together they cleaned up the milk.‎ ‎ His mother then said, “We had a failed ‎48 in how to carry a big milk bottle with two small hands in the kitchen. Let’s go out and fill the bottle with water and see if you can ‎49 a way to carry it without dropping it.” The little boy learned that if he held the bottle at the top near the lip(杯口) with both hands, he could carry it without dropping it.‎ ‎ This scientist then said that it was at that moment that he knew he didn’t need to be afraid to ‎ 50 .So, what have you learnt from the story?‎ ‎41. A. serious B. similar C. different D. important ‎42. A. an experience B. advice C. a promise D. an idea ‎43. A. pass B. bring C. drink D. take ‎44. A. kitchen B. bedroom C. bathroom D. living room ‎45. A. from B. with C. because of D. instead of ‎46. A. after B. before C. as soon as D. since ‎47. A. when B. what C. how D. why ‎48. A. experiment B. condition C. survey D. research ‎49. A. look B. discover C. recognize D. develop ‎50. A. clean the floor B. spill milk C. make mistakes D. realize mistakes ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述一个著名的科学家在两岁时，从冰箱里取牛奶时洒了牛奶，而他的妈妈没有责骂他，而是鼓励他找到正确的方法去取奶。从此他知道他不需要害怕犯错误。因此取得了很多的成就。‎ ‎41. D【解析】根据句意“什么使他不同于其他人”，可知选D。‎ ‎42.A【解析】根据下文的故事可知那时他在两岁时发生的一次经历。因此选A。‎ ‎43. D 【解析】take.. away为固定短语意为“取走”。‎ ‎44.A【解析】冰箱应该放在厨房里。因此选A。‎ ‎45. D【解析】because of 意为“因为”，instead of意为“相反”。根据下文可知他的母亲没有对他喊叫。因此选D。‎ ‎46. B【解析】根据句意“在我们打扫干净之前，你愿意下来在牛奶里玩吗？”可知选B。‎ ‎47.C 【解析】根据句意“你想如何做那个？”可知选C ‎48.A【解析】根据句意“我们有了一个失败的经验”可知选A。‎ ‎49.B【解析】根据句意“看你是否能发现一种取牛奶而不掉落的方法”。Discover意为“发现”，因此选B。‎ ‎50.C【解析】根据文章大意可知“他知道他不需要害怕犯错了”。因此选C。‎ ‎【2011梧州】二、完形填空(每小题1分，共10分)‎ 阅读短文，从各题所给的四个选项中选出最佳答案。‎ The bell for class rang. All the students took out their 46 , waiting for the teacher. Our Chinese teacher, Miss Liu, had told us before that we were going to write a composition 47 class.‎ A minute passed, and another, 48 the teacher didn't appear. We began to wonder what was the matter with her. Was she ill? Or had she forgotten about the class? ‎ ‎49 could tell. Soon some students began to study other subjects, some students began to talk and even made 50 .‎ About ten minutes later, the door opened and Miss Liu 51 came in, smiling. She didn't say sorry to the class. We felt 52 angry. The teacher often told us never to be late for class and said it was 53 manners to be late. She also said that if we were late, we should make an apology (道歉) 54 at once or after class. But now she was late and had kept the whole class waiting for such a long time and didn't even tell us the reason. It was unfair. At this moment, Miss Liu picked up a piece of chalk(粉笔) and 55 "Teacher Is Late" on the blackboard and said that was the topic of our composition today. All of us smiled and understood what the teacher meant.‎ ‎46. A. desks B. seats C. books D. chairs ‎47. A. at B. in C. on D. to ‎48. A. but B. and C. or D. so ‎49. A. Somebody B. Everybody C. Anybody D. Nobody21世纪教育网 ‎50. A. voices B. sounds C. noises D. notes ‎51. A. at last B. at first C. at all D. at times ‎52. A. little B. less C. a little D. much more ‎53. A. good B. bad C. nice D. fine ‎54. A. neither B. not only C. both D. either ‎55. A. read B. wrote C. spoke D. said ‎【主旨大意】一向准时的老师这次怎么上课迟到了，学生们议论纷纷，不知原因。大约十来分钟后，老师来了，原来老师是给学生们创设了写作的情景。‎ ‎46. C “上课铃响了”, “学生们拿出他们的课本”。‎ ‎47. B 介词的考察 “在课上”应用 in class。‎ ‎48. A 此处应是转折关系，“一分钟过去了，有一分钟过去了，但是老师还没有出现。”‎ ‎49. D “没有人能告诉（老师为什么上课还没来）”‎ ‎50. C 短语考察，make noise “吵闹、发出嘈杂声；制造噪音；发出噪音”‎ ‎51. A at last“最后，终于”“大约十分钟后，门开了老师终于进来了。”‎ ‎52. C 此处考察副词a little 修饰形容词,表示“我们有一点生气”‎ ‎53. B “老师告诉我们上课不要迟到，迟到是不礼貌的”‎ ‎54. D either…or “”“或者……或者……”‎ ‎55. B “拿起粉笔写“‎ ‎(2011贵州毕节)第三部分 完形填空(10分)‎ 阅读短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项A、B、C、D中，选择能填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。(每小题1分，共10分)‎ In learning English，one should first pay attention to listening and speaking．It is the groundwork of reading and writing．You’d better 31 your best to speak while you do much listening．Don’t be 32 of making mistakes．But be careful not to let them stop you from improving your 33 ．While you are doing this，a good 34 is to write-keep a diary，write notes or letters．Then if you can，ask some others to go through 35 you have written and tell you where it is wrong．Many mistakes in your speaking will be 36 found when you write．Through correcting mistakes，you can do better in learning English．‎ If you are slow in speaking，don’t 37 about it．One of the helpful ways is reading，either aloud or to yourself．The important thing is to choose 38 interesting to read． It mustn’t be too difficult for you．When you are reading 39 this way，don’t stop to 40 the new words if you can guess their meanings when they have nothing to do with the sentences．You can do that some other time．‎ ‎31．A．have B．send C．make D．try ‎32．A．sure B．afraid C．proud D．tired ‎33．A．English B．Chinese C．Japanese D．French ‎34．A．start B．idea C．way D．manner ‎35．A．how B．when C．why D．what ‎36．A．happily B．easily C．really D．slowly ‎37．A．talk B．fear C．worry D．hurry ‎38．A．something B．everything C．anything D．nothing ‎39．A．by B．on C．at D．in ‎40．A．look at B．look for C．look up D．look over ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。通过对英语听、说、读、写的讲解教我们学好英语的几种方法。‎ ‎31．D 解析：try one’s best to do sth.”尽力做某事“是固定搭配。‎ ‎32．B 解析：联系上下文可知是不要“害怕”出错，故答案选B。‎ ‎33．A 解析：联系上下文可知本文讲的是学习英语的有效方法，故答案选A。‎ ‎34．C解析：联系上下文可知本文讲的是学习英语的有效方法，故答案选C，意为“方法；方式”。‎ ‎35．D 解析：联系上下文可知是让别人来看一下你“所写的”，故答案选D，意为“所……的”。‎ ‎36．B 解析：联系上下文可知通过写就会很容易的发现在说时候犯的错误，故答案选B。37．C 解析：联系上下文可知如果说的慢，不要“担心”，故答案选C。‎ ‎38．A 解析：联系上下文可知“读”是一个提高英语的好方法，那么就应该找一些有趣的 东西去读，故答案选A，something用于肯定句中。‎ ‎39．D解析：in this way“通过这种方式“是固定搭配，故答案选并D。‎ ‎40．C解析：联系上下文可知如果你能猜生词的意思就不要去“查字典”，故答案选C，意为“查阅；查看”。‎ ‎【2011贵州贵阳】通读短文，理解大意，根据其内容，从各题所给的选项中选择可填入短文的最佳选项，并将答题卡上该选项涂黑。‎ ‎【2011贵州贵阳】A Once there was a girl in my class that I thought was beautiful and smart. I believed that she was perfect. When the time for my birthday came, I 56 her to my party, and she came. ‎ A few months 57 , it was her birthday. I got a special scarf for her. Thinking about how happy she would be to receive my gift made me so 58 .‎ I asked her when her birthday party was going to be. She replied, " 59 do you want to know? You're not invited. You're just a dog with glasses !"‎ I felt really 60 when she said that. I just stood there looking at her. Everyone standing by her came to stand next to me. Then we all 61 .‎ That day, I figured out that even if someone looks perfect, there is a very good possibility that they aren't. When it comes to perfection, it's how someone treats you that is more 62 than how they look.‎ ‎56. A. invited B. invites C. inviting ‎57. A. ago B. before C. later ‎58. A. excited B. sad C. relaxed ‎59. A. How B. Why C. Who ‎60. A. good B. nice C. bad ‎61. A. left B. came C. smiled ‎62. A. confident B. creative C. important ‎【主旨大意】曾经班上有一个我认为很完美的女孩。我过生日时邀请她参加。但当她要过生日，我她问何时举行生日聚会时，她却说：你没被邀请，你只是一只戴着眼镜的狗。‎ 解析：‎ ‎56. A 由本句When the time for my birthday came可知应是过去时。故选A。‎ 可知，他们是坐在树下聊天。故选A ‎57.A 由句意：几个月前，是她的生日。Ago 表示一段时间之前，常用于过去时；before用于某一时间点之前，常用于完成时；later常表示一段时间之后；常用于过去时。故应选A。‎ ‎58. A 理解句意可知：想象到她收到我的生日礼物会多么的高兴使我很兴奋。故选A。‎ ‎59.B 理解句意：你为什么想知道？故选B。‎ ‎60. C 听到You're just a dog with glasses，他的反应应是不好的。故选C。‎ ‎61. A 由句意可知，每个站在她旁边的人，站到了我旁边，然后我们离开了。故选A。‎ ‎62. C 由句意可知，当谈到完美,一个人如何对待你比他们的长相重要得多。故选C。‎ ‎【2011贵州贵阳】B Everyone likes to receive gifts. In many countries people give gifts for special occasions. For example, in the United States people give 63 for birthdays, weddings, and when someone graduates from high school or college. In Japan many people give gifts at special times in the summer and 64 . And in some countries people give a person a gift when they visit the person’s home. But how do you choose the 65 gift?‎ It's not always easy to find a great gift for everyone, especially when you are buying a gift for someone from another 66 . In many Western countries watches and 67 are nice gifts. However, Chinese people do not like clocks as gifts. The Chinese words that mean to give a clock are similar to the words for to die. So many Chinese people think that a clock as a gift is bad 68 .‎ Many people around the world think that flowers are always a safe gift. But even flowers can be 69 ! In Russia a gift of an odd number of flowers (1,3,5, etc. ) is okay. But a gift of an even number of flowers (2,4,6, etc. ) is not okay. It's only for funerals! People in China do not like gifts of white flowers, because white is the color for funerals. And don't 70 red roses to a stranger from Germany. They may think you love them! Red roses mean love in several cultures!‎ ‎63. A. money B. gifts C food ‎64. A. person B. place C. winter ‎65. A. right B. wrong C. shiny ‎66. A. country B. city C. village ‎67. A. flowers B. books C. clocks ‎68. A. luck B. lucky C. unlucky ‎69. A. a safe gift B. a problem C. a good tdea ‎70. A. receive B. accept C. give ‎【主旨大意】不同的地方，不同的国家，送礼物的场合不一样。在不同的国家选择正确的礼物也不容易。不同的礼物在不同的国家有不同的含义。‎ 解析：‎ ‎63. B 由上文：In many countries people give gifts for special occasions，可推测这里应是礼物。故选B。‎ ‎64.C 前面说：In Japan many people give gifts at special times，故此这里应是一个时间，只有C符合文意。 ‎ ‎65. A 由下文It's not always easy to find a great gift for everyone可推测应是选择正确的礼物。故选A。‎ ‎66.A 由下句话In many Western countries …However, Chinese people…可见是为来自另外一个国家的人选礼物。故选A。‎ ‎67. C 由下文，可是中国人不喜欢闹钟作为礼物，因此这里应是闹钟。故选C。‎ ‎68. A 由句意可知，在中文里“送钟”听起来和“送钟”一样。因此认为把闹钟作为礼物是不吉利的。故选A。‎ ‎69. B 由句意:在世界上，很多人认为送鲜花是安全的礼物，但是即使鲜花也会出现问题。故选B。‎ ‎70. C 后面与to搭配，只能用give。故选C。‎ ‎【2011湖南湘西】 通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。(10小题，计10分)‎ Bob’s Travel Diary(旅游日记)‎ Tuesday, July 16th ‎ Today is rained ,so we went to a museum(博物馆).It was 36 boring. I found(发现) a small boy ‎37 in the corner. He was lost(迷路) and I helped him find 38 father. That ‎ 39 me feel very happy. I didn’t have 40 money for a taxi, so we walked back 41 ‎ the hotel. I was really tired.‎ Wednesday, July 17th ‎ Today the 42 was cool, so we decided to 43 tennis(网球).We played all morning. It was really fun. We had Sichuan 44 for dinner. 45 was delicious(美味可口的)!‎ ‎36. A. kind of B. with C. on ‎37. A. singing B. going C. crying ‎38. A. they B. his C. my ‎39. A. take B. made C. get ‎40. A. some B. no C. any ‎41. A. on B. to C. with ‎42. A. weather B. whether C. bus ‎43. A. go B. take C. play ‎44. A. bus B. car C. food ‎45. A. It B. He C.S he 主旨大意：本篇是日记，主要讲述了一天的所见、所闻、所做，主要考查了过去时的运用。‎ ‎36. 答案：A【解析】修饰后面的形容词boring，不用单独的介词，而是kind of“有点”。‎ ‎37. 答案：C【解析】根据下文可知，根据下文的迷路，可知是在“哭泣”。‎ ‎38. 答案：B【解析】人称代词的考查。我帮他当然是找到“他的”爸爸。‎ ‎39. 答案：B【解析】动词辨析 那件事“使我”用made，日记中用过去时。‎ ‎40. 答案：B【解析】代词的考察 由后句的走回可知是身上“没钱”了，所以用no。‎ ‎41. 答案：B【解析】考查介词 到达某地用介词to。‎ ‎42. 答案：B【解析】根据下文cool“凉爽”可知他是说天气“weather”。‎ ‎43. 答案：C【解析】动词辨析 打球用play，又由后面的played all morning也知。‎ ‎44. 答案：C【解析】名词辨析。是吃的“四川饭”用food。‎ ‎45. 答案：A【解析】代词考查 代替上文的食物不可数名词，用it。‎ ‎【2011湖南益阳】B) 完形填空。‎ What is the weather like in China? Spring is warm in most parts 31 China. It usually begins in February or 32 . Summer is often very 33 . It 34 about three months. The honest 35 are July and August. Autumn starts in August. The 36 can be quite cool in autumn. Winter ‎37 in November. January is the 38 month. You need to wear warm ‎39 in winter. The best time to come to my hometown is in spring 40 autumn.‎ ‎31. A. of B. to C. outside ‎32. A. January B. April C. March ‎33. A. hot B. cool C. cold ‎34. A. comes B. lasts C. goes ‎35. A. time B. months C. seasons ‎36. A. weather B. day C. night ‎37. A. finishes B. goes C. starts ‎38. A. hottest B. coldest C. warmest ‎39. A. shirts B. blouses C. clothes ‎40. A. but B. or C. nor ‎【主旨大意】本文介绍了中国四个季节中所包含的四个月份和天气情况。‎ ‎31. A 中国的大部分应用of意为“….中”。‎ ‎32. C 前面提到了二月，后面紧接着应该是三月。‎ ‎33. A 夏天的天气当然应该是热了。‎ ‎34. B 从后面的three months指的是时间段，应该用last意为“持续”。‎ ‎35. B 由are推理前面的主语应该是复数形式，July 和August是月份。‎ ‎36. A cool用来形容天气的。‎ ‎37. C 冬季在11月份开始的。‎ ‎38. B the的后面接最高级，1月应该是最冷的月份。‎ ‎39. C 既然冷，所以要穿暖和的衣服。‎ ‎40. B 表示选择性的用or.‎ ‎(2011湖南岳阳中考)B)完形填空 通读短文，掌握大意，然后从个题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。‎ In many classroom, it’s not 31 to find students spinning(旋转) their pens32 ‎ They listen to their teachers.‎ Pen-spinning is also popular 33 Japanese students. It is a form of entertainment.‎ Recently, a pen-spinning competition was held in Tokyo‎, ‎Japan. Ryuki Omura, a 16-year-old high school student, became the first pen-spinning 34 .‎ ‎ 276 people took part in the competition. They came from different age groups. Some Were students 35 some were office workers. First, they 36 the videos of ‎ their pen-spinning skills to the organizer’s websites. Then some of them came to the last round in Tokyo. 37 of them had 30 seconds to show their skills in front of 400 people, 38 reporters and fans. Omura took a pen from his little finger to the rest of his fingers, then to his palm(手掌) and the back of his hand. His wonderful show made him 39 the champion.‎ ‎ Omura said he began learning pen-spinning only about 14 months ago. He did 40‎ in the competition. If you like to spin your pen, you can practice it in your spare time .But when you are in class, please don’t do that. ‎ ‎31. A. difficult B. easy C. common ‎32. A. before B. when C. after ‎33. A. for B. between C. among ‎34. A. chairman B. captain C. champion ‎35. A. or B. and C. with ‎36. A. were sent B. sent C. was sent ‎37. A. Each B. Both C. Every ‎38. A. includes B. included C. including ‎39. A. become B. became C. becomes ‎40. A. quite good B. quite well C. quite better ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章通过“转笔”大赛讲述了是当今为人所熟知的娱乐方式“转笔”。‎ ‎31. A 解析：联系下文可知学生转笔是很容易见到的，故答案选A。‎ ‎32. B解析：联系下文可知是当他们听老师讲课的时候，故答案选B。‎ ‎33. C解析：联系下文“它是一种娱乐方式“可知在学生们中间是很受欢迎的，故答案选C。‎ ‎34. C解析：联系下文39题可知他成为了冠军，故答案选C。‎ ‎35. B解析：联系上下文可知两个“一些……”是并列关系的，故答案选Ｂ。‎ ‎36. B解析：主语they是动作send的发出者，故答案选B。‎ ‎37. A 解析：联系上下文可知是“每一个”学生都有……，而every不能加of，故答案选A。‎ ‎38. C解析：联系上下文可知400人中包括记者和粉丝，故答案选C。‎ ‎39. A 解析：make+动词原形，故答案选A。‎ ‎40. B解析：修饰动词did用副词；quite后需加形容词或副词原级，故答案选B。‎ ‎【2011沈阳】二、完形填空（共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 阅读短文，然后根据内容从Ａ、Ｂ、Ｃ、Ｄ中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ With a determined(坚定的) look on his face, Chicago’s Michael McCarthy held on to the banister(扶手) and climbed to the top of the Willis Tower not long ago. The Tower stands 1,451 feet(442 meters) tall, the＿21＿ building in the US.‎ ‎ As he got to the last step, McCarthy ＿22＿ fell down, but that didn’t stop him. The 14-year-old boy finally finished climbing the 2,109 steps and arrived at the top, where he ＿23＿ cheers from many people.‎ ‎“I just want to show people that ＿24＿ a kid with no legs can do it, anyone can do it,” McCarthy said.21世纪教育网 McCarthy, who was born without legs, has to wear prosthetic legs(假肢) and use a stick to walk. But McCarthy has a strong 25 . He believes having a disability(残疾) shouldn’t stop anyone 26 achieving his or her success.‎ He has been in a special school 27 he was four. When he decided to climb the Willis Tower, his teacher, Jeff Kohn, was 28 by his determination(决心) and offered to help train him. They 29 more than ten hours ‎ practicing climbing stairs and keeping balance with the prosthetics and sticks on the steps every day. “ 30 seems that he never knows how difficult it is. 31 I was so tired that I asked him to rest for a day,”said Kohn. “But he said he was still full of energy and wanted more 32 .”‎ Kohn always walked with McCarthy for the climb. “I ‎33 ‎ the last ‎10 ‎floors, he went faster,” said Kohn. “He’s the most craven sportsman I’ve ever trained.” ‎ McCarthy said he was 34 of himself and that the tower now holds special meaning. “When I’m older, I’ll 35 to the building and say ‘Look at this building I climbed’,” he said. ‎ ‎21. A. largest B. highest C. earliest D. latest ‎22. A. seldom B. hardly C. always D. almost ‎23. A. enjoyed B. needed C. made D. kept ‎24. A. while B. after C. if D. though ‎25. A. heart B. hope C. body D. love ‎26. A. by B. for C. in D. from ‎27. A. as B. since C. until D. before ‎28. A. pleased B. beaten C. moved D. asked ‎29. A. used B. spent C. took D. wasted ‎30. A. Here B. There C. He D. It ‎31. A. However B. Sometimes C. Again D. Then ‎32. A. friends B. helpers C. time D. exercise ‎33. A. tried B. saw C. did D. met ‎34. A. thinking B. talking C. worried D. proud ‎35. A. point B. go C. turn D. hurry ‎【主旨大意】本文叙述了一位残疾少年McCarthy攀登美国第一塔的事迹，从而叙述了他是如何攀登第一塔和他自己的一些感触，也让我们明白身残志坚的道理。‎ ‎21. B 根据本文判断是美国最高的建筑物。‎ ‎22. D 由句意可知，当他到达最后一个台阶时，几乎要掉下来，故答案为D。‎ ‎23. A 句意：那里他欣赏着来自人群中的欢呼。故答案为A。‎ ‎24. C 根据句意：我只是想要向人们证明，如果一个没有腿的孩子可以做到，任何人都能做到。本句是if引导的条件状语从句，故答案为C。‎ ‎25. A 根据上下文可知应该是有一颗强壮的心，故答案为A。‎ ‎26. D 固定短语stop…..from….“阻止….”，故答案为D。‎ ‎27. B 句意：自从他四岁以来，他就上所特殊学校。故答案为B。‎ ‎28. C 根据后句可知，应该是被他的决心所感动，并帮助训练，故答案为C。‎ ‎29. B 固定搭配spend….doing sth.“花费时间做某事”，故答案为B。‎ ‎30. D 固定句型It seems that…..“看起来似乎…..”，故答案为D。‎ ‎31. B 根据上下文可知，应该是“有时候”，故答案为B。‎ ‎32. D 由上文可知，是想要更多的练习，故答案为D。‎ ‎33. B 句意：我看到最后的10个台阶，他走的更快了。只有B符合题意。‎ ‎34. D 固定短语be proud of“以….为骄傲”，故答案为D。‎ ‎35. A 短语point to…“指着….”，故选A。‎ ‎【2011雅安】二、完形填空（共20小题；每小题1分，满分20分）‎ 阅读下列短文，从每篇短文后各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C、D）中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ ‎ 【2011雅安】A Dear Sigmund Friend I am a Grade 9 student. I have 21 problem, and I do not know how to deal 22 it.‎ I have a lot of homework every day, and I have no choice 23 to do it. I often stay up late to complete 24 , and then feel tired the next day.‎ Sometimes, I want to 25 to do so much work, but usually I just accept it. I understand that it is important to do my homework and 26 on time. However, I hardly have any spare time for my hobbies 27 playing volleyball and ping-pong. I really feel bad about that. I often doubt whether it is worth 28 so hard.‎ I am ‎29 a holiday without homework so that I can relax and have some time for my hobbies. What should I do? Can you offer me some suggestions? They will be of great value to me. I hope to 30 you soon.‎ Best wishes Millie ‎21. A. an B. a C. the D. (不填)‎ ‎22. A. with B. for C. to D. on ‎23. A. and B. so C. but D. then ‎24. A. the housework B. the exercise C. exercises D. the exercises ‎25. A. accept B. refuse C. take D. agree ‎26. A. hand it on B. hand it in C. hand in D. put it in ‎27. A. as B. such so C. such as D. as ‎ much as ‎28. A. reading B. playing C. walking D. working ‎29. A. looking for B. looking forward to C. looking after D. looking up ‎30. A. hear of B. hear about C. hear from D. hear ‎【主旨大意】本文以一个九年级学生的语气，谈论了自己面对的一些生活和学习中的烦恼。 ‎ ‎21. B【解析】一个烦恼，泛指用a。‎ ‎22. A【解析】考查词组deal with意为“处置；助理”。‎ ‎23. C【解析】考查词组have no choice but to do sth. “毫无选择地做某事”。‎ ‎24. D【解析】exercise意为“练习”可数名词，所作的练习不止一道题，用复数形式。‎ ‎25. B 【解析】accept“接受”；refuse“拒绝”；take“带走”；agree“同意”。根据后半句，但是有时我接受，可知前边的意思是“有时我拒绝”。‎ ‎26. B 【解析】词组为hand in“上交”。hand in为动词+副词的结构，代词作宾语放于动词与副词之间。‎ ‎27. C 【解析】such as意为“例如”。‎ ‎28. D 【解析】根据上文可知“我”一直在做作业，学习很刻苦。work hard“努力学习”。‎ ‎29. B 【解析】looking for “寻找”；B. looking forward to“渴望”；looking after“照顾；照看”；looking up“查字典”。句意为“我多么渴望没有作业的假期”。‎ ‎30. C 【解析】hear of“听说”；hear about“听说”；hear from“收到某人的来信”；hear“听见”。句意为“我希望不久收到你的回信”。‎ ‎【2011雅安】B Dear Sigmund Friend My name is Simon and I am a Grade 9 student. I am crazy 31 football! I love 32 football, reading about football, and of course, playing football. My dream ‎33 a great football player. However, my love of football has become a big problem, and I would like your 34 .‎ I have 35 friends, and we always play football together at school or in the park after school. We like staying out late to play football. We often play for three hours or more and forget when to stop. Then I 36 trouble at home because my parents do not allow me to play outside after 6 p.m. I really do not understand why they are so strict. I feel stressed and angry 37 . I believe it is important for us to spend some time on our hobbies. They can help us relax ‎ and make our lives 38 .I wish I could have my parents’ 39 .‎ Is it bad to stay out late to play football? Should I spend less time on it? I really do not know 40 . Can you please advise me how to achieve a balance between my schoolwork and my hobbies? Thanks a lot.‎ Best wishes Simon ‎31. A. for B. with C. of D. about ‎32. A. watching B. seeing C. looking at D. looking ‎33. A. am to be B. is to be C. is to being D. are to be ‎34. A. book B. work C. advice D. school ‎35. A. much B. not any C. few D. plenty of ‎36. A. get in B. get into C. get on D. get off ‎37. A. from time to time B. from times to times ‎ C. between time and time D. between times and times ‎38. A. much interesting B. more interested ‎ C. more interesting D. the most interesting ‎39. A. support B. supported C. supporting D. supports ‎40. A. why to do D. when to do C. what to do D. where to do ‎【主旨大意】本文是一名中学生，在他的爱好会学生生活之间出现矛盾时，向别人寻求帮助的信件。 ‎ ‎31. D【解析】考查词组be crazy about“对…感到疯狂”。‎ ‎32. A【解析】watching “观看比赛”；seeing “看电影”；looking at“看着”；looking不及物东西，不能直接加宾语。本句为看足球比赛，故选A。‎ ‎33. B【解析】dream作主语，系动词用is，be to do，“将要做某事”。‎ ‎34. C 【解析】由文章的倒数第三句“Can you please advise me how to achieve a balance between my schoolwork and my hobbies?”可知作者是为了寻求一些建议。‎ ‎35. D【解析】根据下句可知我有很多的朋友。plenty of“许多大量的”。‎ ‎36. B【解析】考查词组get into trouble “陷入困境”。 ‎ ‎37. A【解析】考查词组from time to time “不时的；时时的”。 ‎ ‎38. C 【解析】句意为：它（足球）能够使我们放松，使生活更有趣。应使用比较级形式。interesting用来形容物。‎ ‎39. A【解析】support，做名词，意为“支持；拥护”，不可数。‎ ‎40. C【解析】句意为：我确实不知道做什么。 ‎ ‎( 2011大庆) III. Close Test (本题共10小题，每小题1分，共10分)‎ Choose the best answer to complete the passage.‎ A little old man and his wife walked slowly into McDonald's ‎16 a cold-winter evening. They took a table near the back wall, and then the little old man walked to the cash register (收银处)to order. After a while he got the food back and they began to 17 it.‎ There was one hamburger, some French fries and one drink. The little old man carefully cut the hamburger into halves and 18 the French fries in two piles. Then he neatly put the 19 of the food in front of his wife. He took a sip of the drink and his wife took a sip. "How20 the old people are!" The people around them thought. ‎ ‎21 the man began to eat his hamburger and his French fries, his wife sat there 22 him and took turns to drink. 23 young man came over and offered to buy another meal for them. But they refused 24 and said that they got used to 25 everything.‎ Then a young lady asked the little old lady a question. "Madam, why aren't you eating? You said that you shared everything. Then what are you waiting for?" She answered, "The teeth.”‎ ‎( ) 16. A. for B. at C. in D. on ‎( )17. A. eat B. taste C open D. try ‎( )18. A. divided B. placed C. changed D. cut ‎( )19. A. half B. bit C. piece D. pair ‎( )20. A. clever B. foolish C. old D. poor ‎( )21. A. Because B. As C. So D. Before ‎( )22. A. keeping B. watching C. seeing D. holding ‎( )23. A. Another B. The other C. Other D. A ‎( )24. A. delightedly B. carefully C. politely D. angrily ‎( )25. A. share B. sharing C. enjoy D. enjoying 答案：16--20 DADCD 21--25 BCDCB ‎ ‎【2011山东菏泽】第二节 完形填空(共10小题;每小题1分，满分10分) ‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36—45各小题所给的四个选项(A、B、 C和D) 中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。 ‎ When I was 18 years old, one morning, my father told me to drive him into a town, about 40 miles away. I had just learned to 36 ，so I agreed with pleasure. When we came to the town, something was wrong with the car. Then I took the car to a nearby garage to have it 37 and promised to pick Dad up at 4 pm. Because I had a few hours to spend, I decided to go to the 38 .However I became 39 interested in the film that I forgot the time. When the last film finished, it was 6 o’clock. ‎ I was afraid Dad would be 40 and never let me drive again, so I drove back quickly to meet Dad and made an excuse(借口) 41 my being late. I’ll never forget the cry he gave me: “I’m disappointed that I feel you have to tell a lie to me, Jack. I’m angry, not with 42 but with myself. I have failed 43 I’ve brought up a son who can not even tell the truth to his own father. I’m going to walk home now and think seriously about 44 I have done wrong all these years.” ‎ Dad began 45 along the road. I begged(乞求)all the way, telling him how I drove behind him for 40 miles, at a speed of 5 miles an hour. It was the most unforgettable lesson. I have never told a lie to him ever since. ‎ ‎36. A. drive B. work C. live D. travel ‎ ‎37. A. made B. repaired C. waited D. parked ‎ ‎38. A. concert B. bookstore C. shop D. cinema ‎ ‎39. A. very B. too C. so D. fairly ‎ ‎40. A. excited B. angry C. disappointed D. sad ‎ ‎41. A. at B. to C. for D. with ‎ ‎42. A. me B. it C. you D. him ‎ ‎43. A. so B. because C. after D. before ‎ ‎44. A. where B. when C. why D. how ‎ ‎45. A. running B. driving C. crying D. walking ‎ ‎【主旨大意】文章讲述了我十八岁时答应父亲开车载他去城里，可是我却看电影忘记时间，并且撒谎骗父亲，父亲很生气，用惩罚自己的方式给我上了难忘的一课。‎ ‎【解析】‎ ‎36. A 根据句意应是我刚学会开车，所以很高兴的同意了。‎ ‎37. B 根据上句知“车出了毛病”，所以应是我去附近的车厂去修理它，其他不符题意。‎ ‎38. D 根据下文讲到看电影，所以应是去了电影院。‎ ‎39. C 根据复合句的结构可以看出考查固定句式结构so...that...。‎ ‎40. B 根据文意我忘记接父亲的时间，所以可以推测出害怕父亲会“生气”，故选B。‎ ‎41. C 考查固定短语的用法，make a excuse for“为……找借口”。‎ ‎42. C 根据句子结构可以看出考查的是not... but...“不是……而是……”， 根据句意应是“不是你为是我自己”，故选C。‎ ‎43. B 根据上下句的关系“我很失败，因为我养了一个不能对父亲说出事实的儿子”，可以看出考查的是原因状语从句。‎ ‎44. A 根据句意应是“我要认真地想一下我哪儿做错了”，故选A。‎ ‎45. D 根据上文父亲的话可知父亲是要走着回家，选D。‎ ‎【2011山东枣庄】第二节 完型填空（共10小题，每小题1分，满分10分。）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从26~35各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ One Sunday morning, Millie and Amy went to Sunshine‎ ‎Park. They love to chat there. As usual, they sat ___26____a big tree. Suddenly, they heard a whistle from the bushes behind the tree. They turned around but could not see anything unusual. They were ____27______.‎ ‎ “Is 28 there?” Millie asked. Nobody answered. They 29 very carefully and heard the strange noise again. The two girls were very afraid. They ran away quickly. On their way, they met Andy. ‎ ‎“What happened?” Andy asked. “There’s a ghost in the 30 . Please help us.” Millie said. “Really? Tell me more.” Andy said. Millie told Andy everything. Andy went to the park, 31 beside the tree and listened carefully. Then he heard 32 noise! He looked behind the tree and heard another whisper. He was now sure the sound 33 from the bushes. He searched carefully. ‎ ‎“Oh! Here it is.” Andy said to himself. He ‎34 a little cat in the bushes. It was very weak. When it miaowed, 35 made a sound like a whisper.‎ ‎26. A. under B. on C. behind D. in ‎ ‎27. A. excited B. frightened C. frightening D. exciting ‎28. nobody B. everybody C. anybody D. somebody ‎29. A. saw B. looked C. heard D. listened ‎ ‎30. A. church B. school C. garden D. park ‎ ‎31. A. rose B. slept C. stood D. lay ‎32. A. a B. the C. an D. other ‎ ‎33. A. came B. learned C. heard D. fell ‎34. A. smelled B. looked C. searched D. found ‎ ‎35. A. he B. she C. it D. that ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文通过讲述了米莉和艾米去公园聊天，听到灌木丛中好像有人低语而害怕，以为是“鬼”。后来安迪发现这个“鬼”竟是一只小猫。‎ 解析：‎ ‎26. A 由下文，他们听见树后灌木丛发生的口哨声，可推测他们是在树下聊天。故选A。‎ 可知，他们是坐在树下聊天。故选A ‎27.B 由上文可知，他们听到声音又没有看到什么不寻常的东西，因此感到害怕， frightened“害怕的”强调人对事物害怕，故选B。而C项frightening 意为“令人害怕的”，强调事或物令人害怕。excited “兴奋的”；exciting “令人兴奋的”。 ‎ ‎28. C 考查复合不定代词。由句意“有人吗”，排除A和B；nobody没有人；everybody每人，人人；anybody一般用于否定句或疑问句，somebody一般用于肯定句，排除D。故选C。‎ ‎29.D 由本句后半部分可知，他们又听到了奇怪的声音，可以判定他们仔细地听。listen强调有目的的听，而hear强调听的结果,故选D ‎30. D 由本文首句 “...Millie and Amy went to Sunshine Park.”可知，事情发生在公园里，故选D。‎ ‎31. C 由句意可知，他们是站在树旁仔细听，故选C。rose上升；slept睡觉; lay躺下。‎ ‎32. B 由上文可知，噪音和前面的一样，同类事物再次出现用the。故选B。‎ ‎33. A come from“来自”句意：他们现在不能确定来自灌木丛的声音。故选A。‎ ‎34 D 句意：他在灌木丛里发现了一只小猫。smell闻……；look看……；search搜查。‎ ‎35 C‎ 句意：it在此指小猫。故选C。‎ ‎【2011山东滨州】三、完形填空（共10小题，计10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出一个能填入文中相应空白处的最佳答案。‎ When July comes, children know they’ll have their examinations and the school year will __36__ soon.‎ Boys and girls will have nearly a two-month holiday, and they’ll leave school __37__train or by car to __38__ their parents.‎ The summer holidays are the __39__ time of the year for most children. The weather is usually good, so children can spend most of their time __40__ outside. ‎ If one lives in the countryside, he can go and play in the woods or in the fields. If he __41__ in a big town, he can usually go to the park to play.‎ The best place for children to spend their summer holidays is the __42__. Some children are lucky enough to live near the sea. __43__ for those who do not live there, if they have the luck to stay in one of the big seaside towns for a week or two, they’ll __44__ it all the following school year.‎ Now, __45__ makes children like the seaside so much? I think they are the sand, the sea and the sun. The feelings of the sand under their feet, salt water on their skin, and the warm sun on ‎36. A. arrive B. start C. begin D. end ‎ ‎37. A. on B. by C. in D. at ‎ ‎38. A. love B. see C. watch D. return ‎39. A. best B. better C. worst D. worse ‎40. A. missing B. working C. playing D. studying ‎41. A. works B. walks C. lives D. arrives ‎ ‎42. A. village B. seaside C. city D. park ‎ ‎43. A . But B. unless C. Or D. And ‎ ‎44. A. hear from B. speak to C. agree with D. talk about ‎ ‎45. A . that B. which C. who D. what ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文介绍了孩子们的暑假，他们喜欢在户外活动，并各自有喜欢玩的地方和方式。‎ ‎36. D 由July和后面的“暑假”提示，应该是一个学年的“结束”。故选D.‎ ‎37. B 由by car提示，此处应该是by train “乘火车”。‎ ‎38. B 由句中leave school和生活常识可知，应该是看望父母。‎ ‎39. A 结合下文孩子们的开心生活可知，对孩子们而言，这应该是一年中最好的时间。由the 提示，应该用最高级。‎ ‎40. C 由下午的play提示，孩子们应该是花大部分时间在户外“玩耍”。故选Ｃ。‎ ‎41. C 由上句live提示，此处是指“住在某地”。‎ ‎42. B 由下句的near the sea可知，应该是seaside“海边”。‎ ‎43. A 前面说的是“能幸运地住在海边的人”，此处是说“不能住到海边的人”，前后表示转折。故选A。‎ ‎44. D hear from 收到某人来信；speak to对……说；agree with 同意某人或某事；talk about 谈论某事。结合文章应该是D。‎ ‎45. D 由下句回答“是沙子、海洋和太阳”可知，前句应该问“是什么让孩子们喜欢海边的。”‎ ‎【2011浙江湖州】三、完形填空（本题有15小题，每小题1分，共15分）‎ 阅读下面短文，理解其大意，然后从各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。‎ Alicia was a young woman who liked to exercise for her health. In fact, she walked five kilometers before 26 every morning, and went swimming once a week at the swimming pool. She didn’t smoke and never 27 . She didn’t eat chocolate. She didn’t eat sweet and fatty food, 28 . She weighted herself every day.‎ One day Alicia was on her daily walk when she saw a 29 sitting in a rocking chair under a tree. He looked very old and his hair was white. He looked thin and weak, and his hands were shaking, 30 he looked very happy.‎ He smiled at her and said, “Good morning! Lovely day, isn’t it?” ‎ He had a wide smile 31 his face, and his eyes shone with happiness. But Alicia saw that he did not have teeth.‎ ‎“Good morning!” replied Alicia. “Yes, it is a lovely day.”‎ Alicia thought he 32 very old and wise. She thought he must be at least 90 years old! She decided to ask him about the 33 of a happy old age.‎ ‎“I hope you don’t 34 me asking,” she said, “but what is your secret for being so happy at your age? I hope I can look as happy as you do 35 I am your age.”‎ The man in the rocking chair said, “My secret for 36 ? I smoke twenty packets of cigarettes every week, and drink three bottles of wine every day. I eat hamburgers and chocolates whenever I want. I never eat vegetables. I never walk anywhere and I never play sports. I sit at home every day.”‎ Alicia was 37 . She didn’t expect the man to give her an answer like that. She wondered how the man got to be so old when he did 38 wrong. She thought he should be 39 and unhappy. Perhaps she was wrong. Maybe, she thought, people could live a long happy life 40 eating well or doing lots of exercise.‎ ‎“How old are you?” she asked.‎ ‎“It’s my birthday today,” said the man. “I’m forty-seven!”‎ ‎26. A. lunch B. breakfast C. dinner D. supper ‎27. A. exercised B. drank C. worked D. slept ‎28. A. too B. also C. either D. still ‎29. A. man B. woman C. boy D. girl ‎30. A. so B. but C. and D. or ‎31. A. in B. with C. at D. on ‎32. A. saw B. looked C. listened D. found ‎33. A. secret B. dream C. plan D. future ‎34. A. stand B. mind C. allow D. enjoy ‎35. A. when B. since C. though D. for ‎36. A. health B. success C. happiness D. life ‎37. A. surprised B. worried C. excited D. relaxed ‎38. A. something B. anything C. everything D. nothing ‎39. A. angry B. serious C. quiet D. sick ‎40. A. through B. from C. without D. by ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述一个注重饮食健康、也爱好晨炼的女孩见到一个“老人”，年龄虽大，看起来却很快乐的。通过交谈得知，这位不注重饮食和锻炼的“老人”却只有47岁。‎ ‎26 B 【解析】由时间状语“every morning”及常识可知，她是在每天早饭前进行散步五公里。‎ ‎27. B 【解析】第一段中介绍Alicia健康的生活方式和饮食习惯，所以这一句的意思是“她不吸烟也不喝酒”。‎ ‎28. C 【解析】either用于否定句句末;too用于肯定句句末;also用于肯定句句中。故选C。‎ ‎29. A 【解析】从下文的描述可知，he is a man。‎ ‎30. B 【解析】由上文：他看起来又瘦又弱，并且手一直在晃动，与后文的“happy”形成转折关系。‎ ‎31.D 【解析】on one’s face在某人的脸上，是固定词组。‎ ‎32. B 【解析】选B。look系动词，看起来，old and wise 做系动词look的表语。句意“他看起来年纪很大而且很博学。‎ ‎33. A【解析】从下文“but what is your secret for being so happy at your age?” 可以判断用secret。‎ ‎34. B【解析】句意：我希望你不要介意我的提问。mind sb.doing sth.介意某人做某事。stand意为“忍受、站立”， allow 意为“允许”，enjoy意为“享受”，这三项都不符合句意。‎ ‎35. A 【解析】句意：我希望当我在你这个年龄时。when 当……时候，引导时间状语从句；since后面一般跟“过去时间”；“for+时间段”往往用于完成时； though引导让步状语从句。‎ ‎36. C 【解析】根据上一段第二句话“what’s your secret for being so happy at your age?”可以看出是“快乐的秘密”。happy的名词形式为happiness.故选C。‎ ‎37. A 【解析】由下文两句话可知，对于“老人”的回答，她很惊奇。‎ ‎38. C【解析】词义辨析。根据倒数第四段中这位老人说的话，可以知道Alicia ‎ 认为他做的每一件事都对身体不好。‎ ‎39. D【解析】Alicia认为这位老人的这种生活方式、饮食习惯会使他生病或不高兴。angry 生气的，serious严肃的，quiet 安静的，sick生病的。‎ ‎40. C 【解析】Alicia以为他90岁左右，她误以为不用吃的很好或不用进行很多的锻炼就能够生活长寿、快乐。‎ ‎【2011福建福州】完形填空。阅读下边短文，选择最佳答案。(每小题1分，共10分)‎ Chi Li is one of the best known Chinese writers in the West. She was born in the west. She was born in the 1950s'. 46 19, Chi entered a medical college in 1976. After she graduated, she 47 as a doctor at a hospital in Wuhan. As she loved _ 48 much more, she went to Wuhan‎ ‎University to study Chinese language and literature in 1983. She chose 49 as her profession(专业)。‎ During the 1980s, Chi wrote many works full of love. In the 1990s, her works, such as Apart From Love and The Sun Was Born, were 50 lives of young people and everyday problems. Since 2003, Chi has ‎51 a higher level in her works. And many of her novels have received a 52 honor. Life Show is one of her representative (代表) works and 53 has been translated into many languages. The 54 shows the real life of a common woman in Wuhan.‎ Chi says, "Writers don't need to be anyone, 55 they should be able to understand everyone." So she often travels alone to get a feel of how the world is and tries to understand people from all social strata (阶层).‎ ‎46. A. At the age of B. At the moment C. In the beginning ‎47. A. became B. worked C. enjoyed ‎48. A. medicine B. travelling C. literature ‎49. A. teaching B. writing C. nursing ‎50. A. over B. under C. about ‎51. A. reached B. arrived C. went ‎52. A. great B. nice C. bad ‎53. A. she B. they C. it ‎54. A. picture B. story C. newspaper ‎55. A. or B. till C. but ‎【主旨大意】本文介绍了中国著名的西部作家池莉。她的成长过程以及伟大的成就。‎ ‎46. A At the age of “在…岁时”；At the moment “此刻；现在”；In the beginning“起初，在开始的时候”。本句的句意为：1976年，在他19岁时，池莉上了医科大学。‎ ‎47. B 考查词组：work as， “作为…来工作”。‎ ‎48. C 考查语义的衔接。由下半句她上了汉语言文学专业，可知她爱好文学更多。‎ ‎49. B 考查语义衔接。由下一句“During the 1980s, Chi wrote many works full of love.”可知她选择了写作专业。‎ ‎50. C about意为“关于”。‎ ‎51. A 句意为：池莉的作品达到了更高的水平。根据句意，排除选项C。reach及物动词，加地点。‎ ‎52. A a great honor一个很高的荣誉。‎ ‎53. C 代替上文中的“Life show”这篇文章，故用单数形式。‎ ‎54. B 文章里的故事展示了武汉普通妇女的生活。‎ ‎55. C 句意为：作者不需要做任何人，但是要理解任何人。‎ ‎【2011浙江杭州】五、完形填空 Monty was the son of a horse trainer. When he was in his ninth grade, he was asked to write a __31__ about what he wanted to be and do when he grew up. ‎ ‎ That night he wrote a seven-page paper saying that someday he’d __32__ a horse ranch (牧场). He wrote about his dream in great detail and he __33__ drew a picture of a 200-acre ranch with all the buildings. ‎ ‎ He put a great deal of his __34__ into the project and the next day he handed it in __35__ his teacher. Two days later he received his paper back. On the front page was a large red F with a __36__ that read, “See me after class.” ‎ ‎ The boy with the dream went to see the teacher after class and asked, “__37__ did I receive an F?”‎ The teacher said, “This is an __38__ dream for a young boy like you. You come from a poor family. Owning a horse ranch requires a lot of __39__. You have to buy the land. You have to pay for other things. There is no__40__ you could ever do it.” Then the teacher added, “__41__ you rewrite this paper with a more realistic goal, I will reconsider your grade.”‎ The boy went home and thought about __42__ long and hard. He asked his father what he should do. His father said, “Look, son, you have to make up your own mind on this. However, I think it is a very important __43__ for you.”‎ Finally, after sitting with it for a week, the boy turned in the __44__ paper, making no changes at all. He said to the teacher, “You can keep the F and I’ll keep my 14 .”‎ ‎31. A. speech B. paper C. notice D. diary ‎32. A. paint B. win C. own D. sell ‎33. A. just B. almost C. ever D. even ‎34. A. heart B. life C. advice D. trust ‎35. A. to B. with C. from D. for ‎36. A. word B. letter C. note D. post ‎37. A. How B. Why C. When D. Where ‎38. A. unusual B. unforgettable C. unimportant D. unrealistic ‎39. A. money B. time C. space D. effort ‎40. A. wonder B. way C. problem D. matter ‎41. A. Though B. since C. Until D. If ‎42. A. himself B. him C. it D. itself ‎43. A. change B. gift C. message D. decision ‎44. A. long B. thick C. same D. correct ‎45. A. grade B. dream C. duty D. secret ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文讲述的Monty是一位驯马师的儿子,他的作业是长大后的梦想写成一张纸。老师认为他的家庭贫穷，他的梦想不可能实现。让他重写一张。而在父亲的影响下，Monty仍然坚持自己的梦想，还是把原来那张纸交给了老师。‎ ‎31. B 根据下文可知，老师要求写一张纸，故选B。‎ ‎32. C 根据短文内容及文中句子“owning a horse ranch requires a lot of __39__”，可以推断选项B。‎ ‎33. D联系上下句，分析四个选项，可以推断他即写了还画了一个牧场，故选D。‎ ‎34. A根据题意可知他用心做作业，故选A。‎ ‎35. A固定词组的考察，把什么上交给谁，用hand in to sb，故选C。‎ ‎36. C 根据题意，并区别四个选项应是一张纸条，故选C。‎ ‎37. B 结合上下文应是询问得F的原因，故选B。‎ ‎38. D 根据下文的意思，可推断出老师认为他的梦想是不现实的，故选D。‎ ‎39. A根据下文意思，应是需要钱，故选A。‎ ‎40. B根据题意应是“方法，方式”。‎ ‎41. D连词的用法。 结合下一句，可知应选D。‎ ‎42. C 根据上下文，分析可知“他在考虑重写梦想的这件事”，故选C。‎ ‎43. D词意辨析。根据短文内容及四个选项中各词的不同意思，可推断出答案D。‎ ‎44. C依据下句的意思，可以推断出男孩上交的还是原来那张纸。故选C。‎ ‎45. B根据上句的意思，可以得知男孩让老师坚持原来的F，而自己还是坚持自己的梦想，故选B。‎ ‎【2011浙江金华】三、完形填空(共15小题，计15分)‎ ‎　　Jim Green has been in China for more than two years. He has been to many interesting     ‎31 in Beijing, but he has not yet been to many other parts of  32 . Last week he went to Mount Emei in Sichuan with his  33    .‎ ‎　　Many people like to travel by 34 , but the Greens think that travelling by train is the best. It is much 35 and far more enjoyable than a rushed journey by air. They had a wonderful train ride to Chengdu 36  they went on to Mount‎ ‎Emei by bus.‎ ‎　　The train was quite nice and tidy, and there weren't too many people in 37  sleeping car. The Greens could stand up and 38 around. It was a long journey, 39  none of them felt tired. They kept 40  the beautiful things out of the window. They talked, laughed and played cards. The conductor kept coming to give them hot water and 41   them newspapers. People nearby 42 with each other. A young man tried to speak English with Mr and Mrs Green. Jim thought the train was like a big moving party. He went to sleep quite 43  . He enjoyed listening to the sound of the running train and then fell asleep.‎ ‎　　When Jim woke up the next morning, the train was already 44 Chengdu. His train ride seemed really 45 , but his memory (记忆) of the pleasant journey will last long.‎ ‎31. A. schools      B.  places      C.  villages     D.  cities ‎32. A. England     B. America     C. China       D.  the world ‎33. A. friends     B.  classmates  C.  father       ‎ ‎ D.  family ‎34. A. air          B.  bus        C.  train          D.  ship ‎35. A. cheaper   B.  dearer     C.  dirtier       D.  quicker ‎36. A. before     B.  when      C.  after          D.  while ‎37. A. my          B.  your       C. our           D.  their ‎38. A. sit           B.  walk       C.  run            D.  dance ‎39. A. and         B. so          C.  also          D.  but ‎40. A. looking      B.  drawing   C.  watching       D.  getting ‎41. A. reading      B.  buying    C.  selling          D.  writing ‎42. A. talked        B. spoke      C.  told            D.  said ‎43. A. early          B.  late        C.  easily          D.  hard ‎44. A. beside        B.  to         C.  past            D.  near ‎45. A. quick         B.  slow       C. short            D.  Long ‎【主旨大意】本文介绍了Jim一家乘坐火车到峨眉山旅行的情况，并给Jim留下了美好印象。‎ ‎31. B 根据第一段第二句话和最后一句话可知许多有趣的地方，故选B。‎ ‎32. C 根据第一段第一句话可推断出C项。‎ ‎33. D根据第二段第一句话中的“the Greens”可推断出D项。。‎ ‎34. A结合第二段可知选A。‎ ‎35. A cheaper意思是“更便宜”；dearer意思是“更贵”；dirtier意思是“更脏”；quicker意为“更快”，根据本句意思可推断应该是“比起很快的飞机旅行，火车旅行更便宜更快乐”，故选A。‎ ‎36. A依据本句可推断他们是在到达峨眉山之前坐火车去的成都，故选A。‎ ‎37. D 由本段第二句话可推断选项为D。‎ ‎38. B 固定短语的用法。“walk around”意为“到处走走”，故选B。‎ ‎39. D根据本自然段的整体意思可推断出“大家一点也不累”，故选D。‎ ‎40. C依据前后句意可推断大家都在观看窗外的美丽风景，故选C。‎ ‎41. C 根据本句意思可知“售票员一直给他们提供热水并卖给他们报纸”，故选B。‎ ‎42. A 固定短语的用法。“talk with sb”意思是“与某人说话”,故选A。‎ ‎43. B根据本段的最后一句“ He enjoyed listening to the sound of the running train”可推断Jim很晚才睡觉，故选B。‎ ‎44. D介词的用法。Beside“在、、、、、、旁边”； to意思是“向,往,到”； past 的意思是“经过”； near的意思是“在、、、、、、附近”，根据文章意思可推断出D项。‎ ‎45. C根据最后一段意思及“but”一词，可判断“Jim的火车旅行虽然很短但这次快乐的旅行将持续很长时间”，故选C。‎ ‎【2011山东泰安】第二节 完形填空（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出能填入短文相应空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ Jack ‎41 in a small town in England. He always stayed in England 42 his holidays, but last year he thought, “I’ve never been to 43 countries. All my friends go to Spain, 44 they like it very much, so this year I’m going there, too.” So he got on a 45 to Spain and 46 at the airport of the capital, Madrid, and stayed in a hotel for a few days. On the first morning he went 47 for a walk. In England people drive on the left, but in Spain they drive on the right. Jack forgot about this, and 48 he was walking on a busy street, a bicycle knocked him down.‎ Jack 49 on the ground for a few minutes and then he sat up and said, “Where am I?”‎ Just then an old man selling maps went past him. When he heard Jack’s words, he said to him 50 , “Maps of the city, sir?” ‎ ‎41. A. flew B. lived C. went D. dropped ‎42. A. for B. off C. with D. into ‎43. A. all B. both C. other D. any ‎44. A. and B. but C. though D. however ‎45. A. bus B. plane C. train D. bike ‎46. A. reached B. left C. arrived D. stayed ‎47. A. down B. up C. away D. out ‎48. A. before B. while C. since D. after ‎49. A. lay B. stood C. fell D. jumped ‎50. A. once again B. on time C. at times D. at once ‎【主旨大意】‎ 本篇短文通过讲述杰克去西班牙旅游由于不懂交通规则而闹出笑话的故事，向人们说明了“凡事预则立,不立则废”的道理。 ‎ ‎41. B 根据题意知，杰克住在一个英格兰的一个小镇上，其他选项不符合逻辑，故选B。‎ ‎42. A 他常常带在英格兰度假，for his holiday表示目的。‎ ‎43. C根据短文内容他从未去过别的国家，other后面直接跟名词。‎ ‎44. A结合上句可知朋友们去了西班牙，而且他们也很喜欢，表示顺接关系。‎ ‎45. B从下文中的airport看出，杰克登上了去西班牙的飞机，故选B。‎ ‎46. C 固定词组。arrive at直接跟地点；而reach是及物动词，后面不跟at。 ‎ ‎47. D 结合上下句应是杰克外出散步。‎ ‎48. B 根据内容“当他在拥挤的路上散步时，一辆自行车撞上了他”，while后面跟延续性的动词。‎ ‎49. A根据句义“杰克在地上躺了一会儿然后站起来说我在哪儿”。‎ ‎50. D情景考查。此处当杰克自言自语时，恰好一位卖地图的人经过，他立刻说：“先生，城市的地图在这儿”。‎ ‎【2011重庆】III. 完形填空。（每小题2分，共20分）‎ 根据短文内容，从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个能填入相应空格内的最佳答案，并把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。‎ It is very important to stay healthy. I have a neighbor. She is an old lady. She can do all the housework, __41__ newspapers, watch TV and search on the Internet to learn something new. I often see __42__ do taijiquan in the morning and dance in the evening. She looks young and beautiful __43__ she is over seventy. Last week a reporter from a magazine interviewed her and asked __44__ she kept so young and healthy. She replied with a smile: ‎ I have a secret of staying young and healthy. It is quite __45__ keep your mind active，take an interest in the world __46__ you, and learn at least one new thing every day. Try to do different kinds of housework and do sports as __47__ you can. Don’t think you are too old to go back to __48__. I know a man who entered a medical college when he was 70 years old. He studied there for 6 years and now he is a doctor. Another man went to a tennis school at the age of 71 and now he is good at __49__ tennis. Some people may say staying young is easy only for those who live in the future. In fact, no matter how old you are, you can make it.‎ Please tell the story to your family. It would be a good start to __50__ the Lady’s example. I hope all people will stay young and healthy.‎ ‎41. A. look B. read C. see D. watch ‎42 A‎. her B. him C. other D. others ‎43. A. than B. since C. though D. because ‎44. A. what B. why C. who D. how ‎45. A. early B. dear C. easy D. late ‎46. A. under B. around C. above D. between ‎47. A. soon B. busily C. hardly D. often ‎48. A. place B. song C. school D. dance ‎49. A. buying B. losing C. sending D. playing ‎50. A. follow B. give C. make D. bring ‎【主旨大意】本文介绍了一位七十多岁的老人，永保青春活力的“秘诀”，就是多思考，多 运动，多学习，并希望所有人都保持年轻、健康。‎ ‎41B【解析】read newspapers意为“读报，看报”，当宾语为书、报纸、杂志时，感官动词用read。‎ ‎42. A【解析】由上文“She is an old lady”可知，她是一位女性。故选A。‎ ‎43. C【解析】考查让步状语从句。Than“比”；since“自从……以来，既然”；though“虽然，尽管”；because“因为”。句意为“尽管她七十多岁也，可看起来年轻、漂亮”。故选C。‎ ‎44. D【解析】由下文可知，记者采访她，是想知道她怎样保持年轻和健康。故选D。 45. C【解析】由下文紧接的两句话可知，保持活跃的思维是很容易的。故选C。‎ ‎46. B【解析】由句意“对你周围的世界感兴趣”可知，用around。故选B ‎47. D【解析】由上文可知，做家务和做运动要尽可能经常地做。as often as sb. can尽可能经常地。故选D。‎ ‎48. C【解析】由下文两个例子可知，他们都是进入了学校学习，因此，此处是“返回学校”之意，故选C。‎ ‎49. D【解析】考查固定搭配。Play tennis意为“打网球”。故选D。‎ ‎50. A【解析】句意为“仿效这位女士（做），是一个良好的开端”。故选A。‎ ‎【2011山东济宁】第二节 完形填空（共10小题，计10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从每小题A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出一个能填入文中相应空白处的最佳答案。‎ On my way home I knocked into a stranger as he passed by. “Oh. I'm terribly sorry,” I said. “That’s all right. Please excuse me too; I wasn't even 26____ you. I wish I didn’t hurt you.”‎ We were very 27 . We said good-bye and went on our way.‎ But at home we often 28 our loved ones in a different way.‎ Later that day, while I was cooking the evening meal, my daughter stood beside me very quietly. When I turned, I nearly 29 her down. “Move out of the way.” I shouted. She walked away, tears (眼泪) in her eyes.‎ While I lay awake in bed, I realized how 30 I’d spoken. So I decided to get up to say sorry to my daughter. On the way to her bedroom, to my surprise, I found some 31 by the door of the kitchen. At that time my tears began to fall. I quietly went and got down on my knees by her 32 . She woke up and put her arms around my neck when I kissed her. Then I asked, “Did you pick these flowers for me?”‎ She smiled, “I found them out by the tree. I picked them 33 they're pretty like you. I knew you’d like them. I stood quietly in order to give you a surprise.” “Oh dear, I'm really sorry for the way I acted today; I shouldn’t have shouted at you.”‎ ‎“ That’s okay. Mom. I 34 you anyway.”‎ I suddenly realized what a clever way it is to explain the word 35 like this: (F) ather (A) nd (M) other, (I) (L) ove (Y) ou!‎ ‎26. A. saving B. helping C. calling D. noticing ‎27. A. sad B. angry C. polite D. proud ‎28. A. help B. treat C. criticize D. encourage ‎29. A. put B. took C. turned D. knocked ‎30. A. sadly B. rudely C. softly D. calmly ‎31. A. books B. clothes C. flowers D. vegetables ‎32. A. bed B. though C. before D. because ‎34. A. love B. need C. miss D. hate ‎35. A. father B. mother C. family D. daughter ‎【主旨大意】本文通过“我”在路上撞到一个陌生人而相互道歉的事，引申到“我”在家撞到女儿，却态度粗鲁而感到内疚去跟女儿道歉的故事，从而引出对家的含义不同的诠释。‎ ‎26. D 根据句意可知，应该是注意到某人，故答案为D。‎ ‎27. C 根据前面可以判断相互道歉，应该是“我们”之间有礼貌。‎ ‎28. B 应该是以不同的方式对待我们家里爱的人。‎ ‎29. C 句意：当我转身的时候，几乎撞到了她。故选C。‎ ‎30. B 结合上文可知，“我”意识到我的态度很粗鲁。‎ ‎31. C 根据下文“Did you pick these flowers for me?”可知应该选C。‎ ‎32. A 从后句中“She woke up”可知，“女儿”已经睡觉了，故答案为A。‎ ‎33. D 由句意可以推知，前后句是因果关系，故答案为D。‎ ‎34. A 从前句可以应该是爱她的妈妈。‎ ‎35. C 通过“(F) ather (A) nd (M) other, (I) (L) ove (Y) ou!”可知应该选C。‎ ‎【2011四川乐山】第二节 完形填空（共15小题；每小题1分, 满分15分）‎ 阅读下列短文，掌握其大意，然后从36~50各题所给的三个或四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。 ‎ ‎ 【2011四川乐山】 A July 4 is the birthday of the United States of America. Since 1776, people have 36 the Independence Day holiday every year.‎ What do people 37 on Independence Day? Many colorful and interesting things. They have fireworks shows in the evenings and sing songs. Some families organize picnics with barbecues (烧烤). Kids can 38 much delicious food like hotdogs.‎ And these parties are a good time to dress up. Some kids make July 4 hats 39 the stars and stripes(星条) of the country’s flag on them. And Independence Day is in summer. Many kids use stars and stripes fans to keep themselves 40 .‎ It’s a great day, but no one forgets that it’s 41 too. US people are proud of their 42 and proud of what the founders did for it. On Independence Day everyone gets the chance to show it.‎ ‎36. A. spent B. celebrated C. decorated ‎37. A. do B. make C. give ‎38. A. smell B. sell C. eat ‎39. A. for B. with C. at ‎40. A. hot B. warm C. cool ‎41. A. funny B. serious C. boring ‎42. A. country B. school C. home ‎【主旨大意】‎1776年7月4日是美国诞生日，每年美国人都会隆重纪念自己的国庆日。文章详细表述了庆祝过程中，人们会穿上盛装，举办焰火表演，享受烧烤美食。当然，国庆日对每一个美国人来说也是一个严肃的日子，人们在为祖国自豪的同时也不会忘记缅怀创立者的丰功伟绩。‎ ‎36、B根据句意，人们每年都要庆祝独立日。Spent表示度过这个节日，decorated是“装饰”的意思，与原文意思不符，故选B。‎ ‎37、A 根据下文的表述，可以知道这是本段的首括句:人们会在庆祝日做些什么呢？‎ ‎38、C家庭组织烧烤野营，孩子们当然会享受美食了。故选C。‎ ‎39、B考查定语。With短语作后置定语，带有星星和星条的帽子。‎ ‎40、C许多孩子为了装酷，用带星星和星条的扇子。Hot 和warm不符合文意。‎ ‎41、B 本句承上启下，在欢庆的同时，人们没有忘记这也是一个严肃的日子。‎ ‎42、A 人们为祖国而感到骄傲，本文是围绕国庆日进行表述的，B、C不切题意。‎ ‎【2011四川乐山】B One day an old man went into a cafeteria (自助餐厅) to eat in America for the first time. He sat down at an empty table and waited for 43 to take his order. Of course nobody did. Finally, a woman with a plate full of food sat down opposite him and told him how a cafeteria 44 .‎ ‎ “Start out at that end,” she said. “Just go along the line and 45 what you want. At the other end they’ll tell you how much you have to pay.”‎ ‎“I soon learned that’s how everything works in the US,” the old man later told a friend. “ 46 is a cafeteria here. You can get anything you want 47 you are willing(自愿的) to pay the price. You can even get success, but you’ll never get it if you wait for someone to 48 it to you. You have to get up and get it yourself.” ‎ ‎ 49 , life everywhere is like a cafeteria. Don’t wait for things to happen to you. Success lies in your own 50 .‎ ‎43. A. his friend B. his wife C. a stranger D. someone ‎ ‎44. A. worked B. painted C. repaired D. planned ‎45. A. send out B. give out C. pick out D. look out ‎46. A. School B. Life C. Office D. Company ‎47. A. if B. because C. though D. until ‎48 A‎. carry B. lend C. move D. bring ‎49. A. In peace B. In the end C. In fact D. In a hurry ‎ ‎50. A. work B. hands C. opinion D.‎ ‎ books ‎【主旨大意】通过一位老人在咖啡馆的经历告诉人们一个深刻的道理：不要等着天上掉馅饼，成功与幸福只有掌握在自己手中。‎ ‎43、D 老人按照自己的思维方式找到一个空桌坐下，然后等人（服务员）来接受自己的吩咐。‎ ‎44、A 以为端着满盘子食物的老太太告诉他咖啡馆内是如何运作的。此处work不应理解为“工作”，而应理解为“起作用”或“运行规则”。‎ ‎45、C 结合文意：直直的走过去然后挑选你所需要的。Pick out是挑选的意思。‎ ‎46、B本句是老人的心得，富有哲理：生活就像咖啡馆。‎ ‎47、A与46空合为一个整体：如果你愿意埋单的话，你可以得到一切。‎ ‎48、D 与上文整体理解：你不要指望任何人会把幸福和成功带给你。Bring是带来的意思。‎ ‎49、C语气的缓解，进一步阐述自己的观点，由“事实上”引出下文。‎ ‎50、B 整体理解点名文意：成功掌握在自己的手中。‎ ‎【2011浙江台州】三、完形填空（本题有15小题，每小题1分，共15分）‎ ‎ 阅读下面的短文，理解其大意，然后从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项，使文章完整、通顺。‎ ‎ It was Molly’s job to hand her father his paper lunch each morning before he went to work. One morning, besides his usual lunch bag, Molly 26 him a second paper bag. This one didn’t look so good. It was 27 and was held togethter with tape(胶带).‎ Her father kissed Molly and started off to work with the 28 bags.‎ On his lunch break, while he was eating, he looked 29 the second old bag: two small dolls, three small stones and some coins. The busy father smiled, finished eating and 30 away the bags, dolls and stones.‎ That 31 when they were having supper, Molly asked, “Where’s my bag, Daddy?”‎ ‎“What bag?”‎ ‎“The one I gave 32 this morning.”‎ ‎“I left it at the office, 33 ?”‎ ‎“I forget to put this note in it,” she said, “Those are the 34 I really love. I thought you might like to 35 with them. You didn’t lose the bag, did you, Daddy?”‎ ‎“Oh, no.” he said, lying (撒谎). “I 36 forget to bring it home. I’ll bring it tomorrow.”‎ When Molly put her arm around her father’s neck, he opened the 37 ‎ ‎ that read: “I love you , Daddy.”‎ Molly had given him her treasures (财富), 38 he had thrown them into the trash can (垃圾箱). So when he went back to the 39 , he went straight to the trash can and 40 all of Molly’s things. He put the treasures inside the bag and carried it home.‎ ‎26. A. handed B. asked C. helped D. bought ‎27. A. nice B. old C. empty D. expensive ‎28. A. two B. three C. four D. five ‎29. A. for B. after C. into D. around ‎30. A. gave B. put C. ran D. threw ‎31. A. morning B. noon C. evening D. midnight ‎32. A. you B. him C. her D. them ‎33. A. Who B. When C. Where D. Why ‎34. A. foods B. places C. people D. collections ‎35. A. study B. play C. deal D. fight ‎36. A. even B. just C. still D. hardly ‎37. A. card B. letter C. note D. book ‎ ‎38. A. so B. or C. but D. and ‎39. A. shop B. office C. bedroom D. school ‎ ‎40. A. turned up B. used up C. gave up D. picked up ‎【主旨大意】一个充满爱心的女孩将两个玩具、三个石头和一些硬币放在爸爸吃饭的另一个午饭袋里，然而粗心的爸爸却将它扔掉，当聪明的爸爸知道女儿的心思后，将这份女儿对自己的爱重新拾回来。‎ ‎26. A 根据题意每天将纸午饭袋交给爸爸是Molly的任务。其它选项不符合逻辑。‎ ‎27. B 根据上下文，可知这个纸袋看起来不漂亮，且里面装着东西。‎ ‎28. A 根据上文今天早晨Molly在平常的纸午饭袋旁又放了一个。‎ ‎29. C 短语辨析 look for寻找；lokk after照料，照顾； look into往……里面看；look around环顾。根据文章应为“往纸袋里面看”。‎ ‎30. D 根据文章大意应为把纸袋扔掉。‎ ‎31. C 根据下文 “当他们晚上吃晚饭时”。‎ ‎32. A 考查代词“今天早晨给你的”。‎ ‎33. D 根根据文意应为“有什么事，怎么了”。‎ ‎34. D 根据上文在第二个纸袋里，放有洋娃娃、小石头。硬币等收藏品。‎ ‎35. B 孩子认为爸爸可能和她一样喜欢玩这些东西。‎ ‎36. B 单词辨析even甚至；即使 just只是仅仅； still 仍然，hardly几乎不；“我只是把它忘了带回来。”‎ ‎37. C 根据下文可知Molly读的是以小纸条。‎ ‎38. C 考查连词的用法。由上文“Molly把她的财富给了他”和“他把它扔进垃圾桶”。可知，为转折关系。‎ ‎39. B 根据句意应为“回到办公室”。‎ ‎40. D 短语辨析。turn up出现；use up用尽；give up放弃；pick up拾起捡起。此处应为“他径直走向垃圾桶把Molly所有的东西捡起来”。‎ ‎【2011山东潍坊】（说明文）三、完形填空（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ 先阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从A, B , C, D四个选项中选出最佳选项。‎ As we all know, Charles Dickens is considered to be a great English writer. He's very famous not only in Britain, but also in many other ‎31 in the world. He was born in 1812 and he lived in London. He wrote lots of books, and he also liked 32 . He was an actor. ‎ Maybe it's interesting to hear that and that's 33 his books were so good. He gave public readings of his stories that were very popular. His stories first appeared in a magazine, in parts. People always wanted 34 part. He wrote a lot, and most of them are popular. There are films and plays of them 35 : Oliver Twist became a famous musical play, and Great Expectations was a wonderful 36 __.Dickens' early life was very hard. His family was poor, and his mother sent him out to work in a factory when he was 12. He 37 it, but he used his experiences in his writing. He married Catherine Hogarth and they had a big family. He continued to write 38 he died. When he died in 1870, he was ‎39 a story. But what a pity! We'll never know _40_ it ended.‎ ‎31. A. cities B. countries C. towns D. villages ‎32. A. reading B. writing C. acting D. playing ‎33. A. what B. how C. when D. why ‎34. A. the next B. next C. next to D. next time ‎35. A. too B. as well C. as well as D. also ‎36. A. book B. story C. play D. film ‎37. A. hated B. enjoyed C. wanted D. shamed ‎38. A. as B. while C. until D. since ‎39. A. drawing B. singing C. writing D. making ‎40. A. what B. how C. who D. which ‎【主旨大意】本文介绍了英国著名作家查尔斯狄更斯的一生：生活虽然很穷苦，但是，他写了很多著名的故事，他的故事被搬上舞台和屏幕，他一直写书到去世。他的一生给人们留下了深刻的印象。‎ ‎31. B ‎ 根据句意“不但在英国……”，英国是一个国家，所以“而且在世界上其他国家。”故选B。‎ ‎32. C 根据下文“He was an actor”说明他喜欢表演。故选C。‎ ‎33. D根据下文给出了它书的好处，所以该句为“你就是它的书为什么好的原因。”故选D。‎ ‎34. A 根据上文，他的故事总是出现一部分，那么人们就总想知道“下一部分”。The next特指“下一部分”。故选A。‎ ‎35. B too意思是“也”，位于句尾，和前句用逗号隔开；as well意思是“也”，位于句尾；as well as意思是“也”，位于居中；also意为“也”，位于系动词之后，行为动词之前。故选B。‎ ‎36. D 根据Great Expectations我们可以判断是一部电影。故选D。‎ ‎37. A 根据下午的连词but表示转折，所以，可以判断他讨厌。故选A。‎ ‎38. C 连词的用法。as意为“一样地,同样地”；while意为“当……时候”；until意为“直到……”；since意为“既然；自从”。根据句意“他继续写直到去世。”故选C。‎ ‎39. C根据上文他一直写书到死，说明他死的时候正在写故事。故选B。‎ ‎40. B依据前后句意可推断我们不会知道故事是如何结束的。故选B。‎ ‎【2011浙江宁波】Ⅵ. 完形填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ When I was about 12 years old, I really wanted a new bike! I __36__ my parents my birthday wish, but I knew there was little hope because my family could __37__ have that money.‎ On my birthday my parents told me they had my __38__ outside in the back yard. At once I __39__ out to the yard. There was my bike, __40__ it wasn’t the bike that I thought it would be. This one was pink, old and worn with age. It was so __41__! I thought I __42__ my parents’ feelings because I could see the disappointment __43__ their faces and I was sure they could see it on mine. I __44__ the old bike and rode it, feeling __45__ that I had made my parents feel this way. So I put on a smile, rode as fast as I could and didn’t __46__...‎ As time went by, I began to understand my parents gave me __47__ much more than just a rusty（生锈的）old bike. They gave me a life lesson about __48__. When you give something out of love, it doesn’t matter what it is in fact. What matters is the love that is in it. I like to remember this __49__ because giving a gift is not about money. It’s about how much love you can feel from it. Do remember, a gift that __50__ two dollars isn’t any less valuable（有价值的）than one that costs one hundred dollars, or even more.‎ ‎36. A. talked B. spoke C. said D. ‎ told ‎ ‎37. A. hardly B. quickly C. slowly D. easily ‎38. A. guitar B. gift C. cake D. card ‎39. A. rushed B. rode C. climbed D. came ‎ ‎40. A. and B. or C. but D. because ‎41. A. exciting B. interesting C. relaxing D. disappointing ‎ ‎42. A. liked B. hated C. hurt D. thanked ‎43. A. on B. in C. at D. for ‎44. A. got in B. got on C. got off D. got up ‎45. A. surprised B. excited C. happy D. bad ‎46. A. look ahead B. look back C. come up D. come down ‎47. A. anything B. nothing C. something D. everything ‎48. A. love B. money C. friendship D. knowledge ‎49. A. idea B. news C. advice D. story ‎50. A. spends B. costs C. pays D. offers ‎【主旨大意】本文通过讲述一开始，我不喜欢爸爸妈妈送我的生日礼物，后来领会到爸妈的心意，改变了态度的故事，告诉人们爱的价值不是以金钱来衡量的道理。‎ ‎36. D talk谈论；speak说，讲；say说话；tell告诉。这里是把我的想法告诉父母。‎ ‎37. A hardly几乎不；quickly迅速地；slowly缓慢的；easily容易地。根据句意选A。‎ ‎38. B 根据句意推出是生日礼物。‎ ‎39. A 结合语境意思，可知我当时迫切的心情。用run比较符合句意。‎ ‎40. C 从上下文看，此处表示转折。‎ ‎41. D 看到旧自行车不是很满意，情绪很失落。‎ ‎42. C 根据上下文意思，我的举动可能伤了父母的心。‎ ‎43. A 固定词组。on one’s face 在某人脸上 ‎44. B 固定词组的考查。get in进入；get on上车；get off下车；get up起床 ‎45. D 根据句意，我意识到我的举动令父母伤心了。‎ ‎46. B 排除法做此题。当时我已经感到惭愧了，应该是头也不回骑着自行车，表现出喜欢自行车的样子。‎ ‎47. C 结合句意，父母给我的许多样东西不仅仅是一辆生锈的旧自行车。‎ ‎48. A 从上下文意思，看出是love，是父母对孩子的爱。‎ ‎49. D 词义辨析。idea主意，想法；news消息；advice建议，忠告；story故事。‎ ‎50. B 主语gift礼物是物，花费用cost。‎ ‎【2011四川内江】第二节 完形填空(本节10个小题，每小题1分，共10分)‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后所给各题的ABC三个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡下将该项涂黑。‎ One Friday night, a poor young man stood at the train station, He played his violin and many people put __41__ into the hat in front of him.‎ The next day, the young man came to the station __42__. But this time he took out a large piece of paper __43__ some words on it. It said," Last night a lady __44__ Mrs Sang put an important thing into my hat __45__. Please come for it. "‎ After about an hour, a middle - aged woman ran to the young man in a hurry and said, “You do come here. I know that you're a(n) __46__ man and will certainly come here.” They had a talk and the young man made sure she was the owner. Then he took out a lottery ticket (彩票) and __47__ it to the woman. Her husband bought a lottery ticket every day.' Yesterday when she knew the lottery ticket he bought won, she was very __48__. The prize of the lottery ticket was＄500,000. When she walked past the young man, she took out $50 and put it in the hat. __49__, the lottery ticket was also thrown in.‎ Later, someone asked the young man, “You play the violin every day to make money. Why didn't you just take the prize of the lottery ticket for yourself?" The young man said,” Although 1 don't have much money, I live happily. But if I __50__ honesty, I won't be happy forever. "‎ ‎41. A. money B. tickets C. paper ‎42. A. instead B. differently C. again ‎43. A. for B. with C. over ‎44. A. introduced B. spelled C. named ‎45. A. by mistake B. for mistake C. on mistake ‎46. A. crazy B. cool C. honest ‎47. A. gave B. lent C. offered ‎48. A. surprising B. happy C. exciting ‎49. A. But B. However C. Therefore ‎50. A. have B. win C. lose ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述了一位靠拉琴为生的穷苦年轻人意外得到一张中奖彩票，但是他没有贪财，及时归还彩票的故事。这个故事告诉人们诚信是做人之本，一旦失去诚信，就没有快乐。‎ ‎41. A 根据此句“When she walked past the young man, she took out $50 and put it in the hat.”得出答案为A。‎ ‎42. C 根据上下文意思，得出答案again。‎ ‎43. B 此处with表示带有。‎ ‎44. C named意为“叫做……”，此处为过去分词作定语。‎ ‎45. A 固定用法。by mistake意为“错误地”。‎ ‎46. C 结合下文意思，得出答案honest诚实的。‎ ‎47. A give把……给……；lend把……借给……；offer提供，给予。根据句意，答案为A。‎ ‎48. B 根据题意选B。A和C不是修饰人的。‎ ‎49. B but但是；however然而；therefore因此。根据句意“然而，这个彩票也扔进去了。”故选B。‎ ‎50. C 根据句意，如果我失去诚信，我将永远不快乐。‎ ‎【2011山东临沂】三、完形填空。(共10小题，计 10分)‎ ‎ 阅读短文内容，选择最佳答案。‎ How do you usually get to school? Buy bus? On foot? Roby Burch, 16, a US student, gets to school a little 36__________---he goes by horse (马). ‎ Burch has been riding his white horse 4 miles to and from school 37 __________the beginning of the semester. “Every morning, wearing my blue jacket and jeans, I’m on my way at 6 am.” Burch says, “The streets are mostly 38__________ at this time of morning. It’s a nice way to start the day.” ‎ The idea was his 39__________. His family were enjoying their vacation on their farm this summer, “My dad just said, ‘Roby, you 40__________ ride your horse to school every day.’” says Burch. He thought it really was a good idea. ‎ When they got back home, Burch asked for permission from the headmaster (校长), Joe Cox, and surprisingly, he got the green light. Cox even 41__________ Burch to keep the horse next to the headmaster’s house. Then his dad helped Burch find the best route to school. It is along back streets and has 42__________cars than the others. ‎ For the return trip every afternoon, Burch leaves school at 5:45 pm. Even now, as the days grow shorter and colder, he 43__________ to ride his horse. “ I will ride my horse even in the coldest weather.” he says. ‎ Burch says the first time he sat on a horse as a four-year-old boy he was afraid. 44__________ now, “it’s what I do best.” It’s no surprise that he wants to be a cowboy (牛仔) when he grows up. “I love riding horses more than 45 __________ else.” He says, “It’s really a guy thing.” ‎ ‎36. A. normally B. casually C. differently D. actually ‎ ‎37. A. for B. since C. before D. after ‎ ‎38. A. empty B. crowded C. busy D. awful ‎ ‎39. A. sister’s B. brother’s C. mom’s D. dad’s ‎ ‎40. A. will B. won’t C. should D. shouldn’t ‎ ‎41. A. invited B. allowed C. taught D. urged ‎ ‎42. A. fewer B. few C. more D. many ‎ ‎43. A. begins B. stops C. continues D. refuses ‎ ‎44. A. so B. or C. and D. but ‎ ‎45. A. anything B. nothing C. everybody D. somebody ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文讲述的是一个学生骑马上学的事情。短文详细叙述了这个学生选择骑马上学的全过程。‎ ‎36. C 下文句意提示该生上学的方式与上文提供的方式有点不同，用differently 表达。‎ ‎37. C 介词since 和名词the beginning 连用，表示“自开学之初”。‎ ‎38. B形容街道拥挤用形容词crowded表达，busy 用来修饰traffic。‎ ‎39. D 考查上下文意义对应。下文他父亲的话提示骑马上学这个主意来自他的父亲。‎ ‎40. C根据他父亲提建议这一语言环境，可知用情态动词should。‎ ‎41. B 副词even“甚至”提示空格处用动词allow, allow sb to do sth 意为“允许某人做某事”。‎ ‎42. A 因为选择的是“僻静的街道”，所以应为“更少”，用few 修饰可数名词，下文than 提示用比较级形式。‎ ‎43. C 通过even now 和下句意义，可知“他仍然继续骑马上学”，continue to do sth “继续干某事”。‎ ‎44. D句意表示转折，“原来他害怕，但现在…”，用连词but 表达。‎ ‎50. A 是“骑马”这件事和其它事情相比，不是我和其他人相比。用anything else 表示“任何其它事情。”‎ ‎ 7 more than thirty years later, the “white bike” is back in town—this time with a computer chip(芯片) to 8 its every move! To take a bicycle, you have to put a special card inside. The new “White bike” is not white any more but is an unusual 9 with bright colours. The bikes are parked at special parking places and people who want to use them have to take them to another place that has enough room.‎ There is already less traffic in central Amsterdam, 10 both locals and tourists have been using the white bikes. Thanks to the good ideas of lots of people, like the cycling fans in the 1960s, many people around the world have been enjoying city centre streets without cars for many years.‎ ‎( )1.A. stole B. had C. refused D. dropped ‎( )2.A. thoughtful B. helpful C. hopeful D. thankful ‎( )3.A. black B. brown C. blue D. white ‎( )4.A. Anyone B. Everyone C. No one D. Someone ‎( )5.A. take B. leave C. carry D. send ‎( )6.A. robbers B. shoplifters C. kidnappers D. thieves ‎( )7.A. However B. Instead C. Therefore D.‎ ‎ Though ‎( )8.A.make B. mark C. record D. describe ‎( )9.A. design B. idea C. size D. experiment ‎( )10.A. so B. because C. but D. while 主旨大意：本文介绍了有自行车之城的阿姆斯特丹那里的人们推广绿色交通骑单车出行的方法。‎ ‎1.B跳读本段所述可知，这一群骑车爱好者，有了一个主意，即希望在市中心让人们骑车，故用动词have的过去式。‎ ‎2.C读后句可知，这个方案的实施能节约能源，减少污染，提供免费的公共交通，因而是有希望实施的，故选C项。‎ ‎3.D跳读下文所述可知，这群人把自行车涂成白色的放在阿姆斯特丹的公共处，让人们来使用。故选D项。‎ ‎4.A理解上下文所述可推断，在阿姆斯特丹的任何人都可以骑这些自行车进行短道行驶，故选A项。‎ ‎5.B理解前半句可推断，人们使用完自行车后，要把它留在那里让别人使用，留下来用动词leave，故选B项。‎ ‎6.D根据常识可知，偷这些自行车的人应是叫做贼，故选D项。‎ ‎7.A通读上下文可知，尽管以前自行车经常被盗，而三十年后，这种方便于人们出行的自行车又出现了，前后有转折关系，故选A项。‎ ‎8.C跳读下文所述可知，这些电脑芯片放置于自行车中的功能是能够记录自行车的移动情况，故选C项。‎ ‎9.A理解句意，这种自行车不再是白色，人们把它们设计成一些明亮的色彩，这是一种不同寻常的设计，故选A项。‎ ‎10.B通读全句分析，后面的句子是前面句子阿姆斯特丹市中心交通工具少的原因，故用表示原因的连词because。‎ ‎【2011浙江丽水】三、完形填空（共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分）‎ ‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。‎ Eric was terribly ill. He couldn't move and had to spend all day in 31_________. Because his friends were not allowed to go near him, he felt quite 32_________ . Every day he just looked out of the 33 _________, doing nothing at all. As time passed, Eric became more and more hopeless.‎ One day, however, he saw something very 34 _________in the window. A panda was eating sandwiches there. Eric was very surprised. Before he could 35 _________what had happened, he saw a monkey playing the violin. After a while, he saw more and more 36_________ characters outside the window. This time he began to 37 _________a lot and could hardly stop.‎ No one would stop laughing when they saw a pig playing a drum, or a dog 38 _________a pair of glasses and acting like a teacher. Eric didn't tell anyone about this 39_________ he thought nobody would believe this. Anyway, those strange characters brought happiness back 40 _________his heart. Soon he got well and was able to go back to 41_________ again.‎ When class was over. Eric told his 42_________ about all the strange things he had seen. While he was talking, he saw something coming out of Tom's 43 _________. He wanted very much to know what it was, so he asked Tom 44 _________. Finally Tom had to 45_________ him what was in the bag. There, inside, were all the fancy-dress (假面) toys that Tom had used to cheer him up! ‎ ‎ And from that day on, Eric always did his best to make sure that no one was sad or lonely.‎ ‎31. A. school B. bed C. church D. class ‎ ‎32. A. happy B. tired C. sad D. excited ‎ ‎33. A. window B. book C. door D. wall ‎ ‎34. A. delicious B. warm C. useful D. strange ‎ ‎35. A. find out B. pick up C. take away D. get back ‎ ‎36. A. quiet B. brave C. funny D. dangerous ‎ ‎37. A. cry B. laugh C. run D. sing ‎ ‎38. A. making B. selling C. inventing D. wearing ‎ ‎39. A. because B. but C. so D or ‎ ‎40. A. for B. with C. into D. by ‎ ‎41. A. work B. school C. town D. hospital ‎ ‎42. A. parents B. brothers C. sisters D. classmates ‎ ‎43. A. eyes B. shoes C. jacket D. schoolbag ‎ ‎44. A. again and again B. as usual C. day and night D. in time ‎ ‎45. A. teach B. show C. lend D. sell ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文通过讲述汤姆默默帮助病重男孩艾瑞克树立生活的希望的故事，告诉大家没有人是孤单悲伤地。‎ ‎31. B 根据句意艾瑞克不能动，只能是躺在床上。‎ ‎32. C 别的朋友都不和他玩，说明他感到很悲伤。‎ ‎33. A look out of the window 意为“向窗外看”。‎ ‎34. D 由后面的文章可知,这些事情很奇怪.‎ ‎35. A find out意为弄明白，pick up意为捡起，take away意为拿走，get back意为取回。‎ ‎36. C 只有funny和dangerous的比较级前面加more,但dangerous意为危险的，不符合本意。‎ ‎37. B 由上面的句子知道这些可笑人物特征让艾瑞克笑了。‎ ‎38. D 戴眼镜用wear.‎ ‎39. A 解释原因用because,‎ ‎40. C bring sth. into one’s heart给某人的内心带来…‎ ‎41. B 病好了之后当然要去上学了。‎ ‎42. D 下课之后，只能和同学们讲述自己的经历了。‎ ‎43. D 由下文“what was in the bag”可知，应该是书包。‎ ‎44. A again and again意为一次又一次地 ‎45. B show意为出示给某人看。‎ ‎【2011邵阳】‎ B)完形填空阅读短文，掌握其大意，然后从每题所给的ABC三个选项中选出最佳答案。(共10小题，每小题1分)‎ Are only clever and good-looking students happy in the school? Best-selling ___31___ Xiao Nizi (Nini) doesn’t think so.‎ ‎ “___32___ has his own place in the sky." she said. "We're all special in our own ways.”‎ Nini, from Hunan, writes stories about young people in the school. Her books, ___33___ Devils Kiss and Un-e on Midsummer’s Night, are very ___34___ with students.‎ In her stories, the main characters arc usually common girls who are neither pretty ___35___ smart. But they always win the love of a Prince Charming(白马王子)，or ___36___ successful stars.‎ ‎"It’s not because of luck."' said Nini. ""They are ___37___ honest and they don't lie. They know what they arc good ___38___ and work hard to realize their dreams. "‎ Nini herself is like one of the characters in her stories. She was a shy girl at school. But she thought a lot and liked languages, and that made her ___39___ to be a writer. She hopes her stories ___40__ make more kids happy.‎ ‎31. A. writer B. reader C. speaker ‎32. A. Nobody B. Everyone C. Someone ‎33. A. as B. for example C. such as ‎34. A. successful B. popular C. funny ‎35. A. nor B. or C. but ‎36. A. become B. make C. take ‎37. A. still B. only C. ever ‎38. A. at B. for C. with ‎39. A. deciding B. to decide C. decide ‎40. A. can B. must C. need ‎【主旨大意】本文主要介绍了湖南一个叫妮妮的女孩子，她写的故事的特点。‎ ‎31.A 【解析】根据第三段的…writes stories about young people可知。‎ ‎32. B 【解析】句意为：每个人在天空下都有自己的位置。‎ ‎33.C 【解析】 句意为：她的书，例如《恶魔之吻》，《仲夏夜之爱》都被学生们喜爱。for example; such as均意为“例如”。for example一般举一例；such as 一般举两个或者两个以上的例子。‎ ‎34. B【解析】 be popular with 意为“受欢迎的”。‎ ‎35. A【解析】本题考查词组：neither…nor“既不…也不”。句意为；她故事中的主人公都是普通的女孩子，既不美丽也不聪明。‎ ‎36.A 【解析】句意为：她们总是赢得白马王子的爱。或者成为明星。become“成为”。‎ ‎37.B 【解析】still 意为“依旧”；only意为“只是”；ever意为“曾经”。句意为：她们只是诚实，不说谎。‎ ‎38.A【解析】本题考查词组。be good at，意为“擅长”；be good for, 意为“对…有好处”；; be good with, 意为“与…相处的好”。句意为：她们知道自己擅长什么。‎ ‎39..C【解析】make sb. +动词原形。 ‎ ‎40.A【解析】句意为：她希望她的故事使年轻人开心。.‎ ‎【2011广安市】第二节：完形填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 先通读下面的短文，读懂大意，然后从后面各题所给的A、B、C、三个选项中选择可以填入相应空白处的最佳选项。‎ ‎(A)‎ An old man has a cat. The cat now is very old. She can’t run quickly, and she can’t bite 41 .One day the old cat saw a mouse, she jumped and 42 it. But she couldn’t bite it. So the mouse got out of her 43 and ran away. The old man got very 44 and beat the cat. The cat said to him. “Don’t beat your servant. Don’t be unkind to the 45 When they are young, they can do good work.”‎ ‎41. A. too B. also C. either ‎42. A. catch B. caught C. catches ‎43. A. mouth B. eyes C. hands ‎44. A. sad B. satisfied C. angry ‎45. A. young B. old C. sick ‎【主旨大意】一只猫老了，跑的不快而且也抓不住老鼠了，主人对它很不满，常常打它。‎ 老猫说：“不要虐待老人，年轻的时候，他们可是干活的好手啊！”‎ ‎41、C老猫既跑的不快，也不能咬住东西了，在否定句中的“也”用either表示。‎ ‎42、B猫跳起来抓老鼠，时态要与jumped保持一致。‎ ‎43、A老鼠从她的嘴里逃脱了。‎ ‎44、C根据情境，老猫没逮住老鼠，因此主人很生气。‎ ‎45、B the加名词表示一类事物。the old表示老人。‎ ‎【2011广安市】(B) ‎ Food is very important. Everyone needs to 46 well if he or she wants to have a strong body. Our minds also need a kind of food. This kind of food is 47 . We begin to get knowledge even when we are very young. Small children are ‎48 in everything around them. They learn 49 while they are watching and listening. When they are getting older. they begin to 50 storybooks, science books, or anything they like.‎ When they find something new, they have to ask questions and 51 to find out the answers. What’s the best 52 to get knowledge? If we learn 53 ourselves, we will get the most knowledge. If we are 54 getting answers from others and don’t ask why, we will never learn more and understand 55 .‎ ‎46. A. sleep B. drink C. cat ‎47. A. sport B. knowledge C. meat ‎48. A. interested B. interesting C. good ‎49. A. something B. nothing C. anything ‎50. A. write B. learn C. read ‎51. A. try B. think C. wait ‎52. A. place B. way C. road ‎53. A. with B. to C. by ‎54. A. seldom B. always C. sometimes ‎55. A. much B. well C. better ‎【主旨大意】正像身体需要吃东西来补充营养一样，我们的大脑也需要营养，那就是不断地学习知识。人的不同生长阶段学习的方式不同，但是最好的学习方式是自学，这样可以保证你学到最多的知识。‎ ‎46、C每个人只有吃好才能长出强壮的身体。‎ ‎47、B对于大脑而言，它的食物自然是知识了。‎ ‎48、A固定词组 be interested in，“对----感兴趣”的意思 ‎49、C在儿童感知周围事物的时候，学习一切知识。‎ ‎50、C随着孩子的长大，他们开始读一些书籍。‎ ‎51、A考查固定词组。Try to do sth。表示“努力或尝试干某事”。‎ ‎52、B根据文意：学习的最好方式是什么呢？‎ ‎53、C固定词组。Learn by oneself是“自学”的意思。‎ ‎54、B如果我们只是从别人那里寻找答案而不问为什么。可以结合下文理解。‎ ‎55、C联系上文：我们就永远不会学得更多，理解的更好，此处要用比较级形式，与more前后对应。‎ ‎【2011•兰州】三、完形填空 (共10小题，每小题1分，满分10分) ‎ ‎ One day at the end of the class, a wise teacher told each of her students to ‎1 a plastic bag and a bag of potatoes to school. ‎ ‎ The next day she told her students: “From today on, for every person you don't like in your lives, you can choose a potato, write the person's name and the date 2 it and then put it in the plastic bag.” Day after day, some of the students' bags were very 3 . They were then told to carry this bag with them everywhere they went for a week. They would put it inside their quilts 4 , on the seats when sitting in a car or on a bus , and next to their desks at school. The days carrying the bag around with them 5 students get to know what a weight they were carrying in their minds. They had to pay attention to it all the time 6 they wouldn't forget it. As time passed by, the potatoes went bad and 7 nasty(恶心). They all tired to get rid of them. ‎ ‎ Too often we think of tolerance（宽容）as a gift to 8 people, and it clearly is for ourselves! If we choose to keep our sadness and hatred（仇恨）in our 9 , we will have to ‎ carry them around all our lives. ‎ ‎ Do you think you have got 10 from the wise teacher and what she asked her students ‎ to do? ‎ ‎1. A. take B. bring C. put D. show ‎2. A. in B. at C. on D. with ‎3. A. heave B. strong C. light D. big ‎ ‎4. A. in the morning B. in the afternoon C. during the day D. at night ‎5. A. kept B. made C. asked D. allowed ‎6. A. as soon as B. since C. so that D. until ‎7. A. sounded B. tasted C. smelt D. felt ‎8. A. another B. other C. the other D. others ‎9. A. hands B. eyes C. stomachs D. hearts ‎10. A. anything B. nothing C. somebody D. Anybody ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文通过讲述一个有智慧的老师叫学生把生活中不喜欢的人名写在马铃薯上，日积月累，马铃薯变多了，且变坏了，从而让学生明白不要把别人的仇恨放在心上，在生活中要学会宽容。‎ ‎1. B 由下文知，老师叫学生每人带一个塑料袋和一袋马铃薯到学校，因此用动词bring。‎ ‎2. C 由题意“把名字和日期写在马铃薯上”，因此用介词on。‎ ‎3. A 由前文“一天天，学生的书包变重了”，因此用heavy。‎ ‎4. D 由后文“坐在车子里时，要放在座位上”可推知，前文“晚上睡觉时放在被子里”，因此选D。21世纪教育网 ‎5. B 由动词原形get知，应选B，因为选项中只有动词make后接动词原形。‎ ‎6. C 由题意“他们不得不一直关注它，以致于不会忘记”，so that以致于，因此选C。‎ ‎7. C 由前文“马铃薯变坏了”知，闻起来恶心，smell闻起来，因此选C。‎ ‎8. B 由题意“我们经常性地把宽容作为一份礼物送给其他的人”，other people其他的人，因此选B。‎ ‎9. D 由前文知，悲伤和仇恨放在心里，因此用hearts。‎ ‎10. A 由题意“你已从这位老师身上明白了一些事情吗？”，因此选A。‎ ‎【2011浙江舟山】三、完形填空（本题有15小题，每小题1分；共15分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项，使文章完整、通顺。‎ IMAGINE a life without arms or legs! You can’t hold anyone in your 26 . You can’t walk anywhere with your feet. How would you last a day like that? Would you 27 at yourself in the mirror like Nick Vujicic, the 29-year-old Australian?‎ Nick was born without limbs（四肢）, so life was not 28 for him. At school many students played jokes on him 29 he looked different from everyone else. He was refused to be 30 friends, so he always felt 31 . However, he faced that bravely. He 32 to type and write with two toes（脚趾）at the age of six, and he could 33 surf and play golf. In college, he achieved great success and was among the 34 students in the ‎ studies. And he decided on 35 to do later in his life—to encourage others to work hard for their dreams.‎ Now Nick is one of the most popular ‎36 in the world. He travels to many countries and gives speeches about his story 37 difficulties. “Living life fully is about looking at what you 38 , not what you don’t have.” he said. His 39 encourages millions of people.‎ ‎ “I tell people to keep on getting up when they 40 and to always love themselves,” he said. “If I can encourage just one person, then my job in this life is done.”‎ ‎26. A. arms B. ears C. eyes D. teeth ‎27. A. laugh B. cry C. smile D. shout ‎28. A. old B. easy C. modern D. difficult ‎29. A. because B. if C. until D. although ‎30. A. his B. my C. their D. our ‎31. A. happy B. relaxed C. lonely D. surprised ‎32. A. failed B. forgot C. helped D. learned ‎33. A. even B. ever C. never D. hardly ‎34. A. tall B. lazy C. sleepy D. excellent ‎35. A. how B. who C. what D. where ‎36. A. doctors B. speakers C. scientists D. managers ‎37. A. at B. for C. into D. against ‎38. A. make B. have C. lose D. want ‎39. A. story B. sadness C. friend D. family ‎40. A. fall B. play C. listen D. exercise ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文讲述没有四肢的澳大利亚人Nick Vujicic如何自强不息，和困难作斗争，以及他用自己的故事鼓励了更多的人的故事。‎ ‎26. A 本句句意：你不能拥抱任何人；hold sb. in one’s arms符合句意。‎ ‎27. C 本句句意：你会像29岁的澳大利亚人Nick Vujicic一样对着镜子中的自己笑吗？smile at sb.意为“对某人笑”，符合句意；注意：laugh at sb.意为“嘲笑某人”。‎ ‎28. B 没有四肢的人生活自然不容易(not easy)。‎ ‎29. A 句意为：在学校，很多学生开他的玩笑因为他看起来与其他每一个人不同。此处前后句之间是因果关系，应该用because连接句子。‎ ‎30. C 根据上句可推出本句句意：他被拒绝成为他们的朋友；应该用their friends。‎ ‎31. C 由前句可知“他没有朋友”所以总是感到寂寞(lonely)。‎ ‎32. D fail to do sth.意为“干某事失败”，forget to do sth.意为“忘记做某事”，help to do sth.意为“帮助做某事”，learn to do sth.意为“学会做某事”。此处表达的是“学会打字”，应该用learn to type。‎ ‎33. A 本句句意为：他甚至会冲浪和打高尔夫球。even意为“甚至”，ever意为“曾经”，never意为“从不”，hardly意为“几乎不”，应该用even。‎ ‎34. D 由之前“achieved great success”可推出“在学习方面，他属于最优秀的学生之中”，用excellent(优秀的)符合句意。‎ ‎35. C 由后句“to encourage others to work hard for their dreams”可推出：他决定了余生该做什么事，用what to do。‎ ‎36. B 由其后的“gives speeches”及他所说的话可推出他是speaker(演讲家)。‎ ‎37. D “和困难作斗争”用against difficulties。‎ ‎38. B 由后句“not what you don’t have”可推出是what you have。‎ ‎39. A 前面已经提及“his story against difficulties”，所以此处应该用story，本句意为：他的故事鼓励了成千上万的人。‎ ‎40. A 该句句意为“我告诉人们当他们跌倒的时候要继续爬起来。”与“keep on getting up”相对应的是fall(跌倒)。故选A。‎ ‎ (2011江苏宿迁)二、完形填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后所给各题的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ I sat down to read under an old tree in the park. I felt my life was 21 , for my whole world was dark.‎ A young boy ran up to me, out of 22 . He stood right before me with his head down and said 23 , “Look what I found!” In his hand was a flower, and what a poor sight! The flower was dry and 24 . I gave him a small smile and then turned my eyes away so that he could take his dry flower and go off to play.‎ ‎ 25 , he sat next to my side and placed the flower to his 26 and said in surprise, “It smells sweet and it’s beautiful, too. That’s 27 I picked it. Here, it’s for you.” The flower before me was dead. But I knew I must 28 it, or he might never leave. So I accepted the flower, and replied, “This is just what I 29 .” Just then, for the first time I noticed that the boy could not 30 —he was blind.‎ Tears (眼泪) came down my face as I 31 him for picking the best one. “You’re welcome.” he smiled, and then ran off to 32 . I sat there and wondered how he was able to learn about my pain (痛苦).‎ Through the eyes of a blind child, 33 I could see the problem was not with the world; the problem was me. And for all those years I myself had been 34 . I decided to see the beauty in life, and 35 every second of my life. And then I held that dry flower up to my nose and breathed in the smell of a beautiful rose.‎ ‎21. A. hopeless B. colourful C. simple D. wonderful ‎22. A. mind B. trouble C. breath D. work ‎23. A. sadly B. strictly C. angrily D. excitedly ‎24. A. dead B. fresh C. alive D. heavy ‎25. A. So B. Or C. However D. And ‎26. A. head B. nose C. ear D. neck ‎27. A. how B. when C. where D. why ‎28. A. buy B. sell C. accept D. break ‎29. A. admire B. dislike C. want D. have ‎30. A. cry B. speak C. smile D. see ‎31. A. forgave B. thanked C. paid D. hated ‎32. A. sleep B. study C. dance D. play ‎33. A. at most B. at times C. at first D. at last ‎34. A. cheerful B. useful C. blind D. deaf ‎35. A. waste B. enjoy C. lose D. forget ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述了当我感觉生活世界是黑暗，感觉绝望时，通过一个盲人送给我一朵干了花，及与其的对话，使我明白要珍惜现在美好生活，要享受生活中每一秒钟。‎ ‎21. A解析：由后句“for my whole world was dark.”可我此时的心情觉是绝望的。故选A。‎ ‎22. C解析：由语境可知“一个年青男孩跑到我面前时，累的上气不接下气”out of breath意为“上气不接下气”，故选C。‎ ‎23. D解析：由下句“Look what I found!”可知这个年轻人有了一个新发现，故表情表现为很兴奋，故选D。‎ ‎24. A解析：由上句“The flower was dry ”可知这朵花已经死了。故选A。‎ ‎25. C解析：在四个项中，只有however不能直接连接两个分句，必须另起新句，并用逗号隔开。故选C。‎ ‎26. B解析：由下文“It smells sweet…”smell意为“闻起来”，闻时用鼻子，故选B。‎ ‎27. D解析：that’s way意为“那就是……的原因”。故选D、‎ ‎28. C解析：句意为“我知道我必须接受它，否则它可能永远都不会离开”可知应选D。‎ ‎29. C解析：由语境可知此句意“这正是我所想要的”，想要的，用want表示，故选C。‎ ‎30. D解析：由下文“he was blind.”可知，他看不见。故选D。‎ ‎31. B解析：thank for doing sth.意为“感谢某人做某事”故选B。‎ ‎32. D解析：联系上下可知，他跑去玩了，故选D。‎ ‎33. D解析：at most意为“至多”；at times意为“有时”；at first意为“首先”；at last意为“最后”。联系上下可知，我最后找到了我的问题，故选D。‎ ‎34. C解析：由上句可知我这些年看不到外面精彩的世界，寓意为“自己的眼已瞎了”，故选C。‎ ‎35. B解析：根据上文可知，我这时决定看美丽的世界，享受我生命的每一秒。故选B.‎ Ⅱ.完形填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 阅读下文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。‎ ‎ Our English teacher was like a friend to us, and we all liked her. One day she came into the classroom and shouted,“Who did this?”She held up a piece of broken glass and asked,“Who ____16____ the window?”She seldom became angry.__17__ this time she was.‎ ‎ I broke the window. I had done __18__ by throwing a baseball. I didn’t want to admit (承认) it __19__ I didn’t have enough money to pay for a big window like that.“My father will be __20__,”I thought. At first I didn’t __21__ my hand, but later something strong in my heart suddenly made me stand up.“I did it,”I said __22__ .How difficult it was for me to say that!‎ ‎ My teacher __23__ a book from one of our book shelves and then began walking __24__ my desk. I was afraid that she was going to punish(惩罚) me.‎ ‎ “I know you like collecting __25__ very much,”she said, looking down at my __26__ face.“Here is the book about collecting stamps that you are looking for. Now, the book is __27__ and I shall not punish you. Remember, it’s because you __28__ the truth.”‎ ‎ I couldn’t believe it! My teacher wasn’t punishing me. I didn’t __29__ to pay for the broken window. And I got my favourite book!‎ ‎ As time goes, the book is __30__,so is my wonderful teacher. But I will never forget the lesson the teacher gave me that day.‎ ‎16. A. cleaned B. climbed C. broke D. mended ‎17. A. and B. but C. so D. or ‎18. A. them B. one C. that D. those ‎19. A. because B. if C. when D. though ‎20. A. pleased B. excited C. frightened D. angry ‎21. A. put on B. put up C. put out D. put away ‎22. A. terribly B. honestly C. easily D. hardly ‎23. A. read B. wrote C. took ‎ ‎ D. bought ‎24. A. towards B. opposite C, against D. behind ‎25. A. books B. desks C. stamps D. windows ‎26. A. nervous B. pretty C. happy D. square ‎27. A. you B. your C. yours D. yourself ‎28. A. talked B. spoke C. said D. told ‎29. A. like B. want C. use D. need ‎30. A. opened B. gone C. left D. closed ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文讲述了作者打破了玻璃，最后终于承认了。老师没有惩罚他而是因为他的诚实奖励了一本书给他。这告诉我们诚信的重要性。 16. C 根据上文提到了“他举起一个打破的玻璃”，所以，肯定是问“谁打破的玻璃”。故选C。 17. B 本句句意：他很少变得生气，但是这次她生气了。表示转折关系，故选B 18. C 本句句意：我扔了个篮球打破的玻璃。that在此指打破玻璃这个事情。故选C。 19. A 句意为：我不想承认因为我没有足够的钱来支付这个窗户。故选A。 20. D 根据上句我打破了玻璃，所以，我的爸爸肯定会生气。故选D。 21. B 考查短语辨析。put on意为“穿上”；put up意为“举起”；put out意为“熄灭”；put away意为“收拾”。根据句意：刚开始，我没有举起手，可是，后来我心里强烈的东西使我站了起来。故选B。 22. B 由上文提到了“我打破的玻璃”。所以，“我”诚实地说。故选B。 23. C 本句句意为：我的老师从我的书橱上取下一本书。take …from意为“从……取得”，故选C。 24. A walk towards意为“走向……”。句意为：开始走向我的桌子。故选A。 25. C 由后句“Here is the book about collecting stamps that you are looking for.”可推出：我知道你非常喜欢收集邮票。故选C。 26. A 由于“我”害怕自己将要受到惩罚。所以，我很紧张。故选A。 27. C yours=your ‎ book.句意为：现在这书是你的了。故选C。 28. D tell the truth意为“讲实话”。故选D。 29. D 句意为：我不需要赔偿打破的窗户。故选D。 30. B 该句句意为：随着时间的推移。这本书不见了，我美好的老师也消失了。”be gone意为“消失”。故选A。‎ 第二节【2011•株洲】 完形填空 通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。（共10个小题，每小题1分）‎ ‎ One very cold morning, my, father and I were working on the farm. I asked him how long I must stay in the ____31____.‎ ‎ “About an hour.”he answered.‎ ‎ “I wish I could go hone now—my __32__ aches.”‎ ‎ “I am sorry, but can’t you stay till lunch time?”said my father.‎ ‎ “But my headache is getting __33__.”‎ ‎ “Well,” said he,“you may go home. I don’t want you to work if you are sick. Go straight home __34__ tell your mother to give you some rhubarb(大黄，一种苦药).It will __35__ you a lot.”‎ ‎ I went back home. However, I told my mother that my head was better, hoping not to __36__ the terrible medicine. But it was too __37__.She understood my __38__ as well as my father. So she prepared the rhubarb.‎ ‎ I had to swallow(吞) all of the rhubarb. Dear me! How bitter it was! I would rather __39__ all day in the field. But it cured(治愈) my laziness, and I learned that it is important to be __40__.‎ Friends, keep it, though there is another and a better reason.‎ ‎31. A. field B. hospital C. factory ‎32. A. tooth B. head C. stomach ‎33. A. better B. worse C. less ‎34. A. but B. or C. and ‎35. A. hurt B. worry C. help ‎36. A. take B. buy C. make ‎37. A. early B. late C. easy ‎38. A. joke B. duty C. problem ‎39. A. work B. play C. study ‎40. A. kind B. honest C, helpful 主旨大意：本文讲述了我为了逃避劳动，假装头痛，父母的治疗让我明白了诚实的重要性。‎ ‎31.A 根据前句所述，我和父亲在农场劳动推断本句我询问还要在田间劳动多长时间，故选A项。‎ ‎32.B跳读下文所述“But my headache is getting…”推断此时我头痛，故选B项。‎ ‎33.B理解句意，推断我头痛得更厉害了，故选B项。‎ ‎34.C分析句子的逻辑关系，回家告诉妈妈给他吃大黄，这是顺连关系，故用and。‎ ‎35.C理解句意，吃大黄能帮助治疗头痛，故选C项。‎ ‎36.A吃药take the medicine，固定搭配。‎ ‎37.B跳读下文可知，母亲已经准备了药，此时，想不吃药已经迟了，故选B项。‎ ‎38.C理解句意，我的母亲和父亲一样知道我的病情及如何治疗，故选C项。‎ ‎39.A根据上文所述可知，在田间父子俩是在劳动的，故用动词。‎ ‎40.B联系上下文所述，推断我的头痛是为了逃避劳动，父母的治疗，让我明白了诚实的重要性，故选B项。‎ ‎【2011安徽】完形填空(共20小题；每小题1．5分，满分30分)阅读下列短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。‎ A Mr. Black loved his daughter Helen very much. Every day he spent all of his free time 51 with her. One night, he had much work to do, 52 couldn't play with his daughter. In order to keep her 53 , he found a map of the world in a magazine and cut it into pieces. When he 54 ,Helen came running to him and was ready to play. Mr. Black said he had 55 time to play fight now. He told the girl to put the pieces of paper back together to a map of the world, and then they could both play.‎ ‎ About half an hour later, Helen came to her father and said, "Okay, it's finished. Can we play now? " Mr. Black was surprised saying, "That's 56 Let's go and see. " And sure enough, there was the picture of the world; all put together, every ‎57 in its place.‎ ‎ Mr. Black said, "That's surprising! 58 did you do that?" Helen said, "It was 59 . On the back of the page was a picture of a 60 .When I put the man together, the whole world fell into place. "‎ ‎ 51. A. working B. running C. playing D. walking ‎ 52. A. or B. and C. but D. then ‎ 53. A. sleepy B. warm C. free D. busy ‎ 54. A. left home B. got home ‎ ‎ C. let the office D. got to the office ‎ 55. A. no B. enough C. much D. some ‎ 56. A. right B. wrong C. possible D. impossible ‎ 57. A. map B. picture C. piece D. page ‎ 58. A. How B. Why C. When D. Where ‎ 59. A. hard B. simple C. difficult D. different ‎ 60. A. boy B. girl C. man D. woman ‎【主旨大意】本文讲的是一位疼爱女儿的爸爸，经常和女儿玩耍。有一天，很忙的他为了让女儿能自己玩，把撕碎的世界地图让女儿拼起来，女儿很快弄完。原来女儿看的是反面的人形。‎ ‎51.C 由下句couldn’t play with提示，平时他喜欢和女儿“玩耍”。.‎ ‎52. B or“否则”，表示条件；and “和”表示并列；并且”；but “但是”表示转折； then“然后”，表示承接 ；此处表示两个并列的动作had和couldn’t , 要用B。‎ ‎53. D 父亲没有时间和女儿玩耍，所以目的是让女儿也忙起来。故选D。‎ ‎54. B 女儿跑来找他玩，提示我们应该是在家里。由此推测是刚到家。故选B。‎ ‎55. A 此处表达的是“没有时间玩”，故用no。其它几个词则表示能有时间玩。‎ ‎56. D 由surprise “惊讶”提示，父亲觉得这么快完成是不可思议的。故选D。‎ ‎57. C 由前文…put the pieces of paper back提示，应该是把piece “碎片”放好了。‎ ‎58. A 此处表示询问方式“你怎么做到的”。故选A。‎ ‎59. B hard “难的”；simple“简单的”；difficult“困难的”；different “不同的”.由女儿的介绍可知，很简单。故选B。‎ ‎60. C 由下句the man提示，这应该是一张男人图片。故选C。‎ B ‎ Three small fish lived in the sea. When they were very young, their parents ‎ died. They had to 61 each other day after day. Finally, they grew up and 62 to swim deeper and further.‎ ‎ One morning. the three fish were 63 to a shallow (浅) water by a big wave (浪). A small boat was taken there. too. It was hard for the fish to go back to the sea because the boat was fight in front of them. The largest fish realized that they were 64 and said they had to find a way to leave there as fast as possible. The second largest fish 65 with his elder brother, but the youngest one did not. He said that there was much 66 for their activities, so he would not worry at all and still swam around 67.At last, the largest fish returned to the 68 by jumping over the lowest part of the boat. The second largest fish also succeeded in 69 his eider brother in the other side of water. But the youngest one didn't follow them and still swam joyfully.‎ ‎ Two hours later, when the 70 rose up, the water in the small shallow corner dried up. The fish who did not try to return to the sea died of lack(缺乏)of water.‎ ‎ 61. A. listen to B. look after C. talk with D. worry about ‎ 62. A. dared B. hated C. refused D. stopped ‎ 63. A. allowed B. given C. invited D. taken ‎ 64. A. in safety B. in doubt C. in danger D. in peace ‎ 65. A. agreed B. talked C. compared D. discussed ‎ 66. A. time B. food C. water D. air ‎ 67. A. slowly B. sadly C. luckily D. happily ‎ 68. A. sea B. river C. lake D. pond ‎ 69. A. catching B. joining C. taking D. telling ‎ 70. A. storm B. stars C. moon D. sun ‎【主旨大意】‎ 本文讲了三条小鱼相依为命的长大，有一天，被带到了浅水处。最大的鱼意识到危险，便跳回深水。第二条也随之回去。只有最小的鱼不以为然，最后死于缺水。提示人们要意识到潜在的危险。‎ ‎61. B 由句意可知：三条小鱼的父母死后，它们不得不日复一日的相互照顾着。其中A意为“听”；B意为“照顾；照料”；C意为“交谈”；D意为“担心”。故选B。‎ ‎62. A 由句意可知：它们长大后不敢去更深更远的地方去游泳。故选A。‎ ‎63. D 由句意可知：一天早上三条小鱼被大浪头带到了浅水处。而且后一句中“A small boat was taken there, too”也可知应选D。‎ ‎64. C 由句意可知：因为那条船正好位于它们的前面，最大的这条鱼发现了它们正处于危险中，必须找到一条路尽快的离开。故选C。‎ ‎65. A 由句意可知：第二条大鱼同意它大哥的想法，但最小的鱼不同意。故选A，构成短语“agree with”。‎ ‎66. C 由句意可知：最小的鱼认为这儿有供它们活动的许多水。故选C。‎ ‎67. D 由句意可知：它(最小的鱼)不愿离开这儿，觉得在这儿仍旧能快乐地四处游动。故选D。‎ ‎68. A 由句意可知：最大的鱼回到海里。故选A。‎ ‎69. B join sb in…意为“和某人一起加入某种活动中”，故选B。‎ ‎70. D 由句意可知：两小时后，当太阳升起来后，浅水区的水被晒干。故选D。‎ ‎【2011•广州】第二节 语法选择 Jack worked in a shop that sold clocks. He was always telling Harry ‎1 a new clock. But Harry, 2 lived next door to Jack, said he didn’t need one.‎ ‎“ 3 needs a clock,” Jack said. “How do you know when it’s time to get up?”‎ ‎“My landlord Mr. Smith turns on his radio at seven o’clock and listens 4 the news,” Harry said. “That’s my morning call.”‎ ‎“Ok. But how do you know when to go to work?”‎ ‎“By the time I 5 my breakfast, it’s eight o’clock, time to leave for the office. Then I walk there. When I arrive at my office, it’s nice o’clock. That’s 6 time I start work.”‎ ‎“Ok. But how do you know when it’s time to go home?”‎ ‎“The factory bell ‎7 ”‎ Harry told him.‎ ‎“But how do you know when it’s time to go to bed?”‎ ‎“The television programs come to end.”‎ By now Jack was really 8 . “Ok,” he shouted. “Now tell me what would happen 9 you woke up in the middle of the night and wanted to know the time.”‎ ‎“That’s easy,” Harry said, “I would knock heavily on 10 wall. Then you ‎ would shout at me, ‘What are you doing knocking on my wall at three o’clock in the morning?’”‎ ‎( )1.A. to buy B. buying C. bought D. buy ‎( )2.A. which B. whose C. that D. who ‎( )3.A. No one B. Neither one C. Everyone D. Someone ‎( )4.A. at B. to C. in D. on ‎( )5.A. eats B. have eaten C. ate D. was eating ‎( )6.A. a B. an C. the D.不填 ‎( )7.A. ring B. rings C. was rung D. ringing ‎( )8.A. anger B. angrily C. angry D. angering ‎( )9.A. if B. that C. why D. how ‎( )10.A. his B. their C. her D. your 主旨大意：本文讲述了在钟表店工作的杰克，建议邻居亨利买钟，遭到了拒绝的故事。‎ ‎1.答案:A 解析:考查固定结构。tell sb. to do sth.故选A项。‎ ‎2.答案:D解析:考查定语从句先行词。这里指亨利个人，用who作为先行词。‎ ‎3.答案:C解析:考查句意理解。这里杰克认为每个人都需要钟，故用everyone。‎ ‎4.答案:B解析:考查固定词组。listen是不及物动词，后接宾语要有介词to。‎ ‎5.答案:B解析:考查句子的时态，根据时间状语by the time推断，用现在完成时态，故选B项。‎ ‎6.答案:C解析:考查冠词的用法。这里特指开始工作的时间、因此用定冠词。‎ ‎7.答案:B解析:考查句子的时态。理解本句是指平常工厂的铃声响了，亨利就下班了，故用一般现在时态，故选B项。‎ ‎8.答案:C解析:考查单词的用法。杰克生气了，be动词后接形容词，故选C项。‎ ‎9.答案:A 解析:考查句子的逻辑关系，分析句意可知，这是一个条件状语从句，故选A项。‎ ‎10.答案:D解析:考查句意理解。此句意为：亨利将敲Jack的墙，亨利对杰克说，故用。‎ ‎【2011•广州】三、完形填空 It was the last day of school and I planned to travel to my friend’s hometown. I hadn’t seen him for years and this was a good 1 to meet him again.‎ I was busy at school so it was rather 2 when I came back home. It was already ‎10 o’clock at night. Time was running out. After a hurried meal I left. 3 I found a taxi very soon. Asking the driver to drive me fast to the station, I relaxed for a while, imagining what my friend looked like now. I was soon at the station and was sure that I would be able to 4 the train. Unfortunately, I fell on the way and lost some time. To my complete 5 , when I reached the platform, I saw that the train had just left! It was the last train so I had to 6 home.‎ My mother was glad to see me back as she had a feeling about my trip. But I was unhappy. I tried to relax and went to bed but I had a 7 sleep. The next morning I was very tired. As I was having breakfast the 8 arrived. I read over the pages and was shocked to 9 that the train I missed had had an accident. How 10 I was that I missed the train!‎ ‎( )1.A. sign B. chance C. sense D. dream ‎( )2.A. strange B. cold C. late D. quiet ‎( )3.A. Finally B. Suddenly C. Strangely D. Luckily ‎( )4.A. stop B. see C. catch D. miss ‎( )5.A. satisfaction B. hope C. surprise D. joy ‎( )6.A. call B. leave C. reach D. return ‎( )7.A. deep B. bad C. great D. heavy ‎( )8.A. newspaper B. ticket C. mild D. train ‎( )9.A. find B. hear C. feel D. remember ‎( )10.A. hopeful B. thankful C. careful D. painful 主旨大意：本文讲述了“我”准备晚间去看望朋友，因误点错过了火车，感到心情沮丧，从第二天的报纸上得知：那辆我没赶上的火车出了事故。‎ ‎1.答案:B解析:考查辨别词意。理解句意得知，这是一次再次见到老朋友的好机会。sign意为：记号，标志；chance意为：机会；sense意为：感受；dream意为：梦想。‎ ‎2.答案:C解析:考查句意理解。根据前后句意分析可知，已是夜里10点钟，相当迟了，故选C项。‎ ‎3.答案:D解析:考查句意理解和辨别词意。分析句意可知，虽然很迟，还是很幸运地找到了出租车，finally意为：最后，终于；suddenly意为：突然地；strangely意为：奇怪地；luckily意为：幸运地，符合句意。‎ ‎4.答案:C解析:考查句意理解和固定搭配。理解句意，我认为肯定能赶上火车，乘火车用动词catch或take，故选C项。‎ ‎5.答案:C解析:考查句意理解和固定词组。理解句意，令我惊讶的是火车已离开了站台，to my surprise令我惊讶固定词组。‎ ‎6.答案:D解析:考查句意题解和辨别词意。根据上文所述，我已错过了火车，就不得不回家了。call意为：打电话；leave意为：离开；reach意为：到达；return意为：回家。‎ ‎7.答案:B解析:考查句意理解和辨别词意。根据上文所述，我原打算见老朋友，都没有赶上火车，因此心情不愉快推断，睡得不好。deep意为：深的；bad意为：坏的；great意为：好的；heavy意为：重的。‎ ‎8.答案:A解析:考查句意理解。跳读下文所述，我在看报纸，故选A项。‎ ‎9.答案:A解析:考查句意理解和词义辨析。理解句意：我在报纸上发现了我错过的那班车火车失事了，find意为：找到、发现；hear意为：听到；feel意为：感到；remember意为：记得。‎ ‎10.答案:B解析:考查句意理解和词义辨别。理解句意，我对错过火车感到很欣慰的，hopeful意为：充满希望的，thankful意为：欣慰的；careful意为：小心的；painful意为：痛苦的。阅读理解 II、【2011•铜仁】完形填空（10分） (阅读下面短文，然后根据短文内容，从短文后各题所给的选项中选择能填入相应空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡的相应位置将其涂黑。)‎ ‎ There are many kinds of pollution around us, 36 air pollution, soil pollution, noise pollution and light pollution. They are bad __37__ our health in many ways.‎ ‎ Burning gas, oil and coal creates air pollution. It can cause sore eyes and __38__ problems. ‎ ‎ With the increase of pollution and the development of industry, litter is everywhere. It makes our environment dirty. People put lots of rubbish in the land. Farmers use too many __39___ in the fields. They destroy the soil. So soil pollution has become serious.‎ ‎ Noise pollution can make people__40__. For example, people may lose their hearing if they work in a _41_ place for a long time. Too much noise can cause high blood pressure __42__. ‎ ‎ Working for a long time in strong, changeable light __43__ cause some kinds of illnesses. It makes people feel __44__ and is especially bad for the eyes.‎ ‎ With ___45__ pollution, our planet will become greener and our health will be ‎ better. Let’s be greener people.‎ ‎36. A. such as B. for example C. as well as D. because of ‎37. A. to B. in C. for D. of ‎38. A. breath B. breathe C. breathed D. breathing ‎39. A. chemical B. chemicals C. chemist D. chemistry ‎40. A. blind B. lame C. deaf D. healthy ‎41. A. noise B. noisy C. quiet D. quietly ‎42. A. as well B. too C. also D. either ‎43 A‎. must B. need C. should D. may ‎44. A. comfortable B. possibly C. terrible D. terribly ‎45. A. little B. less C. few D. fewer ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文通过讲述污染的情况，来倡导人们争做“greener people”。‎ ‎36. A 根据后面的并列成份“air pollution, soil pollution, noise pollution and light pollution”可推断在举例，故选A。‎ ‎37. C 固定短语。be bad for ... 是固定短语，故选C。‎ ‎38. D 词形辨析。breath 名词，意思是“呼吸”；breathe 动词，意思是“呼吸”；breathed 是动词breathed的过去式或过去分词；breathing是breathe动词的现在分词或者动名词。由名词problems可推断应用动名词来修饰它，故选D。‎ ‎39. B chemical形容词“化学的”，或作名词“化学制品;化学药品”；chemist名词，“化学家”；chemistry 名词，“化学”。由many+可数名词复数可推断应选B项。‎ ‎40.C 根据句子“people may lose their hearing if...”可以推断应该是“噪音问题可能使人们聋了。”故选C。‎ 41. B 根据前后句意可推断应该是“一个噪音的地方”；noise名词，意思是“噪音”，noisy形容词“噪音的”，故选B。‎ ‎42. A 四个选项的意思都是“也”。as well只能放在句末；too放在肯定句句末且前面要有逗号隔开；also放在句中或句末；either放在否定句句末且前面有逗号隔开。故选A。‎ ‎43. D 情态动词的用法。must意为“必须”（主观意志）；need意为“需要”；should意为“应该”（某件事宜于做）；may意为“可能，可以”；根据句意可推断出D项。‎ ‎44. C 由系动词feel可知后跟形容词，构成系表结果；再根据句子“is especially ‎ bad for the eyes.”可推断应选C项。‎ ‎45 B 根据句子“our planet will become greener and our health will be better. ”可知“更少的污染”；由pollution是不可数名词可推断选B项。‎ 第二节 完形填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）‎ ‎【2011湖北黄冈】阅读下面短文，从短文后所给的四个选项中，选出可填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ Ever since I was little, my favourite season was winter. I loved to play in the snow and enjoy the hot chocolate.‎ ‎__46_ , winter never gave me the special gift of snow on my birthday. I would ask my grandmother _47__ it didn' t snow on my birthday. She would laugh and tell me I asked too many questions. __48__ one day, she promised(许诺)that she would make it snow on my next birthday.‎ That year, __49__my birthday, my grandmother died. I was sad but angry because she had promised to make it snow. The day of my sixth birthday, I woke up and ran to the window, __50_ to see just one snowflake. But there was no snow. I felt mad at my grandmother. She had broken a promise.‎ By my sixteenth birthday, I _51_all hope of getting my snow, even though I still wished for __52_ . During my party, I stayed with my friends and family and was truly happy. I __53__ the best time ever! Then I saw the white snow __54__ down all around. I was so excited that I ran around screaming(尖叫) and laughing. My friends all laughed ___55__ me, but I didn't care.‎ When I __56__ home, my grandpa said he had a gift for me. I was __57__ because he had given me a gift. It was a small white box, which looked old. I opened it. There was a crystal snow-‎ flake(冰晶雪花) with a card that __58__ , "Happy Birthday. "‎ How could this be? My grandpa said it was my grandmother's final __59_ on my "sweet sixteenth". I cried.‎ I was _ 60 that my smiling grandmother angel was and had been watching over me.‎ ‎46. A. Certainly B. Unfortunately C. Importantly D. Luckily ‎47. A. when B. how C. whether D. why ‎48. A. But B. Or C. Then D. So ‎49. A. on B. after C. before D. in ‎50. A. hoped B. hoping C. to hope D. hope ‎51. A. was losing B. lost C. would lose D. had lost ‎52. A. it B. her C. him D. me ‎53. A. had B. was C. played D. feared ‎54. A. fell B. to fall C. fallen D. falling ‎ ‎55. A. with B.at C.from D. off ‎56. A. arrived at B. remained C. got D. entered ‎57. A. excited B. confused C. pleased D. frustrated ‎58. A. wrote B.said C. explained D. appeared ‎59. A. order B. mistake C. wish D. decision ‎60. A. certain B. angry C. sad D. anxious 本文介绍了小作者从小就喜欢雪，希望在生日那天得到雪。她的祖母就许诺会给她的，不幸地是她的祖母在生日前去世了。她很生气。后来，结果证明了她的祖母临终的愿望也没有忘记给她礼物。‎ ‎46. B 根据句意“在我生日那天，冬天从来都没有给我一个特殊的礼物。”所以，应该是“不幸地”。故选B。‎ ‎47. C when意为“什么时候”；how意“如何”；whether意为“是否”；why意为“为什么”。句意为“我将问问我的奶奶为什么在我生日那天不下雪。”故选C。‎ ‎48. A根据上文中提到了“大笑”和下文的“许诺”，所以，应该表示转折。故选A。‎ ‎49. C 根据下文，作者还没有过生日，所以“在生日之前”。故选C。‎ ‎50. B hoping在此表示现在分词做伴随状语。故选B。‎ ‎51. D 句意为“在我16岁生日的时候，我已经失去了得到雪的所以希望。”根据标志词by可以判断用过去进行时态。故选D。‎ ‎52. A 用it来指代“雪”，snow不可数，故选A。‎ ‎53. A have the best time“表示过得很快乐。”故选A。‎ ‎54. D 句意为“我看到白雪四处飘下。”see sth. doing意为“看到事情正在发生”。故选D。‎ ‎55. B l augh at sb.意为“嘲笑某人”。故选B。‎ ‎56. C 句意为“当我到家的时候”。arrive at 意为“到达”；remain意为“保持”；get to意为“到达”；enter意为“进入”。因为home为副词，所以，不能加介词。故选C。‎ ‎57. B ‎ 因为作者已经收到了礼物，所以，当他爷爷说再给他礼物的时候，他感到很迷惑。故选B。‎ ‎58.B 句意为“有一个半隐半现的一片水晶雪花和一张写着‘生日快乐’的贺卡。”表示写着用“said”故选B。‎ ‎59. C 句意为“它是我祖母的临终愿望”。故选C。‎ ‎60. A 句意为“我向我面带微笑的天使般的祖母默默祈祷，我肯定她正护佑着我。她一直护佑着我。”“certain”表示“确信的”。故选A。‎ ‎【2011湖南怀化】第二节 完形填空 通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。（共10小题，每小题1分）‎ Which part is the most important?‎ My mother used to ask me what the most important part of the body is. When I was 31 .1 thought music and talking were the most important things, so I said: “My 32 Mommy.”‎ She said; "No. many people are deaf and can’t hear anything but they live normal lives. But you 33 thinking about my questions and I will ask you again soon. "‎ Several years passed before she asked me again. This time I told her: “Mommy. 34 is very important to 35 , so it must be our eyes. "‎ She looked at me and told me: "You are learning fast, but your 36 is not right because there are many people who are blind and who arc happy and healthy all the same.”‎ ‎ Then, last year, my grandpa 37 .‎ Everybody was crying. My mom asked me: “Do you know the most important body pan now, my dear? The most important body part is your 38 .”‎ ‎ “Is it because it holds up (支撑)my head?” I asked.‎ ‎"No, it is because it can hold a head of a friend or a loved one when they 39 ."‎ she answered. “ Everybody needs a shoulder to cry on sometime in life. I only hope that you have enough love and friends in your life. So, you will 40 have a shoulder to cry on when you need it."‎ ‎31. A. older B. younger C. cleverer ‎32. A. ears B. eyes C. mouth ‎33. A. stop B. begin C. keep ‎34. A. mind B. heart C. sight ‎35. A. everybody B. somebody C. nobody ‎36. A. question B. problem C. answer ‎37. A. came B. died C. arrived ‎38. A. shoulder B. foot C. hand ‎39. A. laugh B. dance C. cry ‎40. A. never B. always C. seldom ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述了一位母亲在不同的时候问她孩子同一个问题，通过每一个答案，揭示一些人生哲理的故事。‎ ‎31. B 细节推理题。根据下文提到的“Several years passed”得出答案。‎ ‎32. A 细节推理题。根据妈妈的话“many people are deaf and can’t hear anything…”得出答案。‎ ‎33. C 细节推理题。根据妈妈的话，得出应该是继续思考。‎ ‎34. C 细节推理题。根据下文的句子“it must be our eyes”得出答案。‎ ‎35. A 细节理解题。此处考的是不定代词的用法，应该选A，比较合适。‎ ‎36. C 细节理解题。结合上下文的语境意思，得出答案。‎ ‎37. B 细节推理题。根据下文的句子“Everybody was crying.”看出答案。‎ ‎38. A 细节理解题。根据这句话“Is it because it holds up (支撑)my head?”可知答案。‎ ‎39. C 细节理解题。根据下文“Everybody needs a shoulder to cry on sometime in life.”可知答案。‎ ‎40. B 细节推理题。根据“I only hope that you have enough love and friends in your life.”得出答案。‎ 二、【2011•扬州】完形填空（共15小题；每小题1分，计15分）‎ 阅读下列短文，从文后各题所给的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。‎ Mark was walking home from school one day when he noticed a boy ahead of him had dropped all of the books he was carrying. Mark helped the boy pick them up. 16 they were going the same way, he carried them for the boy. As they walked, Mark knew the boy’s name was Bill. Mark 17 ‎ discovered that he loved computer games, baseball and history and that he was having a lot of 18 ‎ with his other subjects.‎ They arrived at Bill’s home first and Mark was invited in 19 Coke and to watch some television. The afternoon passed 20 with a few laughs and some shared small talk, and then Mark went home. They 21 to see each other around school, had lunch together once or twice and then 22 ended up from the same high school. Just three weeks before they finished school, Bill asked Mark if they could have a talk.‎ Bill 23 him of the day years ago when they had first met. ‘Do you 24 wonder why I was carrying so many things home that day?’ asked Bill. ‘You see, I 25 out my locker because I didn’t want to leave a mess for anyone else. I had planned to 26 from home and I was going home to pack my things. But after we spent some time together 27 ‎ and laughing, I realized that 28 I had done that, I would have ‎29 a new friend and missed all the fun we would have together. So you see, Mark, when you picked up my books that day, you did a lot more. You 30 my life.’‎ ‎16. A. After B. Since C. Although D. Until ‎17. A. also B. still C. always D. almost ‎18. A. questions B. ideas C. trouble D. doubt ‎19. A. from B. with C. to D. for ‎20. A. quickly B. proudly C. freely D. pleasantly ‎21. A. continued B. hoped C. preferred D. offered ‎22. A. all B. both C. every D. none ‎23. A. removed B. reminded C. asked D. described ‎24. A. ever B. soon C. even D. never ‎25. A. checked B. took C. cleaned D. put ‎26. A. run away B. take away C. put away D. pass away ‎27. A. reading B. playing C. talking D. watching ‎28. A. before B. if C. while D. as ‎29. A. forgotten B. made C. became D. lost ‎30. A. helped B. saved C. changed D. improved ‎【主旨大意】迈克在回家的路上遇到了一位想辍学的学生比尔，就把他送回家并且和他谈心、玩耍，结果成了好朋友。朋友的热情点燃了比尔的生命火花，正是这个动力使比尔重新走进了学校的大门，然后坚持到毕业。‎ ‎16、B考查连词。 由于他们走同一条路，他就帮着小男孩拿着这些书。‎ ‎17、A根据文意：迈克不但知道小男孩的名字，还进一步知道他喜欢的科目。表示意思递进一层。‎ ‎18、C与此同时，迈克还了解到对于其他的学科，比尔感到有些困难。‎ ‎19、D 他们到达比尔的家后，招待迈克喝可乐，看电视。‎ ‎20、D由于谈笑风生，因此那天下午在愉快的氛围中度过。‎ ‎21、A他们继续彼此见面，在一起吃了一两次午饭。‎ ‎22、B因为故事中只有两个人，因此用both。‎ ‎23、B考查固定词组。Remind of意思是“使某人想起-----”。‎ ‎24、A 根据句意：你是否曾经想知道那天我为什么带着那么多的东西回家？‎ ‎25、B took 我带走我的物品是因为我不想给其他人留下一团糟。‎ ‎26、A run away我曾经想离家出走，run away是跑开的意思。‎ ‎27、C taking动词的用法，spend doing sth。‎ ‎28、B if现在我意识到：如果那样做了，我就会丢失一位新朋友。‎ ‎29、D lost 联系28同时理解。‎ ‎30、B saved 你挽救了我的生命。‎ ‎【江西省2011】三、完形填空（25分）‎ ‎（A）请先阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各小题所给的A,B,C,D四个选项中选出可以填入相应空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卷上将该项涂黑。（每小题1分）‎ But then yesterday, he forgot his cell phone at the end of class. He left it right on his desk. 47 noticed it was there except me. I decided to teach him a lesson. I took his phone quietly off the desk, and put it in my own bag. My 48 was to give it back to him the next day. I 49 wanted to see his reaction (反应). Maybe he would stop being such a show-off.‎ But this morning he rushed into class, screaming and yelling (吼叫). He was very 50 and almost mad. He started accusing (指责) different people of 51 his phone, but I had it in my 52 the whole time. He even started fighting with another classmate 53 Matthew was sure that person had taken it. The teacher sent them to the headmaster's office. They 54 got in a lot of trouble. Now I don't know what to ‎ ‎55 ! If I tell him that I took the cell phone, he'll think I stole it. If I don't tell him, then I really did steal it. How did I get into such a trouble?‎ ‎41. A. ads B. songs C. films D. games ‎42. A. gave B. showed C. lent D. asked ‎43. A. good B. bad C. noisy D. unclear ‎44. A. After B. During C. In D. From ‎45. A. hers B. ours C. his D. theirs ‎46. A. and B. but C. then D. so ‎47. A. Everybody B. Somebody C. Anybody D. Nobody ‎48. A. plan B. suggestion C. dream D. action ‎49. A. always B. hardly C. just D. sometimes ‎50. A. happy B. quiet C. sad D. angry ‎51. A. losing B. stealing C. playing D. using ‎52. A. desk B. hand C. bag D. pocket ‎53. A. if B. because C. until D. though ‎54. A. both B. all C. neither D. none ‎55. A. say B. take C. see D. do ‎【主旨大意】 “我”朋友新手机有新功能而大肆炫耀，为了不让朋友出风头、大肆炫耀。“我”想了一个在当时看来不错的办法，将他的手机藏起来。但事情的发展却使“我”左右为难。‎ ‎41.D 根据下文“下载下来玩游戏”，可知“手机能下载最新的游戏”。‎ ‎42.B 此处应为“通过下载游戏玩向同学演示”。‎ ‎43.A 新手机当然图画和声音都很好。‎ ‎44.A 应为“下课后，他用手机看电视”。‎ ‎45.C 代词的考察Matthew是男孩，此处的his是名词性物主代词，相当于his cell phone。“其余的我们没有和他的手机一样的。”‎ ‎46.B 连词的考察 应是转折关系“但是有许多孩子在哪儿”‎ ‎47.D 根据上下文，除了我没有人.‎ ‎48.A 词义辨析 “我的计划是第二天给他。”‎ ‎49.C 词义辨析 “我就想看看他的反应”。‎ ‎50.D Matthew的手机不见了，当然很生气快疯了。‎ ‎51.B 此处应为Matthew开始指责偷他手机的人。‎ ‎52.C 根据上文作者把Matthew的手机放在自己的包里。‎ ‎53.B 连词的考察Matthew开始与另一个同学打架，因为他确信那个拿了他的手机。‎ ‎54.A Matthew与另一位同学被送到校长办公室，他两个当然遇到很多麻烦。both两者都。‎ ‎55.D 句意为“我不知怎么做”‎ ‎【2011 山东烟台】三、完形填空（15分）‎ Today, it is a big problem for young graduates to get satisfying jobs. 41 that there are thousands of different kinds of jobs in the world. Choosing the right one itself is not easy. ‎ ‎“Finding a job” is not 42 as “choosing a job”. Many young people end up in a job because they are not 43 for it. Sometimes “Chance” may ‎44 a more important part than “decision”. ‎ Here are a few steps to help you think about jobs 45 you might enjoy doing after school or university. First, it is important 46 what kind of person you are, which special qualities 47 you outstanding among people and what you are interested in. There is a difference 48 an interest and a skill. If you like 49 and enjoy looking at pictures, that is an interest. But if you can ‎50 a horse that looks like a horse not a big dog, that is a 51 .‎ Then ask yourself a question,” In the following three areas--skills with people, skills with information and skills with things, which are your 52 skills?”‎ After 53 your skills, the next step is research. To 54 as many different kinds of jobs as possible, go to the library and read books, magazines and newspapers for information. Ask your friends 55 the work they do.‎ Finally, trust your own ideas and your own thinking! It is your own life, just find the job you really enjoy doing.‎ ‎41. A. It’s saying B. It’s say C. It is said D. It says ‎42. A. same B. as same C. so good D. the same ‎43. A. suitable B. fitted C. able D. like ‎44. A. take B. play C. have D. choose ‎45. A. which B. what C. if D. whether ‎46. A. feel B. realize C. to feel D. to realize ‎47. A. helps B. makes C. make D. help ‎48. A. both B. between C. from D. either ‎49. A. art B. music C. sports D. acting ‎50. A. ride B. feed C. draw D. treat ‎51. A. success B. skill C. hobby D. fact ‎52. A. good B. the best C. better D. best ‎53. A. examine B. have examined C. examining D. examined ‎54. A. find out B. look out C. find D. look at ‎55. A. what do they think of B. how do they think of ‎ C. what they think of D. how they think of ‎ ‎【主旨大意】今天，毕业生就业压力越来越大，很多人因为找不到合适的自己工作而烦恼。本文给出了毕业生在找工作时的四点注意事项：一是要正确认识自我，知道自己的兴趣所在；二是要找出自己专长；三是要尽可能多的找出目前有哪些工作；四是要相信自己，坚信自己的选择。‎ ‎41. C 【解析】该句意为“据说世界上有上千种不同的工作”，it is said意为“据说”，故选C；‎ ‎42. D 【解析】the same as 表示“和……一样”，该句意为“‘找工作’不同于‘选工作’”，故答案选D；‎ ‎43. A 【解析】本句意为“许多年轻人丢掉了工作是因为他们并不适合(这份工作)”, 短语be suitable for…意为“适合(于)……”, 故答案选A ‎44. B 【解析】这句话的意思是“有时候机会可能比决定扮演着更重要的角色”，play此处意为“扮演”play a more important part意为“扮演着更重要的角色，起到更重的作用”；‎ ‎45. A 【解析】考查定语从句的引导词。先行词jobs是“物”，所以用关系代词which来引导定语从句。故选A。‎ ‎46. D 【解析】该主句句型为“It is +adj.+ to do sth.”，意为“做某事是重要的”，该句意为“认识到你(自己)是个怎样的人是很重要的”，故正确答案选D；‎ ‎47. C 【解析】该句意为“这种特殊的品质使得你与众不同”，这是一个which引导的定语从句，因从句的主语为复数形式qualities，故要使用make；‎ ‎48. B 【解析】短语between…and…表示“在……和之间”，该句意为“兴趣和爱好是有差别的”；‎ ‎49. A 【解析】下文讲画马匹等事，这显然是在讨论艺术，故答案选A；‎ ‎50. C 【解析】这句是在讲画马匹，故要使用动词C，draw a horse意为“画一匹马”；‎ ‎51. B 【解析】该句意为“但是如果你能画一匹马，并看起来像马而不是像狗，那这就是一种技能了”，故选B；本段及下段都是在讨论技能，选项A错误；‎ ‎52. D 【解析】这是形容词good的最高级用作定语，修饰skills，故选D；‎ ‎53. C 【解析】after是介词，其后要使用动名词examining(“检查”)，所以答案选C；‎ ‎54. A 【解析】动词短语find out意为“找出，查明，发现”，是指费尽一番周折之后才“找到，发现”；find指偶然发现；由上下文可以看出此处应选答案A；look out意为“当心，小心”；look at意为“看……”均不符合题意；‎ ‎55. C 【解析】这是一个由what引导的宾语从句，其语序应用陈述句，正确答案为C；how是副词，不能充当do的逻辑宾语。 ‎ ‎【2011浙江衢州】三、完型填空 George Washington Carver was born in 1864. He was born a slave（奴隶）. When he was still a baby, his mother was dead. He was kept by his master.‎ ‎ All his life George loved __31___. When he was only seven years old, he already knew so __32__about plants that people in his hometown called him “the plant doctor”.‎ George wanted to learn as much as he could, but there was no __33___for black children where he lived. When he was ten, he left home to find a town that would allowed __34___children to attend school. He studied in Misscari and kanses __35___he finished high school. All this time he had to work to __36___his own expenses(费用). He worked as a cook and opened his own laundry.‎ In 1890, George began college. At first he studied art, but he still had a ___37__ of plants. He began to study agriculture. After he graduated, the famous inventor Thomas Edison asked him to work in his lab but George ___38___. He had other __39___. He started an agricultural organization for black students in Ala----‎.‎ In those days, many __40__in the south grew only cotton. This was __41__to the soil(土壤). After a while the __42____would not grow well. George Washington Carver wanted to help farmer in the south to grow plants like peanuts and sweet potatoes. These plants helped the __43___. Over the years he invented hundreds of ways to use these two plants.‎ George Washington Carver invented so many things that he was ___44__ “The wizard(奇才) of Tuskegee”. He died in 1943 at the __45___of 79‎ ‎31. A. animals B. plants C. buildings D. photos ‎32. A. much B. many C. little D. few ‎33. A. house B. farm C. hospital D. school ‎34. A. brown B. yellow C. black D. white ‎ ‎35. A. when B. until C. for D. since ‎36. A. cost B. spend C. pay D. take ‎ ‎37. A. love B. hate C. question D. surprise ‎ ‎38. A. accepted B. refused C. understood D. cared ‎ ‎39. A. situations B. suggestions C. plays D. plans ‎40. A. farmers B. scientists C. doctors D. inventors ‎41. A. helpful B. harmful C. careful D.‎ ‎ wonderful ‎42. A. pumpkin B. peanut C. cotton D. potato ‎43.A. soil B. water C. air D. weather ‎ ‎44. A. seen B. looked C. found D. called ‎45. A. time B. year C. age D. season ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文讲述了一个奴隶孤儿George自强不息的奋斗经历。他不仅自学成才，而且矢志为改善黑人同胞的生活努力。‎ ‎31. B 根据后文可知George很喜欢植物，故选B。‎ ‎32. A George对植物知道很多，many后面要跟可数名词。‎ ‎33. D句意是：George想尽可能多的学习，住的地方没有黑人孩子的学校。‎ ‎34. C结合上句可知他找到一所接受黑人孩子的学校。‎ ‎35. B他在这两个地方学习，直到高中毕业。Until，直到。‎ ‎36. C 句意是：一直以来他必须自己工作（挣钱）支付学习的费用。cost, spend, take都是“花费”的意思，不符合句意。只有pay, 是“支付”的意思。‎ ‎37. A 开始他学的艺术，但他仍然喜爱之物。通过上下文可知，他一直很喜爱植物。‎ ‎38. B 根据前后文可知，他拒绝了爱迪生的邀请，故选B，refuse，拒绝。‎ ‎39. D从下文看出，他拒绝爱迪生，是因为他有自己的计划。‎ ‎40. A句意是：在当时，南方的农民只种植棉花。‎ ‎41. B 从下文看出，只种植棉花对土壤是有害的。故选B，harmful，有伤害的。‎ ‎42. C 结合上下文可知，长时间只种植棉花，对土壤不利，棉花的生长也不好。‎ ‎43. A 与上文对应，种植这些植物对土壤是有利的。‎ ‎44. D 句意：他发明了很多东西，因此被称为塔斯基吉的能手。be called 被称为。‎ ‎45. C 固定用法 at the age of 在……岁时 ‎【2011温州】二、完形填空（本题有15小题，每小题1分，共15分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握大意，然后从每题所给的A、 B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。‎ It snowed again.My seventh Christmas was round the corner.I dreamed of getting the present from Father Christmas until my elder sister dropped the bomb.“There is no Father Christmas.” ‎ ‎ I ran to my grandmother’s house, for she always told the truth.Grandmother was at home. I told _11_everything.“No Father Christmas?”she was a ‎ little_12_.“Don’t belive it.Put on your coat,and let’s go.”‎ ‎“Go?Where，Grandma?” I asked.‎ ‎ “Kerby’s Store.” ‎ As we walked through its doors. Grandma handed me the dollars and said.“Take the _13_and buy something for someone who needs it.I’ll wait for you in the car.”Then she turned and walked out of the Kerby’s.‎ For a few seconds I just stood there，holding the money，wondering_14_to buy，and who to buy it for. ‎ ‎ I thought of_15_I knew my family，my friends，my neighbours…I suddenly thought of Bobbie Decbar， a _16_with bad breath and messy hair.He sat right behind me_17_Mrs. Polack’s class.‎ Bobbie_18_went to any party during the winter.His mother always wrote a note, telling the teacher that he had a cough, _19_we all knew that he didn’t have a cough,and he didn’t have a coat.I decided to buy Bobbie a red warm coat_20_he would like.‎ ‎ That evening, grandma helped me wrap the coat in Christmas paper and ribbons, and_21_“To Bobbie.From Father Christmas”on it.Grandma told me Father Christmas never let people know that he _22_ them.Then she drove me over to Bobbie’s home ,telling that I was helping Father Christmas_23_ the presents.‎ ‎ Grandma parked the car along the street.and we hid behind the trees near Bobbie’s home .Then Grandma said to me.“All right , Father Christmas get going.”‎ ‎ I took a deep breath，rushed to his front door，put the present down_24_the door，rang the doorbell and flew back to the safety of the _25_and Grandma.We waited breathlessly in the dark for the front door to open.Finally it did and there stood Bobbie.‎ ‎ That night ,I realized that Father Christmas was alive and well.and we were on his team. ‎ ‎11. A. him B. her C. them D.you ‎12. A.angry B.happy C. tired D. afraid ‎13. A.book B. coat C. present D.money ‎14. A.what B. when C. where D.how ‎15. A. everybody B. nobody C. somebody D.anybody ‎16. A.girl B. boy C. man D.woman ‎17. A. for B. on C. in D.with ‎18. A.always B. often C. sometimes D.never ‎19. A. so B. if C. but D.and ‎20. A. where B. that C. who D.why ‎21. A.read B. say C. write D.spell ‎ ‎22. A.helped B.belived C. taught D.made ‎23. A.give up B. give away C. put up D.put off ‎24. A.on B. behind C. outside D.over ‎25. A. shop B. cars C. door D.trees ‎【主旨大意】文章介绍了有关圣诞老人和圣诞礼物的故事，它告诉我们只要助人为乐、与人为善，每个人都是受人喜爱的圣诞老人。‎ ‎11.B 人称代词的考察，根据上文跑回奶奶家，应用人称代词宾格her。‎ ‎12.A 根据奶奶说的“没有圣诞老人？不要相信”。应为“奶奶有点生气”。‎ ‎13.D 根据上文“奶奶交给我10美元”及下文“买一些有人需要的东西”可知拿的是钱。‎ ‎14.A 句意理解“那之前我站在哪里几秒钟，考虑着没什么东西，给谁买。”‎ ‎15.A 不定代词的考察 句意为“我想了我所认识的每个人，我的家人，我的朋友，我的邻居”。 everybody“每个人”， nobody “没有人；”somebody“某人” anybody一般用于否定句、疑问句表示“任何人”。‎ ‎16.B 根据下文“His mother always wrote a note, telling the teacher that he had a coug”可知Bobbie Decbar是个男孩。‎ ‎17.C 介词的考察“在……班里”，应用介词in.‎ ‎18.D 根据下文“他妈妈总是给他写假条”，“Bobbis 应是家里比较贫穷，没有外套。”所以应是“几乎不参加聚会。”‎ ‎19.C 连词的考察 此处应为转折关系 ‎20.B 定语从句关系代词的考察 先行词a red warm coat是物，在定语从句中做宾语，应用that. ‎ ‎21.C 此处应为在纸条上写道。‎ ‎22.A 句意理解，“奶奶告诉我圣诞老人从来不想让人知道是他帮助了他们。”‎ ‎23.B 短语辨析give up 放弃； give away 分发； put up悬挂，张贴；put off推迟延期。此句应为“我正在帮助圣诞老人挂礼物。”‎ ‎24.C 应为把礼物放在门外 ‎25.D 根据上文“奶奶把车停在街上，我们藏在Bobbie家附近的树后。”‎ Ⅲ. 完形填空　(每小题1分，共15分)‎ ‎【2011山西】阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出一个最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ One summer day when I was in high school, my father sent me to buy some tools for our farm. I loved __31__ better than driving our family truck to do ‎ something. But this time I was not so happy __32__ my father had told me I would have to ask for credit (赊账)at the store.‎ ‎__33__ is a proud age. The young men at that age want respect (尊重)but not charity. I had seen many times that my friends were __34__ when they asked for credit. We lived in a poor village, __35__ was needed seriously. I knew clearly how difficult it might be to make the store owner believe me and get the credit. ‎ At Davi’s Brothers store., Buck Davi was talking to a farmer. After I finished __36__ the things I wanted, I walked to him. “I need to put these on credit.” I said to him __37__.‎ The farmer gave me a __38__ look. But Buck’s face didn’t change in the slightest. “ No problem.” He said in a relaxing voice, “ I believe your daddy will __39__ them in time.” Then he turned to the farmer, “ This boy is Jame William’s son.”‎ The farmer nodded to me in a friendly way. At that time, I __40__ pride. Jame William’s Son, there three __41__ opened a door to an adult’s respect and trust. ‎ That day I __42__ that a good name of great importance. My father’s good name had won our neighbors’ respect for our family. A good name, and the responsibility (责任)that came with __43__ encouraged us a lot. They made us be __44__than we might be. We also wanted to be regarded as good people. __45__ acting like good people for a long time, we became good out of good habits. ‎ ‎31. A. something B. anything C. nothing ‎ ‎32. A. because B. while C. unless ‎ ‎33. A. Six B. Sixteen C. Sixty ‎ ‎34. A. influenced B. cheered C. refused ‎ ‎35. A. health B. money C. freedom ‎ ‎36. A. choose B. choosing C. to choose ‎ ‎37. A. carefully B. angrily C. easily ‎ ‎38. A. pleasant B. kind C. strange ‎ ‎39. A. care for B. pay for C. look for ‎ ‎40. A. was full of B. was surprised at C. was famous for ‎ ‎41. A. letters B. words C. sentences ‎ ‎42. A. discover B. discovered C. have discovered ‎43. A. it B. him C. them ‎ ‎44. A. better B. stronger C. clever ‎ ‎45. A. With B. For C. By ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文通过讲述我去赊账的经历，阐述了好名声的重要性。‎ ‎31-35 CABCB 36-40 BACBA 41-45 BBAAC ‎31. C 根据句意可知我最喜欢开我们的卡车去做事了。Nothing为否定的意思。因此选C。‎ ‎32. A 根据句意这时我感到不高兴因为我爸爸已经告诉我必须去赊账，前后表示因果关系，因此选A。‎ ‎33. B 根据文章第一句One summer day when I was in high school可推测读高中的年龄为16岁。‎ ‎34. C influence 意为“影响”，cheer意为“欢呼”，refuse意为“拒绝”。根据句意可知选C。‎ ‎35. B 根据上下文可知钱是非常需要的。因此选B。‎ ‎36. B finish 后接动名词作宾语。Finish doing 意为“结束做某事”。 ‎ ‎37. A 根据此时作者的心情可知“我小心的对他说”。因此选A。‎ ‎38. C 根据下文“但是布克的脸一点也没有变”，可推测上文“农民给我奇怪的眼神”。‎ ‎39. B care for 意为“关心” pay for意为“付款”， look for 意为“寻找”。根据句意可知“我相信你爸爸将及时付钱的”。可知选B。‎ ‎40. A 根据句意“在那时我充满了骄傲”，充满应该用be full of.‎ ‎41. B 上文为三个单词，因此选B。‎ ‎42. B 根据上下文可知用一般过去时。因此选B。‎ ‎43. A a good name用it 代替。故选A。 21世纪教育网 ‎44. A 根据句意“他们使我们比我们可能的更好。”可知选A。‎ ‎45. C 根据句意“通过长时间像好人一样表现，我们有了良好的习惯”。By 意为“通过”表示方式。‎ ‎【2011贵州安顺】完型填空（共15分，每小题1分）‎ Rudi Matt lived in a small village in the Swiss Alps in 1865. What he wanted most in the world was to climb 31 highest peak (山峰) in the Alps. 32 mother and his uncle, Franz, a mountain guide, wanted him to stop 33 and start working in a hotel. Rudi would not 34 his dream and secretly got in touch with an English mountain climber 35 was planning to climb the highest peak. ‎ Franz was very angry when he found out 36 Rudi had done, but he finally agreed to let Rudi go if he went climbing, too. Franz also didn’t want to see Emil Saxo, a guide from another village, got to the top 37 him. ‎ Rudi turned out to be a very good climber, 38 as they got close to the top, the Englishman got sick and couldn’t go on farther. Franz 39 behind to take care of him, but Saxo continued, wishing to be the 40 to the top. Rudi went after Saxo, hoping to 41 him to the top. When they met, Saxo fought ‎ with Rudi and fell down by accident. Saxo was 42 and hurt. Rudi must decide whether to carry Saxo back down to safety or to continue alone to the top. ‎ He thought Saxo’s life was more 43 than his dream and helped him down. During that time, the Englishman and Franz continued the climb, and finally 44 reached the top. Later, the villagers 45 knew Rudi was the real conqueror (征服者) of the mountain. ‎ ‎31. A. the B. a C. an D. / ‎ ‎32. A. Rudi B. The Rudi’s C. Rudis’ D. Rudi’s ‎ ‎33. A. climbing B. climb C. to climb D. climbed ‎34. A. try out B. give up C. go over D. work out ‎ ‎35. A. what B. which C. whom D. who ‎36. A. which B. what C. that D. where ‎37. A. after B. behind C. before D. over ‎38. A. but B. so C. or D. for ‎39. A. walked B. rested C. stayed D. watched ‎40. A. first B. second C. third D. last ‎ ‎41. A. take B. beat C. push D. help ‎42. A. helpful B. helping C. helps D. helpless ‎43. A. popular B. successful C. important D. interesting ‎ ‎44. A. he B. they C. them D. him ‎45. A. both B. none C. either D. all ‎ 主旨大意：鲁迪最大的梦想就是登上最高峰，为此他付出了很多努力，可是就在快要到达 山顶的时候，他为了救他人，而放弃了梦想，但大家都知道鲁迪才是山峰真正的征服者。‎ ‎31. 答案：A【解析】形容词的最高级前面应用定冠词the.‎ ‎32. 答案：D【解析】名词所有格的考查。根据下文中his uncle可知，前面应该是鲁迪的妈妈。‎ ‎33. 答案：A【解析】stop to do sth.意为“停下来去做另外一件事”，stop doing sth意为“停止正在做的某事”，根据句意他的妈妈和叔叔想让他停止爬山，去一家旅馆工作。‎ ‎34. 答案：B【解析】词组辨析。Try out意为“尝试”；give up意为“放弃”；go over意为“复习”；work out意为“做出，算出”，根据下面的句子secretly秘密地可知他并没有放弃自己的梦想。‎ ‎35. 答案：B【解析】关系带代词的考查。先行词是人，关系代词可以是who或that。‎ ‎36. 答案：B【解析】what +主语+谓语动词意为“……所…..”根据句意Franz对于鲁迪所作感到非常生气。‎ ‎37. 答案：C【解析】根据下文可知，他不想让Emil在他之前到达山顶。‎ ‎38. 答案：A【解析】连词的考查。但是当他们要到达山顶洞 时候，英国人生病了，是转折关系，so表示因果关系，or意为“否则”；for后面接原因。‎ ‎39. 答案：C【解析】句意为“英国人病了，Franz呆在后面照顾他。”‎ ‎40. 答案：A【解析】句意为“他想成为第一个到达山顶的人”。‎ ‎41. 答案：B【解析】根据全文可知，鲁迪的梦想就是登上山顶，所以他希望打败他。‎ ‎42. 答案：D【解析】根据下文hurt可知他非常的helpless意为“无助的”。‎ ‎43. 答案：C【解析】鲁迪带Saxo到安全地带，因为他知道“生命比他的梦想更重要”。‎ ‎44. 答案：B【解析】代词的考查。到达山顶的人是Franz和Englishman，故英国是they.‎ ‎45. 答案：D【解析】both用在两者之间，none意为“一个也没有”，either意为“或者”，all意为“都”，根据句意“村民们都知道鲁迪才是大山真正的征服者”.‎ ‎ (2011 湖南衡阳 ) B)完形填空。通读短文，掌握大意，然后从所给A、B、C三个选顶中选出一个最佳答案。（共10小题，计10分）‎ ‎ Most people want to be happy, but few know how to find happiness. Money and success alone do not bring 33 .Happiness depends on 34 .In other words, we make our own happiness. Here are a few 35 to help you happier.‎ ‎ The first secret of happiness is to enjoy the simple things in life. Too often, we 36 so much time thinking about future—for example, getting into college or getting a good job—that, we fail to enjoy the present(现在).You should enjoy life’s simple 37 ,such as reading a good book, listening to your favorite music, or spending time with close friends. People who have several 38 friends live happier and healthier lives.‎ ‎ Another secret to lead a happy life is to be active and have 39 .When you are dancing or playing sports, you can forget about your problems, and 40 think about the activity.‎ ‎ Finally, many people find happiness in helping 41 .If you want to feel happier, do 42 nice for someone. You can help a friend with his or her lessons, go shopping to buy food for your family members, or simply help out around the house by washing the dishes.‎ ‎( ) 33.A.happiness B. goodness C. health ‎( ) 34.A.them B. yourself C. ourselves ‎( ) 35.A.problems B. suggestions C. advice ‎( ) 36.A.take B. cost C. spend ‎21世纪教育网 ‎( ) 37.A.pleasures B. pleasant C. interest ‎( ) 38.A.closely B. close C. better ‎( ) 39.A.friends B. money C. hobbies ‎( ) 40.A.sometimes B. only C. seldom ‎( ) 41.A.others B. himself C. parents ‎( ) 42.A.anything B. nothing C. something ‎【主旨大意】本文主要讲述了体验幸福的三个秘密。‎ ‎33. 答案：A解析: 金钱和成功不能给人带来幸福。‎ ‎34. 答案：B解析:幸福全靠你自己。‎ ‎35. 答案：B解析: 以下是帮助你感到幸福的几条建议。‎ ‎36. 答案：C解析:固定词组，spend doing sth.‎ ‎37. 答案：A解析:根据句意：我们应该享受生活的简单快乐。‎ ‎38. 答案：B解析:根据句意：拥有亲密朋友的人生活的更高兴。‎ ‎39. 答案：C解析:根据上下文：拥有健康的生活习惯不可缺少。‎ ‎40. 答案：B解析:有了爱好，就会转移注意力，把精力放在活动中。‎ ‎41. 答案：A解析:根据句意：在助人中体验幸福。‎ ‎42. 答案：C解析:为别人做些好事，你会感到很幸福。‎ ‎【2011湖北十堰】III．完型填空 ‎ The teacher stood before his class and was going to hand out the final exam papers. “I know how ______(41) you have all worked to prepare for this test,” he said. “And because I know you can do it well, I am willing to offer a B to anyone who would ______(42) not to take the test. ‎ Many students jumped up to ______(43) the teacher and left the classroom. The teacher looked at the _______(44) students and said, “Does anyone else want to get a B? This is your last _______(45).” Two more students decided to go.‎ Seven students remained. The teacher then handed out the _______(46). There were only three sentences typed on the paper: Congratulations! You have just ______(47) an A in this class. Keep believing in yourself.‎ I never had a teacher like that, but I think it is a test _______(48) any teacher could and should give. Students who are not ______(49) in what they have learned are B students at best(充其量).‎ The same is ______(50) in real life. The A students are those who believe in what they are doing because they have ______(51) both successes ‎ and failures. They have learned life’s lessons, either from normal education ______(52) from events in their lives, and have become ______(53) people. ‎ Scientists say that by the age of eight, 80% of what we believe about ourselves has already been formed. You are a big kid now, and you _____(54) that you have some limits (限制). However, there is _____(55) you can’t do or learn or be. Sir Edmund Hillary, the first person to reach the summit of Mount Everest said, “It’s not the mountain we conquer(克服) but ourselves. ‎ ‎41. A. luckily B. terribly C. quietly D. hard ‎42. A. dislike B. help C. prefer D. start ‎43. A. thank B. praise C. fight D. criticize ‎44. A. following B. relaxing C. worrying D. remaining ‎45. A. chance B. trouble C. test D. idea ‎46. A. results B. presents C. papers D. essays ‎47. A. given B. sent C. discovered D. received ‎48. A. where B. that C. what D. when ‎49. A. confident B. necessary C. mysterious D. convenient ‎50. A. unusual B. impossible C. true D. special ‎51. A. broken off B. dreamed of C. learned from D. cared about ‎52. A. and B. or C. but D. so ‎53. A. ruder B. cuter C. worse D. better ‎54. A. decide B. forget C. realize D. imagine ‎55. A. something B. anything C. everything D. nothing ‎【主旨大意】本文通过讲述一位老师测试学生的自信心的故事，告诉我们自信是前进的动力。‎ ‎41. D 根据下文此句“because I know you can do it well”可知答案。‎ ‎42. C 固定词组“prefer not to do sth.”宁愿不做某事。‎ ‎43. A 通过语境意思可以得出答案。‎ ‎44. D 代入法。A项意为“接下来的”；B项意为“放松的”；C项意为“发愁的”；D项意为“剩余的”。根据句意选D。‎ ‎45. A 根据句意：这是你们的最后机会了。‎ ‎46. C 从短文第一句得出答案。‎ ‎47. D 根据句意，选D意为“得到”。‎ ‎48. B 宾语从句引导词。a test一次测试。‎ ‎49. A 根据句意：这些想得B的学生没有自信。故选A。‎ ‎50. C 通过这个小故事，引申出生活的哲理。‎ ‎51. C 根据句意：这些得A的学生，既学到了成功又体会到了失败。‎ ‎52. B 固定词组“either…or…”意为“或者……或者……”‎ ‎53. D 通过这一课他们会变得更好。‎ ‎54. C 根据句意：你会明白这个道理的。‎ ‎55. D 没有你不可以完成的事。‎ ‎【2011山东】三、完形填空（共10小题，计10分）‎ 阅读短文内容，从下面各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选择可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ Many kids think they are 36 . They think they aren't the prettiest or the smartest. At the same time, they think they aren't even the ugliest or the silliest, which would at least make them stand out. Everyone feels that way sometimes, ‎37 in middle school. Kids 38 realize how special they are.‎ It is 39 growing up. Growing up means understanding what you can offer the world. When you're young, you realize that just by being yourself, you do offer 40 to other people. Maybe you aren't the best, but that doesn't make you "not amazing".‎ Do yourself a favor. Think about your friends carefully. Write down a list of things that you like about them. Think about 41 you make friends with them. You will 42 know that in the end, no matter if they aren't the smartest or the prettiest or 43 talented, they are great in their own way. And they feel just the same 44 you!‎ Remember, it gets easier as you grow older. If you try your best, you are still pretty 45 .‎ ‎36. A. special B. ordinary C. unusual D. ugly ‎ ‎37. A. especial B. especially C. more often D. often ‎38. A. often B. more often C. not often D. seldom ‎39. A. part of B. one of C. some D. about ‎40. A. anything B. everything C. something D. some thing ‎41. A. reason B. season C. where D. why ‎42. A. get to B. got to C. have to D. getting to ‎43. A. / B. more C. most D. the most ‎44. A as B. to C. about D. for ‎45. A. smart B. amazing C. clever D. well ‎【文章大意】本文主要讲述的是孩子们很小的时候，他们认为自己很普通，当他们慢慢长大，他们会思考能为社会贡献什么。有时候仔细想想自己的朋友，并不是因为他们多么优秀才会交朋友，当自己成熟时应尽自己所能做一些有用的事。‎ ‎36.B【解析】根据下文，他们既不是最漂亮的也不是最潇洒的，既不是最丑的，也不是最傻的。可见他们认为自己很普通，故本题选B。‎ ‎37.B【解析】根据上下文，本题题意：尤其是中学。especially表示尤其地，特别地。故本题选B。‎ ‎38.D【解析】本题考查副词的含义。often表示经常，more often表示更经常，not often表示不经常，seldom表示从不。联系上下文，孩子们从不觉得自己很特别。故本题选D。‎ ‎39.A【解析】根据上下文，题意为：第一段孩子们的想法只是成长中的一部分，当孩子们成熟时会明白要为社会贡献自己。It is part of growing up表示那只是成长中的部分，故本题选A。‎ ‎40.C【解析】本题考查不定代词的含义。anything任何事，everything每件事，something某事、某物，some thing一些东西，一些事情。根据题意，你会为他人提供某些东西。故本题选C。‎ ‎41.D【解析】根据下文阐述了孩子们跟别人交朋友的原因“they are great in their own way”，可知这里问的是原因，用why，故本题选D。‎ ‎42.A【解析】本题中出现了“will”可见后跟动词原形，再结合语境，最后你将渐渐明白。get to know表示渐渐明白，故本题选A。‎ ‎43.D【解析】本题考查形容词比较级的用法，文中the smartest or the prettiest为最高级可知此处用最高级，故本题选D。‎ ‎44.C【解析】本题考查介词的辨析。as表示像…，to对，about关于，for为，本题题意为：关于你，他们（朋友们）也这样认为。故本题选C。‎ ‎45.B【解析】本题考查形容词的含义。smart漂亮的，潇洒的，amazing令人惊叹的，well是副词。本题题意：如果你尽力做好的话，那还是非常令人惊叹的。故本题选B。‎ ‎【2011肇庆】五、完形填空（本题共10分，每小题1分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后在31-40小题所给的 A 、B 、C 、D四个选项中选出一个最佳选项，并在答题卡上将对应的答案标号涂黑。‎ A boy lost his arms in an accident and his father lost his life. Since then, he had to 31_ the arms of his younger brother. Except for writing with his toes(脚趾头), he could hardly do _‎32 in his life.‎ As the two brothers grew up together, they had lots of 33 and they often argued(争吵). Then one day, his younger brother 34 him. So he was very sad and didn’t know 35 to do.‎ A girl lost her hands because of a fire. Though her elder sister wanted to 36 her, she decided to be completely independent (独立的). At school, she always studied hard. Once she wrote the following in her composition, “I am 37 . Though I lost my hands, I still have legs. Though my wings are broken, my heart ‎ can still fly.”‎ One day, the boy and the girl were both invited ‎38 a television interview program. They both were asked to write something on a piece of paper with their toes. The boy wrote “My younger brother’s arms are my arms” 39 the girl wrote “Broken wings, 40 heart”.‎ ‎31. A. go on B. work on C. look for D. depend on ‎ ‎32. A. anything B. something C. nothing D. everything ‎33. A. questions B. hobbies C. problems D. differences ‎34. A. hit B. left C. loved D. hated ‎35. A. who B. where C. what D. which ‎36. A. leave B. take care of C. write to D. forget ‎ 37. A. sad B. lucky C. excited D. shy ‎38. A. to B. on C. for D. from ‎ 39. A. as B. so C. while D. when ‎40. A. jumping B. broken C. beating D. flying ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本篇讲述了感人的故事，一个小男孩和一个女孩都失去了双手，两个人都能勇敢的面对生活。‎ ‎31. D 由全文的第一句可知一个小男孩失去了双手和他父亲丢失了生命。根据意思，他必须“依靠”他弟弟的双手。故选D。 ‎ ‎32. A 考查不定代词。根据he could hardly中的hardly，它是否定词，排除B和C，再结合该句意思，故选A。‎ ‎33. C 根据they often argued，他们有许多“问题”，排除B和D；questions一般与ask, answer搭配，相对容易解决；problems为难题。故选C。‎ ‎34. B 根据上下文意思，他们两兄弟经常争吵，有一天，他兄弟“离开”了他，他很伤心。故选B。‎ ‎35. C 疑问词加动词不定式做宾语。由句意他很伤心，不知道“做什么”，可知what to do。故选C。‎ ‎36. B 句意：但她决定完全独立，虽然她姐姐想照顾她。由though引导的让步状语从句，只有C答案符合句意。‎ ‎ 37. B 根据Though I lost my hands, I still have legs，可以推出，女孩感到还是很幸运。‎ ‎38. A 考查介词。句意：他们两个人都被邀请到一个电视采访节目。用to表示方向。‎ ‎ 39. C 辨析as, while 和when“当……时”。 as重在表示动作同时发生、伴随进行；when 在绝大多数情况下，所引导的从句中，应该使用非延续性动词；while只指“时间段”，不指“时间点”，从句的动词只限于持续性动词，while 可以表示“对比”。根据句意，这里应是“对比”，故选C。‎ ‎40. D 根据第三段的最后一句：Though my wings are broken, my heart can still fly。可以推出是flying heart, 故选D。‎ ‎【2011湖北黄石】Ⅱ. 完形填空 （每小题1分，共15分）‎ ‎ 阅读下面短文，从各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案。‎ ‎ When I was 13 years old, a boy gave me an important gift. It was a 41 .‎ ‎ It was the early autumn of my 42 year at a junior high school, and my old school was far away. 43 , no one knew who I was. I was very 44 , and afraid to make friends with anyone.‎ ‎ Every time I heard the other students talking and laughing, I felt my heart 45 . I couldn’t talk to anyone about my problems. And I didn’t want my parents to 46 me.‎ ‎ Then one day, my classmates talked happily with their friends, but I sat at my desk unhappily 47 . At that moment, a boy 48 the classroom. I didn’t know who he was. He passed me and then turned back. He looked at me and, ‎49 a word, smiled.‎ Suddenly, I 50 the touch of something bright and friendly. 51 made me feel happy and warm.‎ That smile 52 my life. I started to talk with the other students and made ‎ friends. Day by day, I became 53 to everyone in my class. The boy with the lucky smile has become my best friend now.‎ One day I asked him why he smiled, but he couldn’t 54 smiling at me!‎ It doesn’t 55 because all the dark days have gone. Now I believe that the world is what you think it is. If you think you are lonely, you might always be alone. So smile at the world and it will smile back.‎ ‎ 41. A. book B. help C. smile D. surprise ‎ 42. A. first B. second C. third D. last ‎ 43. A. For example B. In other words C. In the end D. As a result ‎ 44. A. happy B. sleepy C. lonely D. friendly ‎ 45. A. beat B. break C. strike D. shake ‎ 46. A. think about B. worry about C. talk about D. care about ‎ 47. A. as usual B. in fact C. as well D. once again ‎ 48. A. entered B. left C. watched D. locked ‎ 49. A. in B. with C. besides D. without ‎ 50. A. found B. saw C. felt D. knew ‎ 51. A. It B. Nothing C. They D. He ‎ 52. A. helped B. changed C. lived D. spent ‎ 53. A. closer B. quicker C. easier D. nicer ‎ 54. A. remember B. forget C. mind D. stop ‎ 55. A. remain B. affect C. appear D. matter ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。讲述了作者的一段经历。作者13岁时转入一所新学校，感到孤独、寂寞、情绪低落，一个小男孩的微笑改变他的情绪，使他很快融入了新集体。你对世界微笑，世界就会对你微笑。‎ ‎41. C 根据后文可知这个礼物就是微笑，故选C。‎ ‎42. A 根据后文可知这是作者进入新学校的第一年。故选A。‎ ‎43. D根据前文：我刚进入这个学校，且离原来的学校很远，结果……。‎ ‎44. C 承接上文没有人认识我，我很孤独。‎ ‎45. B听到其他学生说笑，我感到心都碎了。break，打破，打碎。‎ ‎46. B 句意是：我不想让父母为我担心。think about 考虑，talk about 谈论，care about 关心，都不符合句意，只有worry about 担心符合。‎ ‎47. A 同学们都高兴的交谈着，我和平时一样悻悻的坐在课桌旁。as usual 和平时一样。‎ ‎48. A 这是一个男孩进入了教室。enter，进入。‎ ‎49. D他看着我没说话，只是微笑。without, 没有，不。‎ ‎50. C句意是：突然，我感到了一点光明友好的东西。felt, feel 的过去式，感觉。‎ ‎51. A 这让我感到高兴和温暖。It 指上一句提到的事情。‎ ‎52. B 这个微笑改变了我的生活。change, 改变。 ‎ ‎53. A 渐渐地我与班里的每一个人都变得很亲近。close, 近，接近。‎ ‎54. A 句意：我问他为什么微笑，他说不记得对我微笑过。Remember，记得。‎ ‎55. D 固定用法 it doesn’t matter 没关系 ‎【2011湖北荆州】Ⅳ. 完形填空(共10分,每小题1分) ‎    先阅读短文,然后从文后每小题的四个选项中选出一个可以填入短文中相应空白处的最佳答案。 ‎    One day a wise man was walking along the beach when he saw a young man far away picking up something and very gently throwing it into the sea. As he got (31) he called out to the young man, “Good morning! What are you doing?” ‎    The young man (32), looked up and replied, “Throwing starfishes into the sea.” ‎    “Why are you throwing starfishes into the sea?” ‎    “The sun is up and the (33) is going away. And if I don’t throw them in they’ll (34).” ‎    “But, young man, don’t you (35) that there are miles and miles of beach and starfishes all along it. You can’t(36) make a difference!” ‎    The young man (37) politely. Then he picked another starfish and threw it into the sea, and said, “It made a difference for that (38).”  There is something very (39) in each and every one of us. We have all been given the ability to make a difference to shape the future. We must each find our own starfish. And if we throw our starfish wisely and well, the (40) will be better.     31. C32. B33. A34. B35. B36. A37. D38. D39. A40. D ‎31. A. better B. farther C. closer D. faster ‎    32. A. continued B. stopped C. watched D. answered ‎    33. A. water B. wind C. boat D. fish ‎    34. A. leave B. die C. run D. lose ‎    35. A. believe B. realize C. expect D. guess ‎    36. A. possibly B. hardly C. especially D. fortunately ‎    37. A. replied B. argued C. spoke D. listened ‎    38. A. day B. time C. place D. one ‎    39. A. special B. brave C. strange D. lucky ‎40. A. family B. village C. country D. world ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章通过一个人将冲向岸边的海星扔回到大海里和两个人的对话说明了只要人人献出一点爱，这个世界将会更加美好。‎ ‎31. C 【解析】联系上下文可知向海里扔海星的年轻人离智者很远，故可猜测两人开始对话应该是走“近”他，故答案选C。‎ ‎32. B 【解析】联系下文可推知年轻人是“停下来”，抬起头回答智者的问题，故答案选B。‎ ‎33. A 【解析】根据常识可知海星被冲上岸是因为涨潮，如果太阳出来就会退潮了，故答案选A，意为“水退下去”。‎ ‎34. B 【解析】太阳出来潮水退去，海星暴露在海滩上，就会被晒死的，故答案选B，意为“死”。‎ ‎35. B 【解析】联系上下文可知是智者质问年轻人难道没有意识到海滩很长，而海滩上的海星又到处都有，故答案选B，意为“意识到”；而believe“相信”；expect“期待”；guess“猜”均不合句意，故排除。 ‎36. A 【解析】联系上下文可知智者认为年轻人的做法的无济于事的，故答案选A，意为“可能地”。‎ ‎37. B 【解析】从下文可知年轻人并没有听“争辩”，只是很有礼貌地陈述自己的观点，故答案选B，意为“争辩；争吵”。‎ ‎38. D 【解析】联系上下文可知年轻人一边把一个海星扔进海里，一边说话“对这个海星来说是有所不同的”，故答案选D，指代starfish。‎ ‎39. A 【解析】联系上下文可知我们每个人都有改变世界塑造未来的能力，可推知答案选A，‎ 意为“特殊的”。‎ ‎ 40. D 【解析】通读全文可知，本文旨在告诉我们：每个人都献出一份力，世界将会更加美好。故答案选D，意为“世界”。‎ ‎【2011襄阳】三、完形填空 （本大题满分10分，每小题1分） ‎ ‎ 阅读下面的短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出一个可以填入空白处的最佳答案，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ Hearing the front door open, I ran down to the kitchen and waited. I saw may dad come in, with the white envelope in his hand. I had waited all day for this, so I reached over him for it as soon as he set foot into the house. Angrily, he 41 the envelope on the table and said it was nothing to get excited about, and that it was just a piece of paper. I grabbed (抓取) it and ran upstairs. I wondered why my dad did not understand how 42 I was to see my mid-year report card for my first year inmiddle school. I was really 43 by how he refused to consider all my hard work.‎ I saw my class rank (等级) :1/139. I did not believe what I saw. I felt my lip ‎ ‎( 嘴唇) form a smile and wanted to run downstairs to tell everyone. Then I 44 what my da had said----it was nothing to get excited about. I wanted to share my happiness with someone, but felt lonely.‎ I realized that I had become distant (远离的) from my family. We used to 45 late watching Disney movies,and my brothers, sisters and I would play tennis in the backyard all the time. I wondered when all that 46 . I just no longer took part in them. My school work 47 all my time and energy While I had been busy with my study, I had also built a 48 between me and my familly. I was only trying to become a person everyone could be 49 of.‎ I wanted to go downstairs, say sorry for my rude behavior and for every refused movie and tennis game, and be 50 of my family again. I knew I had to do something ----because without their support, my achievement meant nothing.‎ ‎41. A. caught B. cleaned up C. picked up D. threw ‎42. A. anxious B. scared C. sad D. frustrated ‎43. A. beaten B. hurt C. bothered D. troubled ‎44. A. remembered B. realized C. forget D. listened to ‎45. A. come back B. go down C. stay up D. keep out ‎46. A. begun B. stopped C. improved D. appeared ‎47. A. set up B. gave up C. used up D. put up ‎48. A. wall B. bridge C. road D. hous ‎49. A. famous B. careful C. proud D. afraid ‎50. A. hope B. pride C. child D. part ‎【主旨大意】文章介绍了“我”焦急等待学习成绩评价表，“我”成绩很好，很想让他们分先我成功的喜悦。但父亲认为没必要。是的“我”的成功是以牺牲了所有的爱好为基础，同时也得到了家人的支持。‎ ‎41. D 此处应为“父亲把心扔到桌子上”‎ ‎42. A 根据上下文“我想知道我父亲为什么不明白我多么渴望看到我中学第一学期的期中成绩单的心情。”‎ ‎43. B 句意为“我真的受伤害了”‎ ‎44. A “我突然记得我父亲刚才说的”‎ ‎45. C 根据下文应为“熬夜看电影”。‎ ‎46. B 根据上下文应为“自从上中学后，熬夜看电影，与姐弟们在院子里打网球这些事都停了。”‎ ‎47. C 短语辨析 “我的学业耗尽了我的所有时间和精力”。‎ ‎48. A 词义理解 “当我学习的时候我与家人之间树了一面墙”。‎ ‎49. C “我只想努力成为一个每个人以我为骄傲的人”‎ ‎50. D “想再次成为家庭的一员”（与他们一起看电影，打球）‎ ‎【2011广东】三、完形填空（本大题有10小题，每小题1分，共10分）‎ ‎ 通读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后在各小题所给的四个选项中，选出一个最佳答案，并将答题卡上对应的题目所选的选项涂黑。‎ One day a poor man was traveling on horseback. At noon, he tied his horse to a tree and then 46 to eat something. A few minutes later, a rich man came along and tied his horse to the same tree. ‎ ‎“Please tie your horse to another tree,” said the poor man. “My horse is wild. It will kill yours.”‎ ‎ 47 the rich man said, “I shall tie my horse as I like!” he tied up his horse and had his lunch nearby. After a moment they heard a terrible 48 , the two horses were fighting. They went up to them, but it was too 49 . The rich man’s horse was killed. “See what you horse has done!” cried the rich man. “You will have to ‎50 ‎ it.” And he brought the poor man before Mr. Know. ‎ Mr. Know asked the poor man some questions. But he made no 51 . At last Mr. Know said, “This man is dumb. He cannot speak.”‎ ‎ “Oh,” the rich man shouted 52 . “He can! He spoke to me when I met him.”‎ ‎ “Are you sure?” asked Mr. Know. “What did he ‎53 ‎ ?”‎ ‎ “He told me not to tie my horse to the same tree because his horse was wild and would kill my horse.”‎ ‎ “Oh,” said Mr. Know. “So he ‎54 ‎ you. Then can you expect to get money 55 him? ”‎ ‎ The rich man said nothing and left silently. ‎ ‎46. A. put down B. set down C. sat down D. turned down ‎47. A. So B. But C. And D. Though ‎48. A. song B. word C. bell D. noise ‎49. A. late B. slow C. hard D. quick ‎50. A. pay for B. look for C. wait for D. care for ‎51. A. idea B. mistake C. money D. answer ‎52. A. quietly B. angrily C. happily D. heavily ‎53. A. speak B. tell C. talk D. say ‎54. A. helped B. thanked C. warned D. ordered ‎55. A. for B. from C. with D. about ‎ 主旨大意：本篇短文主要讲述了一个穷人和一个富人把马栓在同一树上，由一穷人的马比较凶悍，把富人马杀死了。然后富人与穷人找法官打官司。穷人用聪明的智慧打赢了官司的故事。‎ ‎46答案：C 【解析】本题考查词组辨析。A项意为“镇压；制止”；B项意为“看作”；C英意为“坐下”；D项意为“调低”。由语境可知“在中午，他把马拴在树上，然后坐下来吃东西”，只有C项具有“坐下”的意思，故选C。‎ ‎47答案：B 【解析】由语境可知，这个穷人不让富人把马和他的拴在同一棵树上，但是这个富人却不听穷的话。此处表转折关系，故应填but.‎ ‎48答案：D 【解析】由下句“the two horses were fighting”可知他们听到了一声可怕的声音。四个项中只有noise意为“声音”。‎ ‎49答案：A 【解析】由They went up to them 及The rich man’s horse was killed可知，此应为形容词，且表示“晚了”的意思。A项意为“晚了”；B项意为“慢的”；C项意为“困难的”；D项意为“快的”。故选A。‎ ‎50答案：A 【解析】A 项意为“赔偿”；B项意为“寻找”；C项意为“等候”；D项意为“照顾”。由语境可知，这个富人是想让这个穷人赔偿他已死的马。故选A。‎ ‎51答案：D 【解析】别人问这个穷人问题，但是他并没有回答。‎ ‎52答案：B 【解析】A项意为“安静地”；B项意为“生气地”；C项意为“高兴地”；D项意为“沉重地”。联系上下文可知此时富人的状态是“生气在大声喊”，故选B。‎ ‎53答案：D 【解析】speak强调说话的能力，说某种语言。tell“告诉"。talk 指谈话say 指说的内容，带宾语。句意为“他说的什么内容？”强调说话的内容，故选D。‎ ‎54答案：C 【解析】此处具有“警告;告诫”的意思。四个选项中只有C具有此意，故选C。‎ ‎55答案：B 【解析】get from意为“从…处得到…”故选B。‎ ‎【2011四川德阳】A ‎ One day a woman got into her car and started driving home after work. Just at that time, she saw a __26__ car behind her. The driver was a __27__.‎ ‎ When she turned left, the yellow car turned left. When she turned __28__, the yellow car turned right, too. When she stopped at the traffic lights, the yellow car stopped __29__ her..‎ ‎ The woman was __30__, so she drove quickly to __31__. When she arrived, she was very __32__ to see that the yellow car stooped behind her again. But she felt __33__ because she saw a policeman standing outside the police station. She jumped out of her car at once and __34__ to the policeman. She asked the policeman to arrest（逮捕）the man in the yellow car, then the police man walked to the man.‎ ‎ The man didn’t run away. He just __35__ and said to the woman, “I want to give this purse back to you. I think you dropped it on the street.”‎ ‎( )26. A. red B. yellow C. black ‎( )27. A. man B. woman C. policeman ‎( )28. A. left B. back C. right ‎( )29. A. opposite B. before C. behind ‎( )30. A. anxious B. scared C. pleased ‎( )31. A. the police station B. her office C. her home ‎( )32. A. interested B. excited C. surprised ‎( )33. A. sad B. safe C. dangerous ‎( )34. A. ran B. run C. runs ‎( )35. A. cried B. laughed C. smiled ‎【主旨大意】一个妇女发开车回家时，发现一辆黄色的汽车总是跟着她，她非常害怕，于是她开车去了警察局，没想这车也跟着她去了警察局，当她想让警察逮捕这个男人时，才知道，原来这个人是给她送钱包的。‎ ‎26.Ｂ解析：由下文“…the yellow car turned left”可知，在她车的汽车的颜色为黄色。‎ ‎27.Ａ解析：由第二段句“She asked the policeman to arrest（逮捕）the man in the yellow car,”可知这个黄色汽车的司机是个男人。‎ ‎28.Ｃ解析：由下文“…the yellow car turned right, too.”可知。‎ ‎29.Ｃ解析：由下文可知这辆黄色车也停在她的后面。‎ ‎30.Ｂ解析：根据语境可知，此时这个妇女是非常害怕的。故选B。‎ ‎31.Ａ解析：由下文句“…she saw a policeman standing outside the police station.”可知这个妇女开车去警察局。‎ ‎32.Ｃ解析：interested意为“使感兴起的”；excited意为“兴奋的”；surprised 意为“感到惊讶的”。根据语境可知她此时应为“感的吃惊”，因为这个人也跟着她来到警察局。‎ ‎33.Ｂ解析：sad 意为“难过的”；safe意为“安全的”；dangerous意“‎ 危险的”。根据下文可知当她看到在警察局外面有警察在站岗时，她感到“安全”，故选B。‎ ‎34Ａ解析：由前面“She jumped out of her car at once and…”可知时态为过去时，run的过去式为ran,故选A。‎ ‎35.Ｃ解析：smile 是指 “微笑”，强调没有笑出声音来，其过去式在词尾加-d；laugh 是指“大笑”，强调笑的有声音，其过去式是在词尾加-ed。根据语境可知这们司机应“微笑着对这个女妇女说……”，故选C。‎ ‎【2011四川德阳】B ‎ Everyone can feel stressed out because of too many things happening in your life. Teenagers, however, have __36__ opportunities to get stressed than people in any other age group. Being a teenager is hard.‎ ‎ You are not a children any more, but you are not __37__, even though you have to deal with some grow-up problems and made decisions by __38__. Families can be one of the biggest causes（原因）of stress, such as problems of arguing with __39__ or brothers or sisters. Teenagers also have lots of stress from __40__, either from their teachers or from their classmates. Some teenagers also feel __41__ about choosing their education after high school. Getting a place at university can be very difficult and some can’t __42__ to go to university. It is hard for some teenagers to get a job after they graduate. There are so many young people finishing school __43__ not enough jobs for them. Though there is a lot of stress, you can find many ways to __44__ it. Talking to people is one of the best ways to deal with stress. It may sound __45__, but it is helpful.‎ ‎( )36. A. more B. fewer C. many ‎( )37. A. a baby B. a teenager C. an adult ‎( )38. A. yourself B. himself C. myself ‎( )39. A. teachers B. parents C. classmates ‎( )40. A. family B. society C. school ‎( )41. A. relaxed B. stressed C. excited ‎( )42. A. afford B. offer C. refuse ‎( )43. A. and B. but C. or ‎( )44. A. agree with B. talk with C. deal with ‎( )45. A. simple B. difficult C. good ‎【主旨大意】本短文主要讲述了青少年面临的各种压力，包括来自家庭、学校及高中毕业后择校的压力，大学毕业后找工作的压力等，但是有一些压力可以通过与人交谈解决。‎ ‎36. A解析：此句后有than可知是比较级句子，由语境可知“‎ 青少年的压力比任何一个年龄段都要多”，fewer意为“更少的”与题意不符，排除；故选A。‎ ‎37. C解析：根据上下文可知“但你不是成年人”。故选C。‎ ‎38. A解析：你自己，用by yourself故选A。‎ ‎39. B解析：联系上下文可此应填parents.句意“比如和父母、兄弟、姐妹的争吵问题”。故选B。‎ ‎40. C解析：由下“…either from their teachers or from their classmates.”可知此处应填school.‎ ‎41. B解析：联系上文及also可知，青少年高中毕业后在选择教育上，也感到有压力。‎ ‎42. A解析：由句意“考上大学可能是很困难的，但是有此学生没有条件去上大学”。故选A。‎ ‎43. B解析：由句意此处表转折关系，故用but.‎ ‎44. C解析：agree with意为“同意”；talk with意“和某人交谈”；deal with意为“处理”。句意“可是有一些压力，你能找到处理的方法”。故选C.‎ ‎45. A解析：句意“与人交谈虽然简单，但对缓解压力很有帮助”。故选A。‎ ‎【2011上海】C. Choose the words or expressions to complete the passage (选择最恰当的单词或词语完成短文)：（14分）‎ We have always been warned of the dangers of forest fires. They cause _____ 85 _____ to a forest. They kill many plants and animals in an eco-system, which is a group of living things and their environment. But have you ever heard of a forest fire that can be _____86_____ for a forest? People start some of the fires with a special reason to actually do good to the eco-system.‎ In fact, fires are a natural part of any eco-system. Without fires, the oldest and largest trees would stop sunlight from reaching the forest floor. Fires can _____87_____ some of these old trees. When the trees die, they provide something good for the earth. New trees can grow strong and healthy in their place.‎ Some trees even need fires to grow. These trees hold their seeds (种子) inside. Heat from a fire allows the coat of the seeds to open up. Then the seeds fall to the ground and have the _____88____ to grow/‎ Scientist, who know about nature’s needs, start some of these fires, called controlled burns. A fire is started and kept under control. This way, the fire does not spread out of the area or _____89_____ a after forest fires, they can go hungry _____90_____ their food has been damaged in the fire. Small, controlled fires mean than animals will not have to move far to find food. After some time, small plants begin to grow. Animals return soon after the plants return. This ‎ _____91_____ makes an eco-system.‎ So the next time you hear about a forest fire, think about the good as well as the bad. It may take a new eco-system a while to return, but it will likely come back stronger and healthier than ever.‎ ‎85. A) illness B) difficulty C) damage D) flood ‎86. A) helpful B) powerful C) harmful D) awful ‎87. A) take the place of B) get ready for C) be bad for D) get rid of ‎88. A) time B) water C) chance D) skill ‎89. A) discover B) cover C) but D) waste ‎ ‎90. A) because B) although C) but D) so ‎91. A) almost B) again C) never D) even ‎【主旨大意】‎ 文章指出森林火灾并不像人们想象的那样一无是处，有时候，可控范围内的火灾不仅无害而且还具有积极意义。比如，可控制的火灾可以使森林里的老树、死树烧掉，使阳光能够照射到地面；火灾烧掉了一些种子外层包裹的厚厚的皮，并让种子有机会得以在地面上生根发芽。‎ ‎85. C 【解析】该句意为“森林火灾会对森林引起毁坏”，damage名词，意为“毁坏、损害”，flood名词，意为“洪水”；illness意为“疾病”选项C意为“困难”，故由句意答案选C；‎ ‎86. A 【解析】由后边的那句话可以知道“有时候森林火灾对森林系统还是有帮助的”，故答案选A；‎ ‎87. D 【解析】该句意为“森林火灾可以烧掉一些老树”，get rid of意为“去掉，除去”，故选D；而选项A为“取代，代替……”，选项B是“为……做好准备”，选项C为“对……有害处”，A、B、C均不符合题意；‎ ‎88. C 【解析】此处是指经过火烧之后，有些种子厚厚的包衣被烧掉了，并掉到了地上，他们才有了生根发芽的机会。”故选C；A、B、D均不符合汉语意思；‎ ‎89. B 【解析】句意为“通过这种方式，森林火灾不会传播到别的地区或者燃烧一大片森林。”cover本意为“涉及，覆盖”，此处是指不会造成大面积的森林被烧掉；选项A意为“揭露，发现”，选项D为“浪费”，都不符合题意；‎ ‎90. C 【解析】此处是指森林大火过后，即使动物能够生存，他们也要经历饥饿的折磨，“因为森林中的食物被大火破坏了”，故答案选C；‎ ‎91. B 【解析】此处讲一段时间之后，小的植物开始生长。动物在植物生长之后也重新回来了。“这又形成了一个(新的)食物链”‎ ‎，故答案选again，选项A、C、D均不符合句意 ；‎ ‎【2011•无锡】二、完型填空 先通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后在每小题所给的四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。（本大题共10分，每小题1分）‎ ‎ One day something went wrong with a man’s bicycle chain(链条). The man could not repair it, ‎ so he looked 16 for help. The only house nearby belonged to a woman who had ‎ ‎ 17 there a few months earlier. The man knocked at the door, but the woman did not ‎ answer. The door had clear glass in it, and the man 18 see that the woman was home. He ‎ decided to knock again. Finally the woman came to the door. The man immediately explained his ‎ ‎ 19 . “I can fix the chain,” the woman said. Later when the bike was 20 to go, ‎ the man said, ‘Thanks. I hope I can help you some day.” “I never need help,” the woman said.‎ ‎ The following week the man was riding his bike 21 he noticed the woman walking ‎ down the street. A strong wind suddenly lifted(拾起) her hat and sent it into the branches(枝) of ‎ an old tree. The woman tried to get her hat with a stick, but she failed. She seemed 22 ‎ because she clearly was not dressed for tree-climbing. The man hurried over, quickly climbed up ‎ to the hat and 23 it into the woman’s waiting hands. When she put on her hat, she ‎ ‎ 24 the man as he climbed back on his bike. ‘I think I told you I never need help,” the ‎ woman said, “I’m glad you didn’t 25 me. Thanks.” Then they both smiled.‎ ‎16. A. out B. up C. down D. around ‎17. A. left B. moved C. waited D. stopped ‎18. A. could B. might C. couldn’t D. didn’t ‎ ‎19. A. idea B. plan C. problem D. message ‎20. A. hard B. ready C. slow D. unable ‎21. A. when B. before C. after D. though ‎22. A. bored B. relaxed C. frightened D. worried ‎23. A. dropped B. put C. collected D. brought ‎24. A. saved B. passed C. studied D. chose ‎25. A. excuse B. notice C. find D. believe 答案：‎ ‎16. D 根据上下文可知the man“向四周看”，找人修自行车，故答案选D。‎ ‎17. B 联系上下文可知这个女的是几个月前“搬到”那里的，故答案选B，意为“搬；挪”。‎ ‎18. A 联系上下文可知the man透过玻璃“能”看到the woman在房间里，故答案选A，意 为“能够”。‎ ‎19. C 联系上下文the man和the woman解释他之所以敲门打扰是因为他遇到了“问题”，‎ 故答案选C。‎ ‎20. B 联系上下文可知是在the man 修完车要离开时对the woman说了一番话，故答案选 B，意为“有准备的”。‎ ‎21. A 联系是上下文可知空缺处前后的动作几乎是同时发生的，故答案选A，意为“当……‎ 的时候”。‎ ‎22. D 联系上下文可知女人的帽子刮到树上，可猜测她一定很着急，故答案选D，意为“担 心的；着急的”。‎ ‎23. A 联系下文男人重新从树上下来骑上车的时候女人已经把帽子戴上了，故答案选A，意 为“丢下；扔下”。‎ ‎24. B 联系上下文可知是当男人骑车从她身边经过的时候……，故答案选B，意为“经过；‎ 路过”。‎ ‎25. D 通读全文可知原来女人说自己是不需要帮助的，但是在她需要帮助的时候男人仍然帮 助了她，也就是说他不“相信”她不需要帮助，故答案选D，意为“相信”。‎ ‎【2011湖南永州】‎ Books are our greatest friends. They 31 us stories of every country in the world. They give us all kinds of 32 .‎ Life is short. One can not know and see ‎33 in the world. 34- the help of books, one is able to know what happened thousands of years ago and 35 is happening in every part of the world now. Books give us not only knowledge 36 pleasure. Reading good books is the best way of_37 our free time. And many beautiful stories for children are 38 and full of wisdom(智慧).‎ All the great men 39 books. Knowledge from books helps them to succeed, because books are the source(源泉)of knowledge and knowledge is the source of 40 .‎ ‎31. A. say B. talk C. Tell ‎32. A. knowledge B. food C. exercise ‎33. A. nothing B. everything C. something ‎34. A. With B. Under C. At ‎35. A. how B. when C. what ‎36. A. and B. but also C. as well as ‎37. A. spending B. taking C. costing ‎38. A. interest B. interested C. interesting ‎39. A. love B. hate C. dislike ‎40. A. friendship B. success C. Failure ‎【主旨大意】书是我们的朋友，能告诉我们各种各样的知识，书是知识的源泉，知识是成功的源泉。‎ ‎31.C “tell”是告诉的意思，而“say”是说，“talk”是讲话，故选C。‎ ‎32. A 根据上下文，书给予我们多种类的知识， 故选A。‎ ‎33. B “一不能了解和看到在世界的任何事情”，故选B。‎ ‎34. A “with the help of”在…帮助下，是固定搭配。‎ ‎35. C 根据句意应该是“现在在世界每个地方正在发生什么。”故选C。‎ ‎36. B “not only … but also”不仅…而且，是固定搭配。‎ ‎37. A “读好书是度过空闲时间的最好的方式”，故选A。‎ ‎38. C interesting修饰的是物，而interested修饰的人，故选 C。‎ ‎39. A 根据下文“书上的知识帮助他们成功，因为书是知识的源泉，并且知识是成功的源泉。”，所以“很多人都喜欢书”，故选A。‎ ‎40. B 同39题。 ‎ ‎【2011湖南长沙】第二节 完形填空 通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。（共10小题，计10分）‎ ‎ A mother planted many kinds of vegetables in her garden. One day, she said to her 31________, “Betty, come here. Look at all these little yellow marks on the ‎ ‎32________ of the cabbages. They are eggs of a kind of insect(虫子). They are very beautiful but very bad for cabbages. This afternoon you must 33________ all the eggs on the leaves and kill them. In this way, you will help us have 34________, greener and bigger cabbages.” ‎ ‎ Betty didn’t think she could do it 35________ and in the end she forgot all about it. The mother fell ill for a few days and 36________ work in her garden. When she was well, she took Betty with her to the garden to see the cabbages. To 37________ surprise, the insects had eaten every leaf. When Betty saw this, she began to 38________. Then her mother said to her, “We should never put off what we have to do today till 39________. And you must learn to deal with the bad things while they are small, 40________ it will turn into a big problem. ‎ ‎31. A son B. mother C daughter ‎ ‎32. A tress B. leaves C. grass ‎ ‎33. A find B. eat C. fly ‎ ‎34. A worse B better C thinner ‎ ‎35. A at most B at last C at once ‎ ‎36. A must B couldn’t C need ‎ ‎37. A my B their C his ‎ ‎38. A cry B wait C run ‎39. A yesterday B today C tomorrow ‎ ‎40. A. but B. or C. and ‎【主旨大意】本文叙述了一位母亲让她的女儿消灭菜园里害虫，但是这个女孩却忘记了，结构害虫把菜叶都吃光了。这位母亲便教育她的女儿，今天事情不能推到明天，小问题不早处理，将来会成为大麻烦的。‎ ‎31 C‎ 通过mother和Betty可以推测二者是母女关系，故答案为C。‎ ‎32 B 通过下文中的“all the eggs on the leaves”可知这些虫卵在叶子上。‎ ‎33 A‎ 根据下文中的kill them，可知应该是先发现它们，再杀死，故答案为A。‎ ‎34 B 根据句意“通过这种方法，你就能帮助我们拥有更好、更绿、更大的蔬菜。”可知答案为B。‎ ‎35 C‎ 从句意理解可知她并没有立刻去做这件事，而后来把这件事给忘记了。‎ ‎36 B 从前面句子可以推知，母亲病了，没能到她的花园里干活，故答案为B。‎ ‎37 B 固定短语to one’s surprise“使某人惊讶的是”。‎ ‎38 A‎ 有短文可知，Betty看到自己犯错误的这种情况，是哭了，而不是等待或逃跑。故答案为A。‎ ‎39 C‎ 句意：我们永远不要把今天该做的事情推到明天。故答案为C。‎ ‎40 B 句意：在它们还是小事时，你必须学会出来好这些不利的东西，否则它们会成为大麻烦的。or在此句中翻译为“否则”。‎ ‎【2011安徽芜湖】VII. 完形填空 （共20小题，每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ ‎ 阅读下列短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳答案。‎ A ‎ A king was old and he knew it was time to choose a new king. He told all the young people in the country, “I’ll give 51 of you a seed (种子). Plant it and bring it back one year later. Show me the plant that you bring. 52 I’ll choose a new king from you.”‎ A boy 53 Ling got a seed, too. He planted it 54 . But the seed doesn’t grow at all. A year later, Ling had to take his 55 box to the palace. Others all brought beautiful plants there and Ling felt 56 .‎ The king 57 the palace and look around. When he found there was nothing in Ling’s box. The king smiled and said to the others, “One year ago, I gave everyone a seed 58 couldn’t grow. But all of you, 59 Ling, have bought me plants and flowers. Ling was the only one with the honesty (诚实) and 60 to bring such a box. So he will be the new king! ”‎ ‎51. A. each B. neither C. both D. none ‎ ‎52. A. and B. but C. although D. so ‎53. A. liked B. helped C. named D. asked ‎ ‎54. A. careful B. carefully C. careless D. carelessly ‎55. A. full B. empty C. beautiful D. broken ‎ ‎56. A. sad B. excited C. happy D. satisfied ‎ ‎57. A. got B. arrived C. went D. arrived at ‎ ‎58. A. which B. who C. what D. it ‎ ‎59. A. besides B. with C. except D. as ‎ ‎60. A. skill B. courage C. experience D. fear ‎【主旨大意】本文通过一位国王选新国王的故事，向人们说明了“诚实是做人的根本”的道理。 ‎ ‎51. A 意为：我会给每个人一粒种子。‎ ‎52. A and在本句中表示承接关系。‎ ‎53. C 指一位名叫Ling的男孩。‎ ‎54. B plant是动词，其后应当用副词；根据下文可知：他认真地种下了这粒种子。所以选B。‎ ‎55. B 根据上文可知种子并没有生长，所以他带着一只空盒子去了皇宫。‎ ‎56. A 指他看到别人带着漂亮的植物，感到非常的难过。‎ ‎57. D get, go, arrive是不及物动词，带宾语时要加介词。‎ ‎58. A 这是一个定语从句，先行词是物，所以只能用which做关系代词。‎ ‎59. C 指除了Ling之外，你们中的人都带来了植物和花。‎ ‎60. B 指Ling是唯一一个具有诚实和勇气带来空盒子的人。‎ B ‎【2011安徽芜湖】In Australia, different people have different ways to enjoy themselves. They also have their own ideas about 61 to pass time. ‎ ‎ 62 children, about 80%, work hard in school because they have to take lots of exams. After school, they don’t want to stay at home reading books any more. 63 , they put aside their school bags and go out to play. ‎ Some old people 64 early in the morning. Then they go to park to 65 . It helps them know what is happening around the world. In the evening, they would prefer to stay at home 66 rather than do anything else. ‎ ‎ Young people enjoy having 67 trip on weekends. They go to mountains to have a picnic or go to the 68 to camp. They usually start on Friday and spend one or two days outside. Then on 69 evening, they start their way back home. 70 seems to be in a hurry, although a busy week is waiting for them again. ‎ ‎61. A. what B. how C. when D. why ‎ ‎62. A. Some B. Most C. All D. No ‎ ‎63. A. However B. Though C. Instead D. Or ‎ ‎64. A. get up B. come up C. stay up D. set up ‎65. A. read newspapers B. do sports C. enjoy themselves D. have breakfast ‎66. A. climbing hills B. watching TV C. go shopping D. going hiking ‎67. A. boring B. busy C. tiring D. relaxing ‎68. A. forest B. floor C. flat D. factory ‎ ‎69. A. Friday B. Sunday C. Tuesday D. Wednesday ‎ ‎70. A. Anybody B. Somebody C. Everybody D. Nobody ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文主要介绍了澳大利亚不同年龄阶段的人们的日常生活情况。‎ ‎61. B 根据句意：他们对于如何消磨时间也有自己的做法。‎ ‎62. B 根据下文件的about 80%可知。 ‎ ‎63. C Instead在这里表示转折。句意：放学后他们不想呆在家里读书，而是把书包扔在一边出去玩。 ‎ ‎64. A 指老年人早上起得早。‎ ‎65. A 从下文可知，他们去公园看报。‎ ‎66. B 他们晚上呆在家里看电视。‎ ‎67. D 根据下文介绍可知，年轻人周末进行令人轻松的旅行。‎ ‎68. A 根据句子的前半句可知A为正确答案。‎ ‎69. B 从前一句可知，他们周五开始，在外面呆一到二天，所以只能是在周日的晚上回家了。‎ ‎70. D 根据句子的后半部分可知：尽管一个繁忙的星期在等待着他们，但是似乎没有人显得很匆忙。‎ ‎【2011湖北·武汉】   三、完形填空（共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分）‎ ‎    阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，从各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出一个最佳答案。‎ I didn’t cry when I learned I was the parent of a disabled child. I just sat still and didn’t say anything.    ‎ When Jenny was old enough, I sent her to a kindergarten（幼儿园）. On the first morning, Jenny spent hours playing by herself. It seemed that she felt very(41).    ‎ However, to my joy, Jenny’s classmates always (42) her, “You got all your spelling words right today!” In fact, her spelling list was the (43). Later, she faced a very painful (44) —— at the end of the term, there was a game which had (45) to do with physical education. But Jenny was (46) in it.    ‎ My husband and I were anxious about the day. I wanted to let my child stay home! But my heart wouldn’t let me off that easily. So I (47) a pale, unwilling Jenny onto the school bus.    ‎ At the kindergarten, I was quite worried because of her (48) action, Jenny would probably hold up her team. The game went well until it was time for the sack（麻袋）race. Surely Jenny would find it (49). Now each child had to climb into a sack, jump to the finishing line, return and climb out of the sack. I noticed ‎ Jenny standing near the end of her line of players.    ‎ But as it was her turn to join, a change took place in her (50). The tallest boy behind Jenny placed his hands on her waist（腰）. Two other boys (51) in front of her. The moment the player before Jenny stepped out from the sack, the two boys (52) the sack suddenly and kept it open while the tall boy lifted Jenny and (53) her into it. A girl nearby took her hand and supported her (54) Jenny got her balance. Then she jumped forward, smiling and proud. In the cheers of the teachers, schoolmates and parents, I silently thanked the warm, understanding people in life who made it  (55) for my disabled daughter to be like her fellow human beings. Then I finally cried.‎ ‎    41. A. excited B. lonely C. happy D. weak ‎    42. A. greeted B. expected C. encouraged D. followed ‎    43. A. easiest B. longest C. smallest D. tidiest ‎    44. A. choice B. problem C. result D. exam ‎    45. A. nothing B. anything C. everything D. something ‎    46. A. forward B. fast C. behind D. up ‎    47. A. threw B. pushed C. knocked D. fixed ‎    48. A. slow B. quiet C. quick D. secret ‎    49. A. stupid B. simple C. relaxing D. difficult ‎    50. A. school B. family C. team D. heart ‎    51. A. ran B. lay C. walked D. stood ‎    52. A. picked up B. gave up C. cut up      D. made up ‎    53. A. drove B. hid C. put D. hit ‎    54. A. when B. until C. after D. unless ‎    55. A. popular B. special C. necessary D. possible ‎【主旨大意】   本文作者讲述了她的女儿Jenny读幼儿园时，在她的朋友帮助下，摆脱了自卑心理，像别人的人一样快乐生活的故事。说明了我们只要相互理解、帮助，世界就会更美好。‎ ‎41. B 由前面Jenny是一位残疾孩子和Jenny spent hours playing by herself可知，她感到非常孤独。‎ ‎42. C 由to my joy和Jenny的同学对她所说的话，她的同学总是在鼓励她。‎ ‎43. A 由前一句和In fact可知，Jenny的拼写列表是最简单的。‎ ‎44. B Jenny是一位残疾小孩，所以对于体育测试，这是她要面临的痛苦的问题。‎ ‎45. D have something to do with与……有关。‎ ‎46. C Jenny是一位残疾小孩，与体育有关的事，就会令她落在后面。‎ ‎47. B 由后一句可知，作者是被迫这样做的。‎ ‎48. A 由前面可知，“我”着急的是因为她的动作迟缓。‎ ‎49. D 麻袋比赛对于Jenny来说，她会发现它很难做。‎ ‎50. C 由后面可知，这个改变发生在她所在的队里。‎ ‎51. D 由前后同学们帮助Jenny可知，这两位同学是站在她前面。‎ ‎52. A 这两位男孩是突然把麻袋拿起来。pick up拿起，捡起。‎ ‎53. C 由前后可知，两个男孩把麻袋的口向上打开，高个子的男孩把她举起并放进麻袋，另一位女孩扶着她的手，让她保持平衡。‎ ‎54. B 由上面解析可知，这个女孩扶着她的手，直到她平衡为止。‎ ‎55. D 这句陈述了作者感谢帮助她女儿的原因，是因为他们使她女儿跟别的孩子一样生活。‎ A） ‎【2011·苏州】 完形填空（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）、‎ 请先通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后在每个小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ Some time ago, my wife and I traveled to Sydney to visit my sister. We had taken more clothes than we needed and struggled onto the train.‎ In front of us, in a face-to-face seat, _16__ six young men in their early 20s. They were strong and 17 , and I disliked them immediately. They were laughing loudly, obviously 18 themselves and they ‎19 a foreign language.‎ As we went quickly 20 the countryside, I kept an eye on them as they joked around. Sometimes they took a look in our direction. When two of them got 21 , I relaxed a little. The rest of them 22 to laugh and joke in their own language.‎ When we finally arrived at our 23 , only one of them was left on the train. He was obviously 24 too and as I struggled towards him with my heavy luggage(行李), he reached out and asked in English: “Want a hand with that, mate?” ‎ He 25 the heavier bag up the station steps for us. We were pleasantly surprised and very grateful.‎ ‎16. A. sat B. stood C. lay D. lived ‎ ‎17. A. polite B. quiet C. lazy D. noisy ‎ ‎18. A. helping B. enjoying C. teaching D. devoting ‎ ‎19. A. told B. spoke C. said D. talked ‎20. A. above B. onto C. over D. through ‎ ‎21. A. off B. up C. along D. on ‎ ‎22. A. wanted B. started C. stopped D. continued ‎23. A. house B. hotel C. station D. shelter ‎24. A. bored B. worried C. excited D. frightened ‎25. A. carried B. left C. brought D. bought ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述了一对夫妇乘车去看望他们的姐姐。在车上几个年轻人非常的吵，我也不喜欢他们，后来我需要帮助的时候，他主动的帮我。这使我很感动。‎ ‎16. A 根据 “in a face-to-face seat”可知应是A。‎ ‎17. D 根据上下文意思，得出答案D。‎ ‎18. B enjoy后接反身代词。‎ ‎19. B 说某种语言用“speak”。‎ ‎20. D 是指从“countryside”的里面穿过去。‎ ‎21. A固定短语。get off意为“下车”。‎ ‎22. D 根据句意可知他们继续玩。故选D ‎23. C 根据句意可知应为到站。‎ ‎24. C 根据上下文可知他也兴奋。故选C。‎ ‎25. A 根据句意：他为我搬了更重的包。应选A。‎ ‎【2011•盐城】二、完形填空 阅读下面短文，掌握基大意，然后从各题所给的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。‎ A passenger（乘客）told an air hostess（空姐）that he needed a cup of water to take medicine when the plane just took off. She told him that she would bring him the 16 soon.‎ Twenty minutes 17 , when the passenger's ring for service sounded, the air hostess realized it at once. She was kept so busy that she 18 to bring him the water. Therefore, the passenger was held up（延迟）to take his medicine. She hurried over to him with a cup of water, but he 19 it.‎ In the following hours on the flight, 20 time the air hostess passed the passenger, she would ask him with a smile 21 he needed help or not. But the passenger never 22 her words.‎ When he was going to get off the 23 , the passenger asked the air hostess to hand him the passenger's booklet（意见簿）. She was very 24 . She knew that he would write down sharp words, which might make her 25 the job. 26 with a smile she handed it to him.‎ Off the plane, she 27 the booklet, and cracked a smile, for the passenger put it, “ On the flight, you asked me if I needed help for twelve times 28 . How can I refuse 29 twelve sincere smiles?”‎ That's right! It was the twelve smiles of the air hostess that touched（感动）‎ the passenger 30 and of course she wouldn't lose her job!‎ ‎16. A. milk B. juice C. coffee D. water ‎17. A. late B. later C. ago D. after ‎18. A. remembered B. forgot C. wanted D. learned ‎19. A. accepted B. took C. refused D. received ‎20. A. some B. either C. another D. each ‎21. A. why B. when C. whether D. how ‎22. A. paid attention to B. thought of C. heard of D. worried about ‎23. A. coach B. bus C. train D. plane ‎24. A. happy B. cheerful C. sad D. excited ‎25. A. lose B. loses C. losing D. lost ‎26. A. And B. So C. Then D. But ‎27. A. opened B. closed C. destroyed D. hid ‎28. A. at all B. in all C. of all D. all over ‎29. A. her B. your C. their D. our ‎30. A. peacefully B. comfortably C. deeply D. slowly 答案：16. D由上一句“...he needed a cup of water to take medicine...”知空姐将给他送水 ‎17. B时间段后跟later表示“多长时间之后”。由上文知乘客在等空姐送水。故说“二十分钟后”‎ ‎18. B前文说“the air hostess realized it at once. She was kept so busy that...”汉意：空姐马上意识到（自己还没有送水），她一直很忙以至于...”显然是空姐“忘记送水了”。故用forgot ‎ ‎19. C前文说“她马上给客人送去一杯水”，又根据第三段的意思知道客人不接受服务，故but后应该是与前“相对的”动作。‎ ‎20. D根据上下文，应该说：空姐“每一次”经过客人的时候。故选D.‎ ‎21. C whether...or not 意为“是否”。‎ ‎22. A任凭空姐服务态度再好，但是乘客对她“从不理睬”。故选C.paid attention to ‎23. D前文是在飞机上发生的事。故说“当他要下飞机的时候”。‎ ‎24. C.从下句：She knew that he would write down sharp words,..（她知道他会写下批评的话）知道空姐当时心情应该是难过的。故选C.sad。‎ ‎25. A. make的宾语补足语应该用动词原形，即make sb.do 。故选A.lose ‎26. D.上文说“......那可能使他失去工作”。与下文的with a smile形成对比，故用But表转折 ‎ ‎27. A由下文知道空姐读了意见簿上的内容，所以应该先“打开”(opened)。‎ ‎28. B in all总共；at all根本；of all在所有…当中；all over遍及。本句意为“在飞行途中,你总共问了我十二次要不要帮忙。”故选B。‎ ‎29. B从上句中的“...you asked me...”知道“意见”是写给空姐的。故此处应该说...your twelve sincere smiles你的12次真诚的微笑 ‎30. C 考查副词词义。touched the passenger deeply意为“深深感动了乘客”。‎ ‎【2011•四川成都】六、完型填空。通读下面两篇短文，根据短文内容，从A、B、C三个选项中选出可以填入空白处的正确答案。（共15小题，每小题1分；计15分）‎ A.‎ Be sure to come to the City Gallery! Amy Kim is one of the best-known Chinese ‎51 in the world today, and some of her most famous 52 are on display in this exhibition. She has something for 53 . There are many great photos of people 54 . Because people at work are the most 55 . There are also photos of the countryside and city views. This is a great show from a world-class photographer. Whatever you do, don't miss this exhibition.‎ ‎51. A. writers B. painters C. photographers ‎52. A. photos B. books C. paintings ‎53. A. no one B. someone C. everyone ‎54. A. working B. exercising C. relaxing ‎55. A. common B. beautiful C. boring ‎【主旨大意】‎ 艾米 金是当今世界最著名的中国摄影师之一，她的最著名的一些照片在展出，有人在工作的照片，也有乡村和城市风景的照片，这是一个来自世界级摄影师的伟大展览，无论你做什么都不要错过它。‎ ‎51.C 由下文中的photos可知是摄影师。 ‎ ‎52.A 由上文可知，是最著名的照片。‎ ‎53.C 由下文中的举例和文章的意思可知，应是“有每个人想要的东西”。‎ ‎54.A由下文“工作中的人们……。”可知是在工作。‎ ‎55.B 根据句意可知，应是“工作中的人们最美”。‎ B Who taught you to walk when you were little? Who worries the most when you are 56 ? Who makes you dinner? It's your 57 . No matter what happens, she'll 58 the love for you.‎ Do you know how did 59 Day come into being(产生) ? It began in the US in 1907 when an 60 girl named Anna Jarvis started a campaign to honor(给......以荣誉) mothers. She believed that mothers could 61 people to get ‎ over the 62 of the War and to strengthen (加长) the relationship inside families.‎ On Mother's day, children usually help their mothers do 63 . In western countries, bringing mothers ‎64 in bed is common. A mother will get up late while her children make her favorite breakfast. Children also make their own Mother's Day card ‎65 a thank-you note. Or they buy gifts and flowers for their mothers.‎ ‎56. A. lazy B. ill C. sleepy ‎57. A. father B. mother C. sister ‎58. A. continue B. stop C. start ‎59. A. Children's B. Women's C. Mother's ‎60. A. Asian B. Australian C. American ‎61. A. help B. ask C. order ‎62. A. worry B. pain C. memory ‎63. A. homework B. housework C. hair ‎64. A. flowers B. clothes C. breakfast ‎65. A. with B. for C. from ‎【主旨大意】文章讲述了母亲节的由来和西方国家母亲节的一些习俗。‎ 你知道母亲节的产生吗？‎ ‎56. B 根据文章的意思，应是“当你病了时谁最担心”，故选B。‎ ‎57. B根据文章的意思，应是“那是你的妈妈”。‎ ‎58. A 根据前面的意思，应是“无论发生什么，她都会继续她的爱。”‎ ‎59. C根据文章的意思，讲述的是有关母亲节的事情，故选C。‎ ‎60.C 由“它发生在1907年在美国”可知，应是一个美国女孩。‎ ‎61.A 由句子的意思可知应是“妈妈能帮助人们……”。‎ ‎62.B由句子的意思可知应是“克服战争的伤痛”。‎ ‎63.B 根据日常生活常识和下文可知应是“帮妈妈干家务活”。‎ ‎64.C 由下文可知应是“带给妈妈早饭”。‎ ‎65.A 考查介词的用法，with表示“附带，带着”。‎ ‎【泸州市2011】完形填空（共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 通读下面的短文，然后从后面各题所给A、B、C、D四个选项中选择可以填入空白处得最佳答案，并把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。‎ My friend Mr. Smith is a famous doctor and has a hospital. So he has enough money to __11__ all over the world. And he’s been to a lot places of interest. He likes to __12__ children and has a lot of little __13__. They often ask him to tell them all kinds of funny things he __14__. It makes them happy and his room is always full __15__ children when he’s free. ‎ It was my little son’s seventh birthday yesterday. The boy wanted to __16__‎ ‎ his old friend Mr. Smith to the party. He __17__ Mr. Smith himself and told him about it. the doctor accepted his __18__ happily. At half past seven the boy was waiting for his coming at the gate. __19__he saw his car, he ran towards him. Mr. Smith __20__ on time, with a nice present in his hand. After dinner the children sat around the traveler and asked him to __21__ them some funny stories. Mr. Smith agreed and his stories made them __22__ again and again. At last th told them the funniest story. He said, “ Once I reached a city __23__a foggy day. The fog was the thickest in the world …”‎ Please wait a__24__, Mr. Smith,” said my son, “ It’s said the fog in London is the thickest in the world.”‎ ‎“You’re __25__, my clever boy.” Said the funny doctor. “ The city had much fog that day …” “ What’s it, the?” the boy couldn’t wait to ask again. ‎ ‎“ The fog was so thick that I couldn’t see it at all,” the funny doctor said with a smile. ‎ 1. A. work B. fight C. live D. travel ‎ 2. A. wait for B. look over C. play with D. look after ‎ 3. A. friends B. brothers C. workers D. classmates ‎ 4. A. read B. wrote C. thought D. saw. ‎ 5. A. with B. for C. of D. by ‎ 6. A. send B. ask C. carry D. get ‎ 7. A. knew B. caught C. taught D. called ‎ 8. A. invitation B. things C. car D. money ‎ 9. A. Before B. As soon as C. Until D. Since ‎ 10. A. came B. answered C. said D. played ‎ 11. A. speak B. say C. tell D. talk ‎ 12. A. think B. laugh C. cry D. fear ‎ 13. A. with B. in C. at D. on ‎ 14. A. moment B. day C. week D. year ‎ 15. A. sorry B. sad C. wrong D. right ‎ ‎【主旨大意】 文章讲述了史密斯先生很喜欢孩子，有很多小朋友也很喜欢他。我儿子要请他参加他的生日聚会，在聚会上他给孩子们讲了许多他见到的有趣的故事，最可笑的故事是他讲在浓雾的伦敦，什么都没看到。‎ ‎11. D 根据下文“去过很多的名胜”可知是旅游。‎ ‎12. C 根据句意“和孩子们玩”，考查固定短语play with.‎ ‎13. A 根据上文和孩子们玩，所以应该是小朋友。‎ ‎14. D 根据上文文意应是“旅游时见过的一些有趣的事”，故选D.‎ ‎15. C 考查固定短语的用法 “be full of”装满。‎ ‎16. B 根据句意应是“邀请史密斯来参加生日聚会”，故选B。‎ ‎17. D 根据句意是“他自己打电话告诉他”，call sb “给某人打电话”.‎ ‎18. A 根据上文可知是接受了“邀请“，故选A。‎ ‎19. B 考查连词，根据句意“一看到车就跑了过去”，as soon as 一……就……。‎ ‎20. A 根据文意“史密斯先生来的很准时 ”，故选A。‎ ‎21. C 考查固定短语用法tell the story“讲故事”，故选C。‎ ‎22. B 根据上文提到的史密斯先生经常讲有趣的故事，所以让孩子们一次次的笑，故选B。‎ ‎23. D 具体到一天用介词on。‎ ‎24. A 考查固定短语wait a moment“等一会”。‎ ‎25. D 根据上文可知孩子说的是对的，所以史密斯先生肯定孩子说的是对的，故选D。‎ ‎【2011四川绵阳】第二节：完形填空（共15小题.每小题2分，满分30分〉‎ 阅读下列短文，从短文后各题所给的(A、B、C、D) 四个选项中选出能填入相应空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ A Mr. White was holding a party at home to celebrate his sixtieth birthday. To make him happy, one of his women friends __21__ to sing a song for him. Now she was singing. One guest turned to a __22__ by his side and criticized the singer.‎ ‎“What a __23__ voice!" he said. "Do you know __24__ she is?"‎ ‎“Yes," was the answer, " She is my wife. "‎ ‎“Oh, I beg your pardon,” the man said. "Of course her voice isn't bad, __25__ the song is very bad. I wondered who wrote that awful song?” ‎ ‎“I did," was the answer.‎ ‎21. A. dreamed B. decided C. forgot D. remembered ‎22. A. woman B. girl C. man D. boy ‎23. A. terrible B. beautiful C. exciting D. sweet ‎24. A. what B. who C. where D. which ‎25. A. and B. or C. so D. but ‎【主旨大意】本文主要讲述了在家庆祝他的八十岁生日。一位女士朋友为了让他高兴为他唱了首歌。期中一位客人认为她唱得很糟糕，便询问一位男士，而碰巧了这位男士正好是唱歌女士的丈夫。‎ 21. B 根据后面的句子“Now she was singing.她正在唱歌。”可推断这位女士朋友决定给他唱首歌，故选B。‎ ‎22. C 根据后面的句子“Yes, was the answer, she is my wife..是的，回答说 她是我的妻子。”可推断是一位男士（man），故选C。‎ ‎23. A 根据第一段的最后的句子“criticized the singer, 批评这位歌手”可推断这位客人认为女士朋友的歌唱得很糟糕（terrible），故选A。‎ ‎24. B 根据后面的句子“she is my wife.她是我的妻子。”可推断那位客人在询问“你认识她是谁吗？”，故选B。‎ ‎25. D 根据前面的句子“of course her voice isn't bad, 当然她的嗓音不错。”及后面的句子“I wondered who wrote that awful song. 我想知道谁写侧那首难听的歌”，可推断前后两句是转折关系，故选D。‎ B ‎【2011四川绵阳】Once, the famous scientist Einstein travelled to many places in America to give lectures. He travelled in a __26__, and soon made friends with his driver.‎ Each time Einstein gave the lecture, his driver __27__ sat in the front row and listened to him very carefully. The __28__ lecture was given so many times that the driver learned it well enough to give it himself.‎ One day, when Einstein was __29__ about it, he asked the driver to give the lecture for him in a small town.‎ That evening, both Einstein and the driver went into the lecture room. __30__ there had seen Einstein before. When the driver took his place, everybody applauded (鼓掌). Then he began the lecture. __31__ it was over, the people warmly applauded. The driver turned to look at Einstein. Einstein nodded with a smile on his face.‎ When they began to leave the lecture room, a man __32 __ them and asked the driver a very ‎__33__ question. The c river listened carefully, then he __34__ and said the question was interesting but really quite easy. To show how easy it is. I'll ask my __35__ to answer it," said the driver.‎ ‎26. A. bus B. train C. plane D. car ‎27. A. always B. never C. sometimes D. hardly ‎28. A. different B. same C. uncomfortable D strange ‎ ‎29. A. spoken B. told C. said D shouted ‎ ‎30. A. Somebody B. Everybody C. Nobody D. Anybody ‎ ‎31. A. If B. Although C. However D. When ‎ ‎32. A. carried B. believed C. stopped D. pleased ‎ ‎33. A. difficult B. easy C. relaxing D. perfect ‎ ‎34. A. smiled B. cried C. refused D. jumped ‎35. A. student B. driver C. teacher D. uncle ‎【主旨大意】本文主要讲述爱因斯坦经常做演讲，他的司机总是坐在前排认真听，所以他也可以自己做演讲了。有一次爱因斯坦让他的司机替他做演讲，演讲非常成功。但最后一位男士问了一个很难的问题，司机急中生智，让他的“司机”来替他回答这个“很容易”的问题。‎ ‎26.D 做小汽车用“in a car”；做公共汽车、火车、飞机用“on a bus/train/plane”；由介词“in”可知“in a car”，故选D。‎ ‎27.A 由“listened to him very carefully”可推断司机应该“总做在前排”，故选A。‎ ‎28. B，根据“the driver learned it well enough to give it himself”可推断“演讲是同一个”，故选B。‎ ‎29. B 根据后面的句子“she is my wife.她是我的妻子。”可推断那位客人在询问“你认识她是谁吗？”，故选B。‎ ‎30. C 根据句子“he asked the driver to give the lecture for him in a small town”可推断“爱因斯坦备被告之做一次演讲”，故选C。‎ ‎31. D 根据前后句子可推断“当演讲结束的时候，人们热情地鼓掌”，故选D。‎ ‎32. C 由“asked the driver a question”可推断“当他们准备离开演讲室时，一位男士叫住了他们”，故选C。‎ ‎33. A ，由“to show how easy it is, I'll ask my ___ to answer it.”可知“司机不会回答这个问题”，从而可以推断“这是一个很难的问题”，故选A。‎ ‎34. A smile 意思是“微笑”；fry意思是“哭”；refuse意思是“拒绝”；jump意思是“跳”。根据句子“the question was interesting but really quite easy”可知司机应该是“微笑”的，故选A。‎ ‎35. B 对文章有了大概的了解可知“这次演讲是由爱因斯坦的司机做的，而司机遇到了难题，他便会急中生智让他的"司机"爱因斯坦替他来回答”，故选B。‎ ‎【2011浙江绍兴】三、完形填空（本题有15个小题，每小题1分，共计15分）‎ 阅读下面短文，然后从各题所给的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案 It all started at the beginning of the ninth grade. Carmen found she couldn't see things ___26___ all the time. She became very worried, but she hoped 27 would know that. When her mother asked her to see the eye doctor, she didn't 28 . But her mother's mind was made up.‎ Three days later. Carmen got new glasses and instructions 29 . her doctor. "All of the kids will think I'm silly. " Carmen said. Her mother 30 ‎ ‎ and shook her head. "You look just as beautiful as before, she said. But Carmen didn't believe her.‎ The next day. Carmen kept the ‎31 in her pocket(口袋))as she walked into the schoolyard. She stood alone away from her friends, feeling 32 ‎ Suddenly, she heard her friend Theresa shout.‎ Carmen ran over to the other girls. "What's the 33 ?" she asked.‎ ‎"My ring is gone!" Theresa cried. "My sister sent it to me from California. It's very _34__ and I can 't lose it. "‎ Carmen and her friends began to 35 the ring in the grassy area of the playground. Carmen realized that she could do better _36_ she could see better. She took the glasses out and put them on. Everything looked so _37_ ! So clear! She looked down at the ground and a bright light caught her 38 . It was the ring.‎ ‎"Here it is," she shouted. She handed it to Theresa.‎ ‎"Thanks, Carmen," she said. "I _39_ thought we'd find it." She paused(停顿). “Hey, 1 didn’t know you wore glasses. They look great!"‎ ‎ Carmen had 40 that she was wearing the new glasses. “Thanks,” she replied.‎ ‎"Maybe wearing glasses won't be so bad after all." Carmen thought. ‎ ‎26. a. clearly B. carefully C. freely D. quickly ‎27. a. everybody B. anybody C. somebody D. nobody ‎28. a. explain B. care C. agree D. understand ‎ ‎29. a. by B. from C. like D. to ‎30. a. relaxed B. cheered C. smiled D. jumped ‎31. A. ring B. keys C. book D. glasses ‎32. A. tired B. unhappy C. afraid D. serious ‎33. A. matter B. reason C. question D. secret ‎34. A. special B. common C. cheap D. heavy ‎35 A‎. ask for B. wait for C. look for D. pay for ‎36 A‎. though B. if C. because D. as ‎37. A. natural B. new C. dirty D. different ‎38. A. ears B. feet C. eyes D. hands ‎39 A‎. still B. ever C. never D. often ‎40 A‎. heard B. forgotten C. found D. imagined ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述了卡门起初由于眼睛看不清楚东西，害怕戴眼镜。但直到有一天，在帮助朋友找到戒指后，发现戴着眼镜并不是件很难看的事情。‎ ‎26.A 由下文“Carmen got new glasses”可知，她一直看不清东西。‎ ‎27.D 她不想戴眼镜的原因是她不想让别人知道她眼近视，所以她希望没有人知道这件事情。‎ ‎28.C 因她不希望别人知道她眼近视，所以当妈妈带她去看眼医时，她没有“同意”。‎ ‎29.B 句意：她从医生那里获得了新眼镜和说明书。get...from... 从……获得……‎ ‎30.C 句意：她妈妈笑了笑并摇摇头。‎ ‎31. D由上文“Carmen got new glasses”和下文“She took the glasses out and put them on.”可推知，卡门把眼镜放在口袋里。‎ ‎32.B 由上下文可知，她害怕戴眼镜，所以她“不高兴地”。‎ ‎33.A 由答语“My ring is gone!”可知答案，What's the matter?意为“什么事？”‎ ‎34.A 由下文“I can't lose it.”可知，这个戒指非常是“特别的”。‎ ‎35.C 戒指丢了，她们在“寻找”。‎ ‎36.B 句意：卡门意识到，如果能看得较清楚的话，她会做得更好。‎ ‎37.D 由于卡门眼近视，戴上眼镜与不戴眼镜当然是“不同的”。‎ ‎38.C 依据“She looked down at the ground”可知是“眼睛”。‎ ‎39.C句意：特里萨原以为从来不会找到。‎ ‎40.B 句意：卡门已经忘记了他还戴着新眼镜。‎ ‎【2011.广西北海】三、完形填空（本大题共15小题，每小题 ‎1分，共15分）‎ Dean Bluey is 14-year-old boy from the USA. He became a hero after he saved(救)the life of a girl in another country.‎ ‎ A 14-year-old boy from the USA was described as a hero yesterday after he saved the life of a woman in another country．‎ ‎ One day，he 46 an email to a friend on the Internet．To his surprise, he received a message, saying “Help! Pain! Help!”．"The 47 was from Finland(芬兰)， thousands of kilometers away from America．Later Dean said to a reporter, “I didn't know 48 I should do. It was really difficult to tell if the message was real．”So Dean did nothing at first． 49 the message kept coming．Now it was easy to see that someone was in trouble. He 50 and found that the sender was a student called Tarja, 51 was ill, alone in a university library. What was 52 , there was no phone around her. Her only way of communicating with the world was by email. Dean telephoned the 53 immediately. And they realized that the situation was quite serious. They called the police in Finland. Then an ambulance(救护车) rushed to the library 54 , she was still alive and was sent to the hospital quickly.‎ ‎　“I'm glad she's OK,” Dean said. “It's hard to believe, but 55 saved her life.”‎ ‎46. A. brought B. lent C. sent D. bought ‎47. A. speech B. message C. music D. telephone ‎48. A. how B. what C. where D. when ‎49. A. So B. And C. But D. Or ‎50. A. replied B. ran C. walked D. played ‎51. A. He B. She C. It D. I ‎52. A. worse B. better C. harder D. easier ‎53. A. teacher B. friend C. doctor D. police ‎54. A. Badly B. Hardly C. Luckily D. Carefully ‎55. A. fax B. better C. flight D. e-mail ‎【2011广西玉林】完形填空。‎ This is Red‎ Star ‎Town. My grandfather has lived here all his life. He 41 my grandmother here and they got married. Red Star Town was called Taping‎ ‎Town before. The government started 42 the wooden houses in this area when the Red‎ Star ‎Town underground station was built. ___43___ June 2000, Taping‎ ‎Town has become a history.‎ My grandfather missed many things about Taping‎ ‎Town. ‎44 in the small town knew him well. They all liked him because he used to be a good ‎45 in a hospital. Now he is old and stays at home. In the past, there were 46 stone and wooden houses around here. Also, there were many big trees. Now new 47 are here and there. The streets are wide and clean. There are all kinds of shops and you can buy anything 48 .‎ My grandfather is happy that life has improved so much, 49 he still feels lonely because he really misses everything in the past . Many of his friends moved away because the government let them ‎50 in new apartments in new towns. The old town is still beautiful in his heart though it has disappeared (消失).‎ ‎41. A. meet B. met C. meeting D. meets ‎42. A. pull down B. put up C. to pull down D. to put up ‎43. A. At B. For C. Since D. On ‎44. A. Someone B. Nobody C. Somebody D. Everyone ‎45. A. doctor B. pilot C. teacher D. actor ‎46. A. a lot B. much C. lots of D. lot of ‎47. A. house B. buildings C. building D. hotel ‎48. A. easy B. difficult C. hard D. early ‎49. A. or B. but C. as D. so ‎50. A. live B. lived C. living D. to live ‎【主旨大意】本篇短语介绍了我的爷爷一生居住的城镇的变化，爷爷非常想念以前的老城镇。老城镇虽然已经消失了但在爷爷心里仍然是漂亮的。‎ ‎41.B 【解析】根据上下文可知此处为过去时，因此选B。‎ ‎42. C 【解析】pull down 意为“推到”，put up意为“建立”，star后接动词不定过作宾语。根据句意“政府开始推到在这个地区的木头房子”可知选C。‎ ‎43. C【解析】根据句意“自从2000年六月以来，Taping镇已经变成了历史”，句子用现在完成时，因此选C。‎ ‎44. D【解析】根据句意“在小镇上的每个人都认识他”，everyone意为“每个人”，因此选D。‎ ‎45. A【解析】根据下文中in a hospital可知他过去是一个医生。‎ ‎46. C【解析】a lot of和lots of 意为“许多的，大量的”既可以修饰可数名词也可修饰不可数名词， much意为“许多的”，修饰不可数名词。根据句意可知选C。‎ ‎47 B【解析】根据句意“现在到处是新的高楼”，可以选B。‎ ‎48. D 【解析】根据句意“有各种商店并且你能容易地买任何东西”，副词修饰动词放在动词后。可知选D。‎ ‎49. B【解析】根据上下文可知此处表示转折。因此选but。‎ ‎50.A【解析】let sb do sth 意为“让某人做某事”接不带to的不定式作宾语补足语，因此选A。‎ ‎(2011海南三亚)Different things usually stand for different feelings. Red, for example, is the color of fire, heat, blood and life. People say red is an exciting and active color. They associate red with a strong feeling like 36 . Red is used for signs of 37 , such as STOP signs and fire engines. Orange is the bright, warm color of ‎38 in autumn. People say orange is a 39 color. They associate orange with happiness. Yellow is the color of __40__. People say it is a cheerful color. They associate yellow too, with happiness. Green is the cool color of grass in __41__. People say it is a refreshing color. In general, people __42_ two groups of colors: warm colors and cool colors. The warm colors are red, orange and __43__. Where there are warm color and a lot of light, people usually want to be __44_. Those who like to be with __45 _ like red. The cool colors are _46 and blue. Where are these colors, people are usually worried. Some scientists say that time seems to __47 _ more slowly in a room with warm colors. They suggest that a warm color is a good __48_ for a living room or a __49_ . People who are having a rest or are eating do not want time to pass quickly. __50 colors are better for some offices if the people working there want time to pass quickly.‎ 通读全文，我们知道本文主要谈论不同的颜色代表了我们的不同感受。本文难度一般。‎ ‎36. A. sadness B. anger C. administration D. smile 答案：B. 常识判断，表达强力感受的只有anger。‎ ‎37. A. roads B. ways C. danger D. places ‎ 答案：C. 从下文fire engines知道红色用来表示“危险标识”。‎ ‎38. A. land B. leaves C. grass D. mountains 答案：B. Orange是秋天树叶的颜色，慢慢变成Yellow。常识判断。‎ ‎39. A. lively B. dark C. noisy D. frightening ‎ 答案：B. 根据下文happiness，可以排除B, C, D.‎ ‎40. A. moonlight B. light C. sunlight D. stars ‎ 答案：C. 从下文People say it is a cheerful color可以推出。‎ ‎41. A. summer B. spring C. autumn D. winter ‎ 答案：B. 常识判断，绿色是春天草得颜色。‎ ‎42. A. speak B. say C. talk about D. tell ‎ 答案：C. 本题考查动词区别。从句意知道是talk about。‎ ‎43. A. green B. yellow C. white D. gray ‎ 答案：B. 从上文知道。‎ ‎44. A. calm B. sleepy C. active D. helpful ‎ 答案：C. 常识判断，‎ ‎45. A. the other B. another C. other one D. others ‎ 答案：D. 表示泛指，句意：喜欢与别人一起的人。‎ ‎46. A. black B. green C. golden D. yellow ‎ 答案：A. 从下文Where are these colors, people are usually worried.得出。‎ ‎47. A. go round B. go by C. go off D. go along ‎ 答案：B. 时间过得快用go by.‎ ‎48. A. one B. way C. fact D. matter ‎ 答案：B. 从句意看是一个好方法。‎ ‎49. A. factory B. classroom C. restaurant D. hospital ‎ 答案：C. 从下文eating可以是restaurant ‎50. A. Different B. Cool C. Warm D. All 答案：B. 下文判断。‎ ‎( 2011大庆) III. Close Test (本题共10小题，每小题1分，共10分)‎ Choose the best answer to complete the passage.‎ A little old man and his wife walked slowly into McDonald's ‎16 a cold-winter evening. They took a table near the back wall, and then the little old man walked to the cash register (收银处)to order. After a while he got the food back and they ‎ began to 17 it.‎ There was one hamburger, some French fries and one drink. The little old man carefully cut the hamburger into halves and 18 the French fries in two piles. Then he neatly put the 19 of the food in front of his wife. He took a sip of the drink and his wife took a sip. "How20 the old people are!" The people around them thought. ‎ ‎21 the man began to eat his hamburger and his French fries, his wife sat there 22 him and took turns to drink. 23 young man came over and offered to buy another meal for them. But they refused 24 and said that they got used to 25 everything.‎ Then a young lady asked the little old lady a question. "Madam, why aren't you eating? You said that you shared everything. Then what are you waiting for?" She answered, "The teeth.”‎ ‎( ) 16. A. for B. at C. in D. on ‎( )17. A. eat B. taste C open D. try ‎( )18. A. divided B. placed ‎ C. changed D. cut ‎( )19. A. half B. bit C. piece D. pair ‎( )20. A. clever B. foolish C. old D. poor ‎( )21. A. Because B. As C. So D. Before ‎( )22. A. keeping B. watching ‎ C. seeing D. holding ‎( )23. A. Another B. The other ‎ C. Other D. A ‎( )24. A. delightedly B. carefully ‎ C. politely D. angrily ‎( )25. A. share B. sharing ‎ C. enjoy D. enjoying 答案：16--20 DADCD 21--25 BCDCB ‎ ‎【2011湖北恩施】完形填空 请认真阅读下面短文，然后从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项 中，选出一个最佳选项。（共15小题，计15分）21世纪教育网 How many plastic bags do you use every day? 36 there any chance for us to live without them? What can we do to have 37 plastic pollution? A performance in Hangzhou makes people 38 more about the overuse of plastic bags in our lives.‎ In front of a supermarket in Hang Zhou, five volunteers 39 white plastic bags and walked around and through the crowd. The performance 40 ‎ people to use more cloth bags 41 plastic ones.‎ Some of the plastic bags worn by the performers were collected from customers in two food markets and 42 were collected by 700 students from a middle school.‎ On that day, when leaving the food markets, customers were told to hand over 43 plastic shopping bags. 44 plastic bags were collected in two hours.‎ ‎“If we do 45 about it, the earth will be eaten up by white pollution. And 46 will become ‘plastic men’,” said one of the performers.‎ ‎“How can you breathe in 47 plastic bags?” A 48 woman asked one performer. “How can the earth breathe 49 there are too many plastic bags?” the performer answered.‎ Starting from June in 2008, plastic bags were 50 given for free in supermarkets, shopping malls or food markets all over the country.‎ People are called on（号召）to use cloth bags when they go shopping.‎ ‎36. A. Are B. Were C. Is D. Was ‎37. A. few B. much C. fewer D. less ‎38. A. think B. thinks C. to think D. thinking ‎39. A. worn B. wore C. tried on D. try on ‎ ‎40. A. called back B. called C. called on D. cheered on ‎41. A. instead B. take the place of C. instead of D. take place ‎ ‎42. A. other B. the other C. another D. the others ‎43. A. helpful B. unnecessary C. useful D. necessary ‎44. A. Hundred B. Hundreds of C. Hundred of D. Hundreds ‎ ‎45. A. nothing B. anything C. something D. everything ‎46. A. human being B. human beings C. humen beings D. humans beings ‎47. A. so much B. too much C. such many D. so many ‎48. A. 40-year-old B.40-years-old C. 40 year old D. 40-years old ‎49. A. until B. because C. if D. unless ‎50. A. no longer B. always C. not longer D. usually ‎【主旨大意】限塑令的实施已经有几年的时间了。本文叙述杭州的5名志愿者身着从两家食品店、超市和一所中学收集来的白色废弃塑料袋进行表演。他们的目的是号召人们反对白色污染，保护地球。‎ ‎【解析】36. C there be 句型的主语chance 用的是单数形式，承接上句用一般现在时态。‎ ‎37. D 修饰不可数名词pollution 用little或much, 句意为“更少的污染”‎ ‎，用little 的比较级less 表达。‎ ‎38. A 动词make 后省略动词不定式符号to。‎ ‎39. B wear “穿着”表示状态，通过and 并列的谓语walked 判定用wear的一般过去时态。‎ ‎40. C call on sb to do sth 意为“号召某人干某事”，符合句意。‎ ‎41. C 用动词的话应该用动词不定式表达，排除B、D；instead of 后跟宾语，表示“代替”。‎ ‎42. D some…the others…表示“一些…，另一些….”，the others 作主语，代替的是the other plastic bags。‎ ‎43. B 句意为“不必要的塑料袋”，用unnecessary表达。‎ ‎44. B hundreds of +名词复数表示不确切的数目或数量。‎ ‎45. A 通过主句“地球将会被白色污染吃掉”可知条件状语从句中用nothing, 表示“不采取措施”。‎ ‎46. B human beings 表示“人类”，human 作形容词修饰名词being。‎ ‎47. D so 和many 连用修饰可数名词复数形式。‎ ‎48. A 合成形容词作定语修饰名词，用连字符号连结，其中的名词不用复数。‎ ‎49. C 前后句意推断是表示假设，用if 引导的条件状语从句。‎ ‎50. A no longer 表示“不再”，同not any longer。‎ ‎【2011江苏镇江】 阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ ‎ Mental health is about the way you think and feel and your ability to deal with ups and downs. Even you are mentally healthy, it doesn’t 11 that you don’t have a mental health problem.‎ ‎ Mental health is everyone’s business. We all have times when we feel down or 12 . Most of the time those feelings pass, 13 sometimes they develop into a more serious problem. It seems that our mental health doesn’t always stay the same. It can change as the environment changes and as you move 14 different stages (阶段) of your life.‎ Here are four practical 15 to look after your mental health. Making simple changes to how you live doesn’t cost much or take up lots of time. Anyone can 16 them.‎ ‎● Talk about your feelings. It can help you stay in good mental health. It isn’t a sigh of 17 , but part of your ability to do what you can to stay health.‎ ‎● Eat well. What you eat and how you feel are 18 connected. A proper diet can have a good effect on your mental health.‎ ‎● Keep in touch. Friends and family members can offer 19 ‎ ‎ suggestions which may help you keep active and solve practical problems.‎ ‎● Take a break. It could be a weekend 20 new places to enjoy the nature, or even a ten-minutes break from doing your homework. A few minutes can be enough to relax you.‎ ‎11. A. agree B. mean C. doubt D. notice ‎12. A. excited B. satisfied C. surprised D. stressed ‎13. A. but B. and C. so D. as ‎14. A. away B. inside C. through D. against ‎15. A. answers B. replied C. ways D. chances ‎16. A. follow B. find C. advise D. count ‎17. A. weakness B. laziness C. happiness D. richness ‎18. A. easily B. closely C. equally D. hardly ‎19. A. difficult B. terrible C. strange D. various ‎20. A. protecting B. exploring C. providing D. imagining ‎【主旨大意】本文主要叙述了人们心里健康问题，及其带来的危害以及解决心理健康问题的办法。‎ ‎11. B 指你的心理很健康，并不意味着你没有心理健康的问题。‎ ‎12. D 我们每个人有时都会感到失落或压力。‎ ‎13. A 下半句与上面的内容形成转折关系。‎ ‎14. C 心理健康问题会伴随你度过人生的不同阶段。‎ ‎15. C 根据下面内容可知，这里是提供了几个保持心理健康的方法。‎ ‎16. A 任何人都可以遵循这些方法。‎ ‎17. A 向别人诉说自己的感受并不是软弱的标志。‎ ‎18. B 你所吃的东西与你的感受紧密联系。‎ ‎19. D 朋友和家人会给你提出不同的建议。‎ ‎20. B 周末到去探索新的地方，去享受大自然。‎ ‎【2011•佛山】阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的A、B、C项中选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎ Michael Essany is the young star of his own TV talk show. When he was 14, he bought some 36 machines and asked a local television station to air (播放) his show. Michael contacted 500 famous people but only three of them 37 to be on his show. However, now many well-known people want to be on his show. In 2003, the Michael Essany Show became so 38 that even the E! network made a show about his show!‎ ‎ Michael’s show is 39 from the living room of his family’s house. Before the show starts, his parents 40 the guests at the airport and make them comfortable. While the show is 41 , Michael tells jokes and ‎ interviews the guests, and his parents 42 the video machines. After Michael finished the show, the guests eat dinner with Michael and his ‎43 in the dining room.‎ ‎ Michael’s fame (名气) is 44 , but he still has plans and goals. “I would like to be the host of The Tonight Show. That is my 45 , and it’s a dream I intend to realize one day.”‎ ‎36. A. radio B. video C. Internet ‎37. A. forgot B. refused C. agreed ‎38. A. strange B. popular C. serious ‎39. A. recorded B. discovered C. introduced ‎40. A. help out B. look after C. pick up ‎41. A. on B. off C. up ‎42. A. mend B. run C. sell ‎43. A. family B. audience C. boss ‎44. A. falling B. disappearing C. growing ‎45. A. advice B. dream C. story ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述了明星Michael Essany如何成名的经过及其轶事。‎ ‎36. B. 根据全文及其42小题所含句子。‎ ‎37. C. 根据下文可知只有其中3人答应来参加他的show.‎ ‎38. B. 从上下文可知he Michael Essany Show是很受欢迎 ‎39. A. 录制节目且是被动语态。‎ ‎40. C. 去机场接人用pick up. ‎ ‎41. A. 开始上演用on. ‎ ‎42. B. run是开动的意思。‎ ‎43. A. 客人与Michael及其家人一起吃饭。‎ ‎44. C. 根据上下文知道Michael的名气越来越大。‎ ‎45. B. 根据下文知道想当The Tonight Show节目的主持人是我的梦想。‎ ‎(2011山东日照中考)阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的ABCD四个选项中，选择最佳答案。‎ An eight-year-old child heard her parents talking about her little brother. All she knew was that he was very sick and they were ___36_____. When she heard her dad say to her tearful mother, “Only a miracle can save him now”. The little girl hurried to the chemist’s(药店) ____37____ all her pocket money in hand. ‎ ‎“What do you want?” ask the chemist.‎ ‎“My little brother is really, really sick and I want to buy a miracle. He has something bad growing inside his bead and my daddy says only a miracle can ‎ save him.”‎ ‎“We don’t ___38_____ miracles here, child. I’m sorry,” the chemist said, smiling ____39____ at the little girl.‎ In the shop was a well-dressed customer. He stopped down and asked the little girl. “What kind of miracle does your brother ___40_____?”‎ ‎“I don’t know,” she replied. “He’s really sick and mommy says he needs ___41_____. But my daddy can’t __42_____ it, so I have brought my pocket money.”‎ ‎“How much do you have?” asked the man.‎ ‎“One dollar and eleven cents.” she answered quietly.‎ ‎“Well, what a coincidence(巧合),”smiled the man. “A dollar and eleven cents----the ____43____ price of a miracle for little brothers. ‎ That man was Dr.Calton Armstrong, a surgeon(外科医生). The operation was completed and it wasn’t long ____44_____ the little brother was home and well again.‎ The little was happy, she knew exactly how much the miracle cost… one dollar and eleven cents…plus(加) the ___45_____ of a little child.‎ ‎36. A. poor B. hopeful C. nervous D. kind ‎37. A. of B. about C. on D. with ‎38. A. send B. prepay C. sell D. offer ‎39. gently B. sadly C. strangely D. coldly ‎40. A. prefer B. suggest C. care D. need ‎41. A. change B. education C. operation D. toy ‎42. A. save B. spare C. support D. afford ‎43. A. same B. exact C. proper D. necessary ‎44. A. before B. with C. until D. after ‎45. A. love B. faith C. courage D. devotion 解析：解析：本文是记叙文，小女孩的弟弟的了重病，家里的钱也花光了，只有奇迹才能救他的命。小女孩就把自己积攒的零花钱拿出来----1美元11美分，竟然买来奇迹救了弟弟的命。‎ ‎36. 小女孩知道弟弟病重并且家里贫穷，所以才把自己的零花钱拿出卖药。答案： A ‎37.小女孩带着她的零花钱去卖药。答案：D ‎38.药店里是卖药，而不是卖“奇迹”。答案： C ‎39.药剂师已经了解了小女孩弟弟的情况，但是不能帮助小女孩，因此“伤心地”微笑。答案：B ‎40.小孩子病了，应该是需要药。答案：D ‎41. 由下文的The operation was completed，应该是需要动手术。答案：C ‎42. 由于家里贫穷，小女孩的爸爸付不起手术费，答案：D ‎43.此处这位顾客了解了小女孩的用意，故幽默地说：1美元11美分“正好”是买一个奇迹的钱，说明这位顾客决定帮助小女孩的弟弟。答案：B ‎44. 孩子苏醒之前手术完成，没有花费太长的时间。答案：A ‎45.用1美元11每分买来奇迹，外加小女孩的“信念”，其他的不符合题意。答案：B ‎(2011年淄博)三、完形填空（共10小题，计10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从各题A、B、C、D中选出一个能填入文章相应空白处的最佳答案。‎ ‎ Robby was 11 years old when his mother sent him to have his first piano lesson. I prefer that students begin at an earlier age, but Robby said ____36____ had always been his mother’s dream to hear him play the piano. So I took him on __37__ my student.‎ ‎ Although Robby tried very hard, ___38____ he was not good at music. However, he continued and _____39____ the end of each weekly lesson he’d always say:“My mom is going to hear me play someday.” But it seemed hopeless. He didn’t have a talent for music.‎ ‎ One day, Robby stopped ____40____ to our lessons. He told me that his mom had been sick and unable to take him to piano lessons, but he was still practicing. He asked ____41____ he could take part in my concert and I agreed.‎ ‎ The night of the concert came. The high school gym ___42____ with parents, friends and relatives. The concert was going well. Then Robby came up on the stage, and began to play the piano.‎ ‎ He played _____43___ well that everyone was on their feet, clapping(鼓掌)excitedly. In tears, I ran up on the stage, “Oh, Robby! ____44____ did you do it?”.‎ ‎ “Well, Miss Green…remember I told you my mom was sick? Well, actually she had cancer and died this morning. And well…she was born deaf, so tonight was the ____45___ time she ever heard me play the piano. I wanted to make it special. ‎ ‎ 36. A. it B. it’s C. that D. he ‎ 37. A. with B. for C. in D. as ‎ 38. A. and B. but C. / D. so ‎ 39. A. in B. by C. to D. at ‎ 40. A. come B. to come C. coming D. came ‎ 41. A. why B. if C. when D. how ‎ 42. A. packed B. was packed C. were packed D. packing ‎ 43. A. so B. such C. very D. quite ‎ 44. A. Why B. How C. What D. When ‎ 45. A. good B. better C. best D. worst ‎【主旨大意】本文主要写为了不让天生耳聋、身患重病的母亲担心，努力学习钢琴的经过。‎ ‎36. A. it在此句中作形式宾语，代替后面的动词不定式to hear him play the piano。‎ ‎37. D. as当我的学生。‎ ‎38. C. Although不能与but一起连用。‎ ‎39. D. at the end of在……的末尾/尽头。‎ ‎40. C. stop doing sth.停止做某事。‎ ‎41. B 根据句意：他问他是否可以参加我的音乐会。‎ ‎42. B be packed with相当于be filled with挤满之意 ‎43. A. so…that…如此。。。以致。。。‎ ‎44. B. 根据句意选择表示方式的疑问副词。‎ ‎45. C. 根据句意选择最高级形式best.‎ ‎【2011．云南昆明】从A,B,C三个选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳答案。（共10小题，每小题1分，满分10分）‎ ‎ A green life sometimes just needs a good idea like sharing cars. It’s a new way of thinking. You can use a car but you don’t need to own it. Now the idea of “ car sharing” has become ‎51 in many countries.‎ ‎ As we know, most cars ‎52 in garages for much time. In fact, we drive our own cars 53 one or two hours a day on average(平均). When we don’t use them, we have to pay for parking and 54 things. That costs too much money. To 55 money, some people come up with the idea of “ car sharing”. If we share a car, we’ll only 56 when we use it.‎ Now many people are starting to do car sharing. In Switzerland, almost 40,000 people have 57 it. Japan is also trying to make 58 popular around the country.‎ Car sharing is the beginning of a new idea in 59 . It is also very for us to travel everywhere 60 buying a car. Do you love to share a car with others?‎ ‎51. A. popular B. interesting C. funny ‎52. A. are washed B. are driven C. are parked ‎53. A. as far as B. as long as C. as much as ‎54. A. other B. others C. another ‎55. A. make B. save C. find ‎56. A. spend B. cost C. pay ‎57. A. joined B. covered C. dropped ‎58. A. time saving B. money saving C. car sharing ‎59. A. fashion B. transportation C. family ‎60. A. without B. with C. by ‎【主旨大意】：在目前大城市车辆拥堵越来越严重的情况下，“共车”不仅节约钱，减轻大城市交通压力，还可以到处旅游。‎ ‎51. A. 根据上下文知道“共车”在许多国家受欢迎。‎ ‎52. C. 车是被停在车库。‎ ‎53. B. 长达一、两小时 ‎54. A. other作定语修饰名词复数。‎ ‎55. B. “享车”当然是为了节约钱。‎ ‎56. C. spend常常与on sth 或doing sth连用。Cost的主语是物而不是人。‎ ‎57. A. 许多人加入“共车”。‎ ‎58. C. 使“共车”在全国受欢迎。‎ ‎59. B. “共车”在交通业是一个全新的思想。‎ ‎60. A. 根据句意：不买车我们也可以到处旅游。‎ ‎（2011福建南平）A little boy invited his mother to go to the school’s teacher-parent meeting. It would be the first time that his classmates and ___36___ met his mother and he was sorry for her ugly look. ___37_____ she was a beautiful woman, there was a scar on the right side of her face. The boy never wanted to talk ___38_____ why or how she got the scar. ‎ ‎ At the meeting, the little boy ____39____ a conversation between his mother and his teacher by accident. ‎ ‎　　“___40_____ did you get the scar on your face?”The teacher asked. ‎ ‎　　The mother answered, “When my ____41____ was a baby, he was in a room and the room caught a fire. But I ran into the room and tried my best ___42____ him. A beam(梁) knocked me but luckily, a firefighter came ___43_____ and saved both of us.” She touched the scar of her face and said, “This scar will be always on the face, but I have ___44_____ been sorry for doing what i did.” ‎ ‎　　At that time, the little boy came out ___45_____ towards his mother with tears in his eyes. He was thankful to his mother and he held her hand tightly for the rest of the day. ‎ ‎36. A. teacher B. doctor C. worker ‎37. A. If B. Although C. As ‎38. A. with B. to C. about ‎39. A. hears B. heard C. listened ‎40. A. When B. How C. What ‎41. A. mother B. father C. son ‎42. A. to protect B. protecting C. protect ‎43. A. in B. on C. out ‎44. A. always B. often C. never ‎45. A. shouting B. running C. laughing ‎ 这是一篇描写亲情的感人故事。小男孩在师生联欢会上由于妈妈脸上有疤痕而不高兴，偶然在老师和妈妈的谈话中知道了伤疤的来历：在一次火灾中，妈妈为了救男孩，一个着火的梁砸到了梁上而永远在妈妈的脸上留下了伤疤。事情的真相感动了小男孩，从而改变了对妈妈的态度。‎ ‎36. 因为是在学校开师生联欢会，所以是教师。答案：A ‎37. 由题意知，这两句话的意思之间是转折关系。答案：B ‎38. 由于妈妈脸上有伤疤，所以小男孩从未谈起为什么有伤疤。Talk with 和talk to都是某人谈话，talk about谈论某事。答案： C ‎39. 小男孩听到老师和妈妈的谈话，hear与liaten都是“听”的意思，但是hear强调听到内容，listen强调听的动作。答案：B ‎40. 这个问题的回答是妈妈如何在脸上留下伤疤的，因此这个问题是问“如何得到伤疤的”。答案：B ‎41. 从全文看，妈妈是为了救还是婴儿的儿子是留下的伤疤。答案：‎ ‎42. 固定短语try one’s best to do sth. 答案： C ‎ ‎43. 妈妈在房间里被倒塌的房梁砸到，消防员应该是进入到房间解救母子两人。答案： A ‎44. 妈妈虽然在脸上留下了永久的伤疤，但是永远不会后悔。答案： C ‎45. 小男孩知道真相之后，是哭着跑向妈妈。答案：Ｂ